GC20 1601 10_Catalog_Of_Programs_Jan71 10 Catalog Of Programs Jan71
GC20-1601-10_Catalog_Of_Programs_Jan71 GC20-1601-10_Catalog_Of_Programs_Jan71
User Manual: GC20-1601-10_Catalog_Of_Programs_Jan71
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 86
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
File No. ~40l/1440-20
Form GC20-l60l-l0
Systems Reference Library
Catalog of Programs for IBM 1240-1401-14201440-1450 and 1460 Data Processing Systems
(January 1971)
This Catalog contains a complete listing of
all programs for the IBM 1240, 1401, 1420
1440, and 1460 Data Processing Systems
available from the Program Information
Department, 40 Saw Mill River Road, Hawthorne,
New York 10532.
Instructions for ordering programs are contained
in the section of the Introduction entitled,
"Completion of the IBM Program Order Form".
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Introduction
Programs Available from PID ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Ty'J?E! I and II Programs •.••.•..•.••...•..•..•••.••••..•.•.•..•.•.••••.....
Ty'pe III and IV Programs •••••••••..••••••••.••••...•••.•.••.•.••••.••••••
Type III Programs With Service A Classification ••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Prior Us e Programs .......•..................•.......•.........•....•.....
IBM Catalogs of Programs •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
PID Order Processing Turn-Around Times •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Completion of the IBM Program Order Form •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
IBM World Trade Us ers ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Keyword-In-Context (KWIC) Index ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Program Classification Codes •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Using the Catalog ....................................................... .
New P rograrns •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Program Corrections and Revisions ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Deleted Program.s .•••.....•••.•..•...•••.•.••.•...•.••.....•.•.••.•.••.•.•
IBM Program Order Form Example {Figure 1) ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
List of New Type III, IV and Prior Use Proqrarns ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
List of Type III, and IV Program Corrections and Revisions •••••••••••••••••
List of Deleted Type I, II, III and IV Programs ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Keyword-In-Context (KWIC) Index ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Abstracts
IBM Programs
IBM 1240 Data Processing
IBM 1401 Data Processing
IBM 1440 Data Processing
IBM 1450 Data Processing
IBM 1460 Data Processing
Contributed Programs
IBM 1401 Data Processing
IBr.i 1402 Data Processi ng
IBM 1440 Data Processing
III
III
III
III
III
IV
IV
IV
VIII
VIII
VIII
X
XI
XI
XI
XII
XIII
XIII
XIII
XV
System •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
System •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
System •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
system •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
System •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
001
001
018
028
028
System •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Sys tern (Prior Us e) •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
System •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
031
061
061
Eleventh Edition (December 1970)
Copies of this and other IBM publications can be obtained through IBM branch offices. Address
comments concerning the contents of this publication to IBM, Program Information Department,
40 Saw Mill River Road, Hawthorne, N.Y. 10532
©Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1970
been tested by IBt,i. The user is expected
to make the final evaluation as to their
usefulness in his own environment.
INTRODUCTION
The only authorized IBH agency in the
United States for the distribution of
programs to IBM users is the DP Program
Information Department, 40 Saw Mill River
Road, Hawthorne, New York 10532.
PROGRA~iS
IBM MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICUIAR PURPOSE AS TO THE
DOCtJ1.1ENTATION, FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE
OF THESE PROGRAMS.
AVA lIABLE FR01·1 PID
IBM makes available a wide variety of
programs for IBM systems. This cataloq
contains a list of available programs
categorized as Type I, II, III, IV and
Prior Use Programs.
TYPE III PROGRAMS WITH
SERVICE A CLASSIFICATION
Type III programs which were given Service
A Classification, perform functions which
may be fundamental to the operation and
maintenance of the user's system. These
programs have not been subjected to formal
tes t by IBI'1.
TYPE I AND II PROGRAMS
Type I and II programs are programs which
have been subjected to formal testinq.
All Type I and II programs have been'
assigned a Service Classification. For
information concerning Service
Classifications, contact your IBH Branch
Office. Host Type I and all Type II
programs were available for delivery from
the Program Information Department prior
to June 23, 1969.
Until reclassified, IBM will provide for
these Type III programs with the following:
(a) Central Programming Service including
design error correction and automatic
distribution of corrections: (b) Field
Engineering Progra~ming Service including
design error verification, Authorized
Programming Analysis Report (APAR)
documentation and submission, and
application of Program Temporary Fixes
or development of an emergency hy-pass
when required.
TYPE III AND IV PROGRA1·tS
Type III programs have been submitted by
one or more IBM employees. They are
programs of general interest submitted
for unrestricted distrihution. Thev have
met a basic set of programming and documentation standards but are not nroqram
tested in any formal fashion by the iBH
Corporation. The user is expected to make
the final evaluation as to the usefulness
in his own environment. These programs
were available for delivery from the Program
Information department prior to June 23,
IBM does not guarantee service results
or represent or warrant that all errors
will be corrected. The user is expected
to make the final evaluation as to the
usefulness of these programs in his own
environment.
THE FOREGOING 'IS IN LIEU OF ALL WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR H1PLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
r-mRCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
1969.
IBM MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRBSS OR IUPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 11-1PLIED
WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND F ITt-lESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AS TO Tfm
DOCUMENTATION, FUNCTION OR PFRFOR14ANCF
OF THESE PROGRAMS.
PRIOR nSE PROGRAMS
There are a limited number of programs
that were developed prior to June 23, 1969
which were in the possession of and were
being used by customers without restriction,
but were not included in the Type III or
IV libraries. These programs have been
designated Prior Use Programs and are being
made available through the Proqrarn
Information Department (PIn). -
Systems Engineering Service (charge basis)
is available from your IBM Branch-Office
to assist you with the installation,
modification or any technical assistance
required for use of,this program.
Type IV programs are those contributed
for unrestricted distribution by one or
more authors of which at least one is an
employee of an IBM customer. They are
made available by IBM essentially in the
author's original form, but conform to
published Type IV standards. Im1 exercises
no control over the technical content of
the documentation but merely assures that
the quality of reproduction is
satisfactory. Type IV programs have not
Prior Use Programs have not been developed
or tested in any formal fashion by the IBM Corporation, and, therefore, are
available only on an "as is" basis without
charge. It is the customer's responsibility
to make the final evaluation as to the
usefulness of the program in his own data
processing and business environment.
IBM MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRFSS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
III
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AS TO THE
DOCUMENTATION, FUNCTION OR PERFORMANCE
OF THESE PROGRru·1S.
PID SHIPPING METHOD'S
PID uses three methods to ship program
packages, depending on destination, weight
and urgency. This information may be
worthwhile to users who send magnetic
volumes to PID.
Prior use programs are classified as
follows:
360K
360L
1131
1801
-
System/360 Model 20
System/360 Models 25 and Above
1130 Computing System
1800 Data Acquisition and Control
System
1402 - 1401 Data Processing System
1.
2.
IBH CATALOGS OF PROGRru1S
Abstracts and ordering instructions for
all programs available from PID are found
in the IBH Catalogs of Proqrams and their
Supplements, published periodically by
PID. These Catalogs are available from
the Mechanicsburg Distribution Center as
follows:
CATALOG
SUPPLEl1EN",
FORM
NUHBER
FORH
NUMBER
GC20-1601
GN20-0013
700 Series, 1 410,
7000 Series
GC20-1602
GN20-0014
1620/1710
GC20-1603
GN20-0015
System/360 Models 25
and above.
GC20-1619
GN20-0030
1130/1800
GC20-1630
GN20-0031
Model 20
GC20-1691
GN20-1852
SYSTEM
1240/1401/1420
1440/1450/1460
3.
COMPLETION OF THE IBH PROGRAM ORDER FORH
INTRODUCTION
The IBM Program Order Form (120-1957) is
to be employed for all orders submitted
to PID for Type I, II, III, IV and Prior
Use programs and for communications with
PID relative to the establishment,
modification and deletion of PIn user
profiles. This is the ONLY form to be
used for these purposes.
PID ORDER PROCESSING TURN-AROUND TIMES
The normal elapsed time which can be
anticipated from the time the progra~ order
is shipped to PID till the time the order
is received may be calculated from the
following table:
ACTION
The IBM Program Order Form is a 3-copy
form. Copy 3 is retained hy the user.
Copies 1 and 2 should be for\'larded to the
IID1 Branch Office. After completing Section
5 (see helow), the Branch should fon-Tard
Copy 1 to PID and retain Copy 2 for
reference purposes.
TIMF. IN DAYS
Order sent to PID
Average - 4 calendar days
in transit
Order processed
at PID
Maximum - 8 working days
at PID
Order sent from
PID
Maximum - 4 calendar days
in transit
United Parcel Service (air and
land) is used whenever possible.
U.S. Mail is used for
destinations beyond United Parcel
territories. Fourth Class
Special Delivery is the level of
service chosen because it
provides service comparable to
Fi'rst Class (4 days maximum to
any location in the continental
Uni ted States) at a much lO,"Ter
rate. Special Handling Service
it should be noted, is not the
same as Special Delivery
Service, and is not as fast.
PID insures Fourth Class
Special Delivery shipments
to provide a means for tracing
shipments. A signature at
the destination is a requirement
for insured packages.
Air Freight service is used for
expedited shipments. To
metropolitan centers, overnight
delivery can usually be expected.
Two day delivery to locations
more than 50 miles from a major
airport is normal.
THE IBM PROGRAl<1 ORDER
SECTIONS:
FOID·!
CONTAINS 5
- Section 1, Program Package
Identification, is used to
describe the program
material required.
- Section 2, Customer and Order
Identification, MUST ALWAYS
BE COMPLETED.
- Section 3, User Volume Information, is
completed when the order
Thus, a three-week cycle should be planned
for when ordering programs from PID.
IV
requires the submission of
user volumes.
- Section 4, User Registration, is
completed to register a new
PID user, or to modify or
delete a user registration.
- Section 5, For IBM Use, MUST ALt1AYS BE
COMPLETED by an IBH
representative.
Instructions for the completion of each
section are given below. Refer to the
sample form (Figure1)
presented at the
end of this discussion.
SECTION 1
should be requested through the IBM Branch
Office.
PID will honor "documentation only" requests
for Type III and IV programs and also
requests for multiple copies for Type III
and IV program documentation, up to 3
copies. If more than 3 copies are required,
the user may reproduce copies locally
(provided this material is not copyrighted).
PROGRA!·i PACKAGE IDEN'J'IFIC]l,.TION
The .exact Program NUMber, as specified
in the ordering information portion of
the Catalog of Programs abstract should
be entered in ~his field.
A program is packaged and distributed under
one program number (e.g., 7090-PR-130,
1410-PR-155, 1620-01.6.145, 1440-UT-041,
etc.) and is fully specified by entries
in Columns 1-24 ON ONE LINE of Section
1. A total of ,25 ordering lines have been
provided on the order form. If more than
25 lines are required, the order may be
continued on a second form and then a
third, etc.
ENTER the Program Number (e.g.,
7040S1141) in columns 4-1'
or columns 4-13, as the
length requires. Omit all
special characters such as
decimal p~ints or hyphens.
COLUMNS 15-20
BASIC OR OPTIONAL MATERIAL
COLUMN 2
B or 0
ENTER as specified in the Catalog
of Programs abstract (left
justify) •
l-mCHINE READABLE
The requester specifies, in Column 2,
whether or not he wishes the machine
readable portion of the program package.
ENTER
COLUMN 3
PROGRAM NUMBER EXTENSION
The Program Number Extension is llsed in
conjunction with the PrograM Number to
completely and uniquely identify orderable
Types I, II, III, IV and Prior Use Programs
Program number extensions pertinent to
a given program number are described in
the ordering information portio~ of the
Catalog of Programs abstract for that
program. Whenever a prograM number requires
a program number extension, IT l1UST BE
ENTERED in Columns 15-20.
The requester specifies, in Column 1,
whether the basic or optional program
package is required. If both the basic
and the optional program packages are
required, they must be described separately,
on separate lines of the form. The contents
of these program packages are described
in the abstracts in this manual.
ENTER
PROGRAM Nm-.1BER
COLUMNS 4-13
This section is used to describe the procrram
packages being ordered. The instructions
which follow, apply to ordering all programs
described in this catalog.
COLUMN I
,
o or 1 for Type I and II
Proararns
, 2 or 3 for Type III and
ENTER 0,
IV Programs
ENTER
COLUMN 14
ACTION CODE (TYPE I AND II
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGES ONLY)
Column 14 provides the user with the means
to maintain his PID profiles for Type I
and II programs in order to make most
effective use of the Program Update Service.
There are 2 specific actions requirinq
an entry in Column 14. COLtn1N 14 SHOPI.. D
BE LEFT BrANK IN ALL OTHER CASES. These
two acti ons are:
Y or N
Docu~mNTATION
The requester specifies, in Column 3,
whether or not he wishes the documentation
portion of the program package. PID will
send one copy of the basic documentation
associated with each Type I and II program
ordered, if the documentation is rp.quested.
Requests for ONLY the documentation for
Type I and II programs, when the machine
readable naterial is not ordered, should
be sent to the Mechanicsburg Distribution
Center, by the IBM Branch Office (use
publication Requisition tM02-0618-4).
Also, requests for nultiple copies of
documentation for Type I and II programs
1.
ORDER AN ANNOUNCED 1,1AINTENANCE PACKAGE
Users of record receive announcements of
the availability of orderahle maintenance
packages for programs automatically froJ!1'
PIO.
Users wishing to order an announced
orderable maintenance package may do so
as follows:
v
ENTER M in Column 14
2316
2316 Disk Cartridge.
The program number and any applicable
program number extension which is identified
in the announcement material must be entered
in Columns 4-13 and 15-20 respectively.
The remainder of Columns 1-24 must also
be completed as applicable.
NOTE 1:
DTR*
Card programs will be distributed
on DTR's (Distribution Tape Reels)
to card users with magnetic tape
capability as indicated on the'PID
user profile (See Section 4). These
programs will be distributed in card
form to users with no magnetic tape
capability. Whenever possible,
multiple card programs ordered
together will be stacked on one or
more DTR's. A retriever will be
placed at the beginning of each DTR,
enabling the user to selectively
punch out the programs stacked on
the DTR. Card programs which will
be volume shared as described above
are identified by DTR* in the
ordering information portion of the
Catalog of Programs abstracts. The
user may establish or modify the
profile entry describing his
magnetic tape capability through
the use of Section 4 of the Program
Order Form.
NOTE 2:
Types I, II, III, IV and Prior Use
program orders require the user to
specify a medium code. HO\'lever, in
the absence of a medium code, a
default option is exercised by PIn
under the following circumstances.
DELETE A TYPE I OR II PROGRAM FROH THE
USER PROFILE
2.
Through the Program Update Service, PIn
makes extensive distributions of machine
readable material and documentation to
all users of record of all Type I and II
basic programs. It is essential that the
PID profiles be kept up to date to
facili tate the distribution of this material
to active users as well as to avoid the
distribution of this material to
installations no longer using previously
ordered Type I and II programs.
A Type I or II program previously ordered,
which is no longer being used, may be
deleted from the PID profile as follows:
ENTER D in column 14
The program number and any applicable
program number extension must he entered
in Columns 4-13 and Columns 15-20
respectively. No other entries in columns
1-24 are required.
COLUMNS 21-22
• All distribution media for the
program package in question
(Basic or Optional) must be
magnetic tape.
DISTRIBUTION l1EDIUf·1 CODE
(See Table Below)
The media on which each Type I, II, III,
IV and Prior Use program is available from
PID and the codes to be used, in Columns
21-22, to specify the desired media are
identified in the Catalog of Programs
abstract for each program.
• User volume requirements for the
program package in question
(Basic or Optional) must be the
same for all tape types.
• The default medium must be one of
the recording densities available.
ENTER the selected medium code.
MEDIUM CODE TABLE
TYPE
DTR*
PT
CARDS
7/556
7/800
7DC/800
9/800
9/1600
1316
2316
2315
DESCRIPTION
Medium defined by PIO
us er profi Ie
8 channel paper tape.
80 column punched cards.
l1agnetic tape recorded
at 7 track, 556 cpi.
Uagnetic tape recorded
at 7 track, 800 cpi.
Uagnetic tape recorded
at 7 track, 800 bpi.
Data convert feature
required.
l1agnetic ~ape recorded
at 9 track, 800 bpi.
Hagnetic tape recorded
at 9 track, 1600 hpi.
1316 'Disk Pack.
2316 Disk Cartridge
2315 Disk Cartridge.
57
The default options are:
CODE
• For programs available on 7/556
cpi and 7/800 cpi, 7/800 cpi will
be supplied.
00
05
15
22
• For programs available on 7DC/BOO
cpi, 9/800 bpi, or 9/1600 bpi,
9/800 bpi will be supplied.
24
COLUMNS 23-24
26
USER VOLUMES REQUIRED
When the programs ordered require the
submission of user volumes (2400' magnetic
tape reels and/or disk devices) the number
of user volumes for each program, as
specified in the Catalog of Programs
abstract, is entered in Columns 23-24 and
Section 3 of the order form is to he
completed.
28
29
52
57
ENTER the number of user volumes required
58
VI
by a tape end
retainer
for the medi urn type s elected. The number
should be entered as two digits (01,02,
etc.)
~7350600).
SECTION 2 CUSTOMER AND ORDER IDENTIFICATION
* If multiple Program Order forms are
required to complete the program order,
enter the preprinted Order Number from
the FIRST FORM on all user volume labels.
CUSTOMER NUl-1BER
Enter the 7-diqit Customer Number in the
space provided -ON EVERY IBM PROGRru,l ORDER
FORM SUBMITTED TO PID. Do not use dashes.
Do not use the shaded area unless previously
advised to do so. The Customer Number
MUST BE ENTERED CORRECTLY because the user
profile maintenance and the address to
which the ordered program material will
be shipped by PID will be determined from
this number for all registered PID users
(See Section 4). Once registered with
PID, users are not required to enter their
name and address on the order form.
In lieu of forwarding tape reels to PID,
reels may be purchased in conjunction with
ordering programs. To purchase magnetic
tape reels, Part *7035113 (10 1/2" diameter,
2400' reel, 3200 FCI, total surface testeo,
clear front, blue back, solid flanges),
contact the IBH representative who can
order them directly from PID by sending
a completed copy of the Hagnetic Tape Order
Form #170-1138 to PID together with Copy
1 of the Program Order Form. Part #7035113
is the only part number PID carries. If
different tape reels are desired the IBM
representative must send orders for the.m
wi th Copy 1 of the Program Order Form to
the Boulder Tape Center. The Tape Center
will forward the reels and the Program
Order Form to PID. This procedure will
of course extend total turnabout time and
delay receipt of the program.
ORDER NUMBER
This number is pre-printed on each form.
PAGE - OF If only one form is needed to specify the
program order, enter "1 of 1". When more
than one form is needed, number the forms
"1 0 f n" .. 2 0 f n"... "n 0 f n". En ter the
CUSTOMER NUMBER ON EVERY FORH, and staple
the forms together when sending to PID.
SECTION 3
Disk packs and disk cartridges may be
ordered from San Jose in conjunction with
ordering programs. Contact the IBM
representative for assistance. Copy 1
of the Program Order Form should be sent
directly to PID. Upon receipt of the
volumes, PID will fill the order in the
normal manner.
USER VOLUME INFORMATION
The total number of user volumes (2400'
magnetic tape reels, disk packs or
cartridges) required to fill .the program
order, as identified program by program
in Columns 23-24 of Section 1, should be
accounted for in this section. These
volumes may ei ther be forwarded to PID
or ordered from the appropriate IBM
location. Complete Section 3 by entering
the number of 2400' magnetic tape reels
forwarded or ordered, the serial nu~bers
of disk devices forwarded, or the plant
order number, quanti ty and scheduled
shipping dates of the disk devices ordered
from San Jose.
SECTION 4
DISK PACKS/
CARTRIDGES
1. Customer Number
2. *Order Number
(Preprinted
3. Disk serial number
It is suggested
that tape reels
pe of the aluminum
'hub variety and
the tape secured
Disk packs should be
shipped in the
standard disk pack
containers (Part
'7350520) •
USER REGISTRATION
Section 4 is completed to register a new
PID user and to modify or delete previous
registrations. Each us~r must be regi~tered
with PID prior to, or s1multaneously W1th,
his first program order. Once the user
is registered Section 4 NEED NOT BE
COMPLETED AGAIN until the registration
data requires modification or deletion.
ACTION CODE
Copy 1 of the IBM Program Order Form should
accompany user volumes forwarded to PID.
User volumes forwarded to PID should be
externally labelled as follows:
2400' 14AGNETIC
TAPE REELS
1 • Cus tomer Number
2. *Order Number
(Preprinted)
Disk cartridges should
be shipped in the
standard cartridge
container (Part
VII
R:
REGISTER a new PID user. All blocks
of Section 4 must be completed.
M:
MODIFY a previous registration by
changing any or all blocks in
Section-4. Each block modified must
be completely respecified. Thus, a
permanent change in the "Attention
To" line of the user's name and
address requires re-specification of
the entire "Ship To" Information hlock
of Section 4. The other blocks are
left blank.
D:
DELETE a previous registration. This
action causes the deletion of the
KEYWORD-IN-CONTEXT
entire user profile (identified by
the 7-digi t Cus tomer Number entered
in Section 2) from the PID files.
No other information is necessary.
S:
Each search word and each keyword is listed
alphabetically in a column of the index.
Their respective context words are printed
to the right of the search word or keyword.
There is an index entry for each search
word and keyword. Certain word.s are not
accepted as indexing words. They are
considered to be too general to be useful
for retrieval purposes and are therefore
prevented from. indexing. Hyphenated words
are treated as one index word, wi th only
the first ",ord being significant. Figure
2 illustrates the operation.
OP BRANCH OFFICE NUMBER/IBM LOCATION
Enter the IBM DP Branch Office number for
the IBM customer or DP Branch Office user.
Enter the IBM division, location and
department codes for IBM users.
MAGNETIC TAPE CAPABILITY
As stated in Section 1 (Columns 21-22)
Card programs will be volume shared for
distribution on Distribution Tape Reels
(DTR's) to Card users with magnetic tape
capability. These DTR's will have a
retriever placed at the front to enable
the user to punch the programs out
selectively. Enter here t.."1e preferred
tape recording mode (trackage and density)
for these volume shared DTR's. Check "None
of These" if not a Card user.
Note that the # sign always precedes the
first word of the title. An * sign precedes
a search ,",ord. Each print line in the
KWIC Index contains Q3 positions. A search
word group or title that is longer than
43 positions will show only the words that
fall to the right of the search word or
keyword being highlighted, up to the limits
of one line. The remaining words hecome
a separate entry on a different line.
The + sign at the end of a line indicates
there are more words in the search word
group or title than are shown. The complete
title may be found in the title section
of the program abstract.
"SHIP TO" INFORMATION
SECTION 5
FOR IBM USE
IBM CONTACT
Enter the last name and telephone number
of the IBM representative familiar with
the order. If the representative can be
reached on the IBM network, enter NET and
the correct seven-digit number. PID will
call this person should clarification of
any of the information on the Order Form
be required.
IBM MANAGEMENT SIGNATURE
Each order should be signed by a member
of Branch management or, ill the case of
internal IBH users, by the department
manager. The order form should be dated
{MM DO YY} and the Branch Office/Department
number entered.
PROGRAM CLASSIFICATION CODES
Classification codes represent areas of
function of application to which programs
apply. Included below is a complete listing
of classification codes for all types of
programs and for each system included in
this Catalog.
PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS TYPE I
IAD/
IAS/
IAT/
IAU/
ICB/
ICT/
ICV/
IDN/
IFO/
110/
Im/
IlU/
IPR!
IBM WORLD TRADE USERS
World Trade users should order proqrams
by contacting their IBM representative.
INDEX
The Keyword-in-Context Index lists all
available programs by their search N'ords
and keywords. Search words are significant
words that describe the program but do
not appear in the t i tIe. Keywords are
significant words which appear in the
program ti tIe.
SPECIAL "Ship To" this order only.
This action causes a "Ship To"
Information substitution for this
order only. The "Ship To" Information
block must be completely specified.
All other blocks are left blank.
The permanent user registration data
is not affected.
Enter the complete shipping address. Do
not use only a Post Office Box number since
PID uses carrie~s other than the U. S.
Mail. The ZIP CODE must be provided.
In the "Attention To" line, if at all
possible, enter a position title or
department namelnumber, rather than the
name of an individual.
(~vIC)
IRG/
/SI/
ISM/
/SP/
VIII
Autochart
Assembly Systems
Automatic Test
Autocoder
COBOL - Common Bus. Oriented
Language
Commercial Translator
Conversion Programs
Diagnostic Programs
FORl'RAN - Formula Trans lation
Input/Output
Library Material
Hiscellaneous
Processor - Includes AU, CB,
I/O, etc.
Report Generators
Simulator Programs
Sort/Merge
Symbolic Assembly Programs
/SV/
/UT/
Supervisory Systems
Utility Programs
/SC/
communications
APPLICATION PROGRAMMING TYPE II
Simulators
/CS/
Simulators
Distribution
/DP/
Publishing
/DR/
Retail
/DW/
Wholesale
Systems Engineering
/SE/
Systems Engineering Techniques
TYPE III AND TYPE IV PROGRAHS
Fabrication and Assembly
/CN/
Numerical Control Applications
/CX/
Other
/EE/
Electrical Engineering
/EO/
Optics
/EX/
Other
/ME/
Electrical Machinery
IBM 1401, 1420 and 1460 Data Processing
Systems
Utility Programs
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Process
/MP/
Petroleum and Industrial
Chemicals
/MT/
Textiles and Paper
1.0
Assembly
Sorting - Mergincr
Report Generatina
Miscellaneous General Purpose
Input/Output
Data Transmission
Service Industries
Programming Systems
2.0
Finance
/FB/
Banking
/FI/
Brokerage and Investment
Mathematical Subroutines
3.0
Differential & Integral Equation
4.0
l-iatrix Programs
5.0
Statistical Programs
6.0
Mathematical Routines
7.0
Physical Sciences
8.0
Information Retrieval
/CR/
Information Retrieval
Insurance
/IF/
Fire and Casualty
/IL/
Life
State and Local Government
/UG/
Government, State and Local
B.1 General Physics
B.2 Nuclear Physics
B.3 Geology and Geophysics
B.4 Other
Transportation
/ST/
Transportation
Engineering Applications
Utilities
/SU/
Utilities
9.1 Aeronautical
9.2 Civil
9.3 Chemical
Federal Region
/GF/
Government, Federal
9.4 Electrical
9.5 Mechanical
9.6 Petroleum
Scientific Industries
9.7 Other
Aerospace
/'MA/
Aerospace
Management Science
Education
/ns/
Secondary Schools
10.0
10.1 Linear Programming
10.2 Simulation
10.3 Other
Medical
/UH/
9.0
Hospi tal and Medical
Scientific Marketing
/CA/
Statistical Applications
/CO/
Operations Research
/CP/
Critical Path Scheduling
/CM/
r·1athematicalApplications
/EC/
Civil Engineering
/r~/
Fabrication and Primary Metals
Demonstration Programs
11.0
Guide
12.0
12.1 Utility
12 • 2 Ass emb ly
12.3 Simulation
12.4 Other
Share
Cross Indus try
13.1 Utility
13.2 Assembly
Conununications
IX
13.0
13.3 Simulation
13.4 Other
Unclassi fied
9.2 Scheduling
9.3 Information Classification &
Retrieval
9.4 Simulators
9.5 Linear Programming
9.6 General Problem Solvers
9.9 Other
14.0
IBM 1440 Data Processing System
Programming Systems
1.0
Commercial Industries Applications
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Preprocessing, Editing
Uoni toring or Supervisory
Assembly
compiling
IOCS
Report Generators
Sorting, Merging
1.7 File Organization
1.8 Data Transmission.
1.9 Other
Utili ty Programs
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.9
2.0
Disk
Tape
Duplicators and Listers
Input-Output
Internal Information Transfer
Data Manipulation-Handling
Debugging Aids
Housekeeping, Documentation,
Programming Aids
Other
Simulators, Translators, &
Interpreters
Distribution
Finance
Insurance
Other
Public Service Industries
Applications
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11. 5
11.6
11. 7
11.9
10.0
11.0
Business Services
Communications
Education
Government
l-1edical
Transportation
Utilities
Other
Manufacturing Industries Applications
12.0
12.1 Aerospace
12.2 Control Systems
12.3 Fabrication and Assembly
12.4 Numerical Control
12.5 Process
12.6 Other
3.0
3.1 Unit Record Simulation
3.2 Computer Simulation
3.3 Translators
3.4 Interpreters
3.9 Other
Demonstrations
13.0
Systems Engineering
14.0
Unclassified
15.0
Differential & Integral Equations
4.0
Matrix Programs
5.0
USING TUE CATALOG
Statistical Analysis & Probability
6.0
To locate a program begin by thinking of
the significant words describing the desired
program. Then look in the KWIC, Keywordin-Context, Index for the keyword entry.
The page number adjacent to the file number
will then direct you to the corresponding
program abstract. The reference code is
set up as follows:
6. 1 Bas ic Statis ti cs
6.2 Time Series Analysis
Correlation
Regression Analysis
Analysis of Variance
Tests
6.9 Other
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
System
Mathematical Routines
7.0
7070
1410
7.1 Functional Subroutines
7.2 Floating Point Arithmetic
The number of the
IBM sys tern for
which the program
is written.
7.3 Interpolation & Curve Fitting
7.4 Polynomial Solutions
7.9 Other
Social & Physical Sciences, Engineering
Applications
8.0
Management Information
File No.
AT-082
11.9.001
The IBM Library
code for filinq
and ordering aprogram.
Now refer back to the illustration in the
section entitled, "Keyword-in-Context
Index". As you can see, there are t'\oTO
kinds of file numbers: The first consists
of an alphabetical and numeric reference:
9.0
9 • 1 Inventory Contro 1
x
the second is completely numeric in a Dewey
Decimal sequence.
Type I and II program
in the "IBM Programs"
Catalog; Type III, IV
abs tracts are located
Programs" section.
DELETED TYPE I, II, III, AND IV PROGRAMS
Deleted Types I, II, III and IV programs
are announced in each Catalog or Supplement
in the table enti tIed "List of Deleted
Type I, II, III and IV Programs".
abstracts are located
section of this
and Prior Use program
in the .. Contributed
Catalogs will contain a list of all deleted
programs, including those contained in
all previous supplements, that have been
deleted since the last published catalog.
The page number listed at the end of the
KWIC entry line will direct you to the
program abstract. Each abstract describes
the relevant program in enough detail to
help you determine if the program will
meet your requirements.
LIST OF NEW PROGRAMS
This section consists of a list of ne\,1
programs added since the last edition of
the Catalog or its Supplements. All new
Type III, IV and Prior Use Programs which
appear in this catalog were accepted prior
to December 31, 1969.
PROGRAM CORRECTIONS AND REVISIONS
There are two kinds of revisions to programs
listed in this Catalog:
1. Changes in the program abstract,
2. Functional changes in the program
documentation and/or machine readable
material.
Abstract changes for all Types of programs
are noted in this Catalog and in the
Supplement. The following codes appear
at the extreme right-end of the title line
for each abs tract that is new or has heen
revised in this edition:
*N - This symbol indicates a new program.
*M - This symbol indicates that the
text of the abstract has been
modified.
Functional changes in program documentation
and/or decks or tapes for Type III (IBM
Contributed) and Type IV (Customer
Contributed) programs are listed in a
special table preceding the KWIC Index.
This data is listed under four headings:
machine area; order number; date the
correction was effective; and material
changed. If a user has received the program
data prior to the date indicated and would
like to receive the correction, he must
reorder the program. See the section
entitled, "Completion of the IBM Program
Order Form". All corrections and revisions
which appear in this catalog were accepted
prior to December 31, 1969.
Information concerning functional charges
in program documentation and/or machine
readable material for Type I (Programming
Systems) and Type II (Application Programs)
can be obtained through your IBH Branch
Office.
XI
IBM PrDgram Order
~
IBMCDrpD.._
pragnm Jafal1llatioA Dept
40 Sa. Mill Bin" Ba.d
H• .thD....I, Now YDrk 10532
ToJ. 914-S92-S79DnBM N_ark 8-659-1011
~~~~~~TD~THIINUMlul€i~A§'.i~
Figure 1
XII
LIST OF NEW TYPE III, IV
A~m
PRIOR USE PROGRAMS
All programs which appear on this list were accepted prior to December 31, 1970.
PROGRAM NO.
PROGRAM TITLE
PAGE NO.
1401-10.3.071
1401-10.3.072
1401-10.3.073
1401 UNIVERSITY ADMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION SYSTEM (LOAN SUBSYSTEM)
FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION SYSTEM (STUDENT AID SUBSYSTEM)
056
056
057
1402-10.3.075
SOCRATES STUDENT SCHEDULIt-TG - BETA VERSION
061
LIST OF TYPE III AND IV PROGRAM CORRFCTIONS AND REVISIONS
This change was requested by the authors.
Alphabetic Key To Material Revised:
A.
B.
C.
Documentation
Machine Readable
Catalog Abs tract
This correction was accepted prior to December 31, 1969.
PROGRAM NO.
1401-10.3.065
PROGRAM TITLE
SOCRATES STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM
DELETED TYPE I, II, III AND IV PROGRru1S
The following programs were deleted because of low usage:
PROGRAM NO.
1401-0 1 • 1 .014
1401-01.1.016
1401-01.1.017
1401-01 • 1 .020
1401 -0 1 • 1 .026
1401-01 • 1 .039
1401-01.2.003
1401-0 1 • 2.01 8
1401-01 • 2.024
140 1-0 1 • 2 • 0 25
1401-01 .3.003
1401-01.3.005
1401-01 • 4 .034
1401-01.4.039
1401-01 • 4.067
1401-01.4.068
1401-01.4.102
1401-01.4.121
1401-0 1 • 4. 1 23
1401-01.4.126
1401-01.4.135
1401-01.4.136
1401-01 • 4. 158
1401-01.4.159
1401-01.4.187
1401-01.4.189
1 40 1 -0 1 • 4. 1 9 3
1401-01 .4.211
1401-01.4.226
1401-01.4.228
1401-01.4.231
1401-01.5.002
1401-02.0 .013
1401-02.0.021
1401-02.0.024
PROGRAM TITLE
AUTOEDIT - 1401 EDIT FOR 1410 AUTOCODER PROGRAMS
ACCELERATOR PACK-SYMBOLIC 4K
RAPID ASSEt-1BLY PROGRAM NO. 14043
EDIT - EDITING DATA INPUT FOR VAIJIDITY
AUTOCODER PRE-LIST DIAGNOSTIC
PRE-LIST FOR AUTOCODER SotlRCE DECK
THREE TAPE SORT PROGRAM
CARD MERGE
ALPHABETIC NAME FILE SFARCHING BASED ON PHONETICS
1401 SORT 7 - 1311 DISK LOAD
GENERAL PURPOSE TAB-BACK PROGRAM
REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR PRE-EDIT
GENFRAL APPROACH TO AUTOf!ATIC PROGRAMMED ADDRESS CONVERSION
MONITOR SYSTEM FOR TAPE
UNPACK CONDENSED CARDS
REER - REPRODUCE, EMIT, ELIMINATE, REPRODUCE
CHECKPOINT AND RESTART PROCEDURE
SELF CHECKING NIDiBER CALCULAT ION - MODULOUS 10
TAPE COMPARE ERROR PRINT/DlWLICATE
PRINT DECISION TABLES
IMPACT SIMULATOR
WRITE AND READ TAPE CHECK
GENERAL PURPOSE TAPE DUMP
1401/1311 CARD-TO-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAM
1311 DISK RECORD FINDER
1401/1440/1460 RESEQUENCE AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRAMS - RASP
PAPER AND PROGRA!·1 DOCUMENTAT ION EDITOR
1401-1311 DISK PRINT PROGRAM
GENERALIZED TABULATE WITH OR WITHOUT CONTROL FIELDS
CPI - CREATE PRINT IMAGES
MATCH AND MODIFY FILES PROGRAM
DIOS - 1311/1301 INPUT-OUTPUT SYSTEM FOR THE 1401/1440/1460
CARD AUTOCODER PROGRAMMING SYSTE11 (CAnTO)
1401/1311 MONITOR FOR PROGRAMS ON DISK PACKS
FLOWCHARTING AND DOCUMENTATION AID PROGRAM
XIII
CODES
A B
PROGRAM NO.
1401-02.0.025
1401-02.0.040
1401-02.0.041
1 40 1-0 3 .0 .0 1 9
1401-06.0.005
1401-06.0.007
1401-06.0.010
1401-06.0.013
1401-06.0.018
1401-07.0 .002
1401-10.1.004
1401-10.2.008
1401-10.3.001
1401-10.3.015
1401-10.3.017
1401-10.3.024
1401-10.3.039
1401-10.3.044
1401-10.3.047
1401-10.3.050
1401-10.3.069
1401-13.1.009
1401-14.0.004
1401-14.0.012
1401-14.0.027
PROGRAM TITLE
FORTRAN l~ODIFICATION WHICH ELIMINATES THE 11ULTIPLY - DIVIDE
SPECIAL FEATURES REQUIREr·1ENTS
TYPEWRITER l.m.CROS FOR 1401/1440/1460 DISK AUTOCODER
COBOL EXPANDER PROGRAM
A SQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE FOR THE 1401 USING NORMAL EXTRACTION
METHOD
MULTIPLE CORRELATION - VARIABLES OF IHPORTANCE DETERMINED
VOID
REGRESSION ANALYSIS Cm!PU'T'ER PROGRAl1
SFASONAL ADJUSTUFNT, CENSUS rreTHOD II, X-9 VERSION, 4K, SHORT
PROGRAM
DATA TRANSFFR - PROGRAH FOR CP.NSUS METHOD II
TRADING - DAY ADJUSTMENT FOR 1401 VERSIONS OF CENSUS METHOD II
SELF-CHECKING NUMBER CALCULATION MODULUS II
LINEAR PROGRA1$IING REVISED SIMPLEX METHOD
GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATOR-GPSS-2
LESS-LEAST-COST ESTIMATING AND SCHEDULING (4K-SCIIFDULING PHASE
ONLY)
PIECEWORK-TIMEt~RK PAYROLL
LESS PROGR.Ar.1 4K
LOT SIZE INVENTORY MANAGEUENT INTERPOLATION TECHNIQUF (LIMIT)
THE TRAVELING SALESMAN
PROJECT PROGRESS REPORT PHASE I
INFORMATION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL PROGRAM
1401/1311 TRANSPORTATION PROBLFM
1401 AIRLINE AIRCRAFT EVALUATION PROGRAM
RGCP - REPRODUCE, GANG PUNCH, COmlT, PRINT
FOURTEEN 0 ONE OFFSET REPRODUCING AND GANGPUNCHING OR EMITTING
STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES FOR IBf.1 1401 TAPE SYSTFM
EXTENDED PERFORMANCE COMPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION OPERATING
SYST~1 FOR 1401/1026
1410-03.9.002
SORT TIMING PROGRAM
1440-01.1.001
1440-01.1.002
1440-01.3.002
1440-01.4.002
1440-02.1.002
1440-02.1.003
1440-02.3.001
1440-02.3.002
1440-02.3.003
1440-02.7.002
1440-02.7.003
1440-02.9.003
1440-02.9.005
1440-03.1.001
1440-03.3.002
1440-10.1.001
1440-11.3.001
1440-11.5.003
1440-11.5.004
1440-12.3.001
CONTROLLER
PROGRAM TO LOAD PROGRAMS ON DISK
MACBADY 8K 1440 FORTRAN
RAPID SELECTIVE TRACE
1440/1311 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY
1440/1311 DISK SORT PACKAGE
VARIABLE CARD REPRODUCER FOR 1440/1311
ONE CARD 80-80 CARD TO PRINTER PROGRAM WITH BRANCH ON OVERFLOW
1440/1311 80-80 REPRODUCE PROGRAM
CORE PRINT
CORE DUMP ROUTINE IN ACTUAL FORM
PUNCH CORE IN PROGRAM LOAD FORMAT
IBl-l 1440 CORE ptmCH PROGRAM
REPRODUCE GANG PUNCH SIMULATOR
CONVERT 1440 AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRM1S TO 1401
SM! MEAT SYSTEl-1
TARS - TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING
COMPUTER FOR THE IBM 1080 ANALYTICAL DATA ACQUISITION PROGRAM
MEDICARE INPATIENT BILLING
BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR STRUCTURE FILE ADDRESS
REORGANI ZATION MAINTENANCE PROGRAl·1
BILL OF MATERIAL PROG~1S TO LOAD, l~INTAIN AND EXPLODE BM
FILES
EXTENDED PERFORMANCE COUPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION OPERATING
SYSTEM FOR IBM 1440-1448
1440-12.3.003
1440-15.0.001
XIV
ABBIDG!
PlIOGRAM NO.
TITLE
lBRIDGE CABD ItEEPUG. 'STACK - STOllAGE OJ+
1"'8'-8'.4.117
ACCOUJT.
'tJ!IIAJJ: DEPOSIT 1448-PB-'3X
ACCOUBTUG sYsnl! 1'011 HOSPITAL.
'PROPJ!BTY 1449-11.5.885
lCCOUJTIlIG.
.SAVUGS 144fiJ-FB-85X
lCCOUITIIG.
'I!ORTGAGE LOU 14/l9-PB-.41
ACCOUBTIIG.
'OB-LIB! SnUGS 1448-1'B-87X
ACCOUITiliG.
'iliSTALLIIJ!JT LOU 1440-18.2.883
ACCOUITIIG.
'I!OTOR 1'REIGHT REVJ!BUE 14~8-ST-82X
ACCOUITS PAYABLE.
.HOSPITAL 1448-UH-93X
1/l48-UH-82X
UCCOUITS RECEIVABLE 1'OR HOSPITALS.
lCCOUJTS Bl!CBIVABLE.
IBETAIL 1448-DR-82X
ADDRESS UTILITY.
.148111311 DISK 1481-81.4.176
ADJUS~IIEIT - CENSUS IIETHOD II, X-9 VERSION,+
1481-86.8.889
ADJUSTIIE.T 01' 1I0NTHLY TlftE SERIES.
.SEASONAL 1481-86.8.881
ADJUSTIIEIT, CENSUS IIETHOD II, 1-9 VERSIOI, +
1481-96.8.818
14611J-CX-88X
UDIII nSTBA'rIVE TE1!I!INAL SYSTEII.
1440-CX-87X
UDIIIBISTBATlVE TERIIIIAL SYSTEII.
ADIlISSIOIS IIPORI!ATIOI SYSTEII.
'COOPElIATIVE 1481-18.3.868
ADIUSSIOIS I11'ORIIATIOI SYSTEII • • 1481+
1481-18.3.871
ALTJ!BATION PROGBAII.
'STANDlllD NAIIE 1481-14.8.819
AIIORlZATION SCHEDULE.
1II0RTGAGE 1491-1fJ.2.1IJ96
ANALYZE TEACHER-lUtE TESTS. ITS88 - SCORE AND 1481-18.3.878
1401-81.4.198
.ANTIC 1 LIST OF CONDENSED CARDS.
'!PTCO - lUTOftATIC PROGllAl!lIING, TESTING, AND+ 1481-91.4.894
tASK - INFOJiIlATIOI RETlIIEVAL PROGlIAII FOll THE+ 1481-111J.3.1IJ89
ASSEIIBLER.
.SPS SIIGLE PASS 1481-81.1.852
.SPSS - AN IIIPROVED SPS - 1481-81.1.1IJ36
ASSEIIBLEB.
ASSEIIBLER.
.1481 SPS TO SlSTBII/169 B1SIC 1491-81.4.195
ASSEIIBLY 1'OR THE 1481. ''1110 - TAPE AUTOCODEB 1481-81.1.818
1401-91.1.856
ASSEIIBLY LAIGUAGE • • 1481/1448 EDIT+
ASSEIIBLY PlIOGUII NO. 14843.
'UPl!: 1491-81.1.817
1481-05-892
ASSIsnD INSTRUCTION. .1481/1469 - 1826!tlSSISTED PROJECT EVALU1TIOI liD REVIEII+
1491-1fJ.2.1IJ11
14611J-CX-88X
*ATS tADIIIBISTlIATIVE TElIlllNAL SYSTEII
1448-CX-87X
*ATS UDIIINISTRATIVE TERIIIIAL SYSTEI!
14411J-US-84X
.ATTENDANCE RECORDIIG 1'OR SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
1491-IF-811
'AUTO RATING FOR 1'IRE AID CASUALTY COIIPABIES.
lUTO-TEST 8K.
.1491/1311 1491-AT-881
1491-82.8.811
'AUTOBLOCK II.
1491-82.8.831
'AUTOCHART.
AUTOCODER (ON DISK).
.1411J1/1448/14611J 1481-AU-888
AUTOCODER ASSEIIBLY 1'OR THE 1481.
'TlIO - TAPE 1491-81.1.818
lUTOCODEB CARD 1'OllIlAT. 'CONVElIT SPS CUD+
1491-81.4.131
AUTOCODER CONVERTER.
'SOPHISTICATED SPS TO 1481-81.4.165
AUTOCODER POR 1411J1I14611J.
'CABD SPS Te 1481-81.4.285
1481-81.1.843
'AUTOCODER PRE-lIST.
AUTOCODER PROGRAII LOGIC DIAGRAI!I!1!R.
1481-81.4.128
.AUTOCODER PROGBlIl.
1481-AU-837
AUTOCODER PROGlIAllllntG SYSTEI! (CAUTO).
'CARD 1481-82.8.813
1401-93.8.836
.AUTOCODER SERCH EIIARY SEARCH IIACRO.
AUTOCODER SOURCE DECK.
'PRE-LIST POR 1481-81.1.839
1481-81.4.189
AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRAftS - RASP.
AUTOCODER SOURCE. IDISASSEIIBll!lI OF 149111468+ 1481-82.8.035
AUTOCODER 2K.
IBASIC 1481-AU-885
AUTOCODER.
'CONVERSION OP SPS TO 1481-81.4.168
1481-82. g. 819
UUTOIIATIC FLOIICHART TECHNIQUE.
AUTOI!ATIC PLOTTIIG 01' RESULTS. 'IIANAGEIIENT+
1481-18.2.887
AUTOIIATIC PROGBAIIIIING, TESTIIG, AND+
1481-81.4.894
AUTOIIATIC BEPORT GENERATING OPERATION.
1481-RG-845
lUTOIIATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE.
Il'AST - FULLY 1411J1-111J.3.B41
lUTOIUTIC SCORIIG TECHNIQUE-PHASE I PlICGRAII+ 1~81-18.3.863
1411J1-CN-83X
'AUTOFROPS II NUIIERICAL CONTROL PROGRAI!.
'IIEIIORY DUIIP II 1411J1-81. 4.863
BAlDS 01' 111J8 POSe 211J CARDS.
BANK DATA PROCESSIBG SYSTEII. .IIICR ENTRY+
1~58-l'B-2n
1481-1'B-82X
IBAIK IIUAGEIIENT SIIIULATOR.
BAlIK.
'BOND TRADE ARALYSIS 1'OR A 1481-1'B-891
BETA VERSION. 'SOCRATES STUDENT SCHEDULING - 1482-18.3.875
BILL 01' IIATERIAL PROCESSOR.
'1448/1311 1448-IIB-82X
BILLING.
'HOSPITAL PATIENT 1448-UH-811
BILLING.
.CHAIN AND IIHOLESALE 1448-Di-81 x
tAUTOCODER SERCH 1481-83.8.836
BINARY SEARCH IIACRO.
1481-1'B-89X
.BOND TRADE ANALYSIS 1'OR 1 BUK.
BRAILLE - TRAN - TRANSLATE ENGLISH TO GlIADE+ 1411J1-81.4.238
ERAICH 011 OVEll1'LOIi • • ONE CABD 88-88 CARD TO+ 1448-82.3.882
BRIDG-IT ON THE 1481.
'THE GAllI! 1481-11.8.818
1481-1IJ3.8.1IJ11
'CALCULATE NUIIBER 01' DAYS BI!TiEEN TlIO DATES+
CALCULATING AND PRIITING EVERYTHING. 'ESCAPE+ 1411J1-81. 4. 818
1481-18.2.811
'CAPERTSIII - COIIPUTER ASSISTED PROJECT+
1411J1-18. 3. 816
'CAPITAL INVESTIIENT ANALYSIS (8K).
1411J1-13.1.826
'CARD-TO-TAPE 1'OR THE SHABE LIBRARY.
1481-UT-1IJ27
'CABD-TO-TAPE UTILITY PROGBlII.
1448-18.2.1IJ82
CASH LETTER lIRITING • • 1248/1448 nOOF 01'+
CASUALTY COIlFANIES. nUTO RATING 1'OR l'IRE AID 1411J1-Il'-1IJ1X
1481-86.8.889
CENSUS IIETHOD II, X-9 VERSION, 4K, LONG+
1481-1IJ6.8.818
CENSUS IIETHOD II, X-9 VERSION, 4K, SHORT+
CENTERIIG QUICK REPOn (QUICKIE).
'SEL1' 1481-1IJ1.3.1IJ18
CENTS DIGITS TO CHECK-FORII 1I0BDS.
1481-14.IIJ.I88
1481-IL-811
C1'O PROGRAII (CONSOLIDATED 1'UNCTIONS+
1448-DII-811
'CHAIN AID IIHOLESlLl! BILLING.
CHARTER.
.SYSTEIIS 1'LOII 1481-1IJ2.8.1IJ39
CHECK AND EDIT LISTING.
'PACE - PRE-ASSI!IIBL Y 1448-81.8.881
CHECK AID EDIT. .1481/1468 nCE PRE-'lSSEI!BLY 1411J1-1IJ1.1.851
CHECK.
tlIRITE AND READ TAPE 1481-81.4.136
1481-14.8.888
CHECK-FORI! 1I0RDS. 'SUBROUTIIE TO CONVERT+
CHECKING PROGBlI!. 'GENERALIZED TABULATE+
1411J1-81.4.1IJ56
COBOL EDIT.
'SYSTEII/368 14fiJ1-SE-13X
1411J1-CB-781
'COBOL LAlIGUAGE CONVERSION.
COBOL.
.1481 1481-CB-1IJ78
COE1'l'ICIENTS PRCGBAII. 'REGAN - 4K REGRESSION+ 1481-86.1IJ.888
COLLATOR SIIIULATOR.
.CARD 1481-81.4.212
1481-81.4.221
COLUIINS ON THE IBII 1481. tREPRODUCE OBLY+
1481-18.2.818
'COIIIIERCIAL AND SAVINGS TELL!B SI!lUtlTION+
1481-IO-1IJ12
'COII!lUBICATIOIiS IOCS (1926/DDC) FOR THE+
1440-IO-1IJ12
'COIIIIUBICATIONS IOCS 1826 (DDC) 1'OR THE 14411J.
1481-14.8.824
COIIPATIBILITY 1I0DE. 'COPY 1411J1-AU-888+
'ANTIC A LIST 01' 1481-81.11.198
CONDENSED CARDS.
1481-81.4.894
COND!NSIBG OPERATION. UPTCO - AUTOIIATIC+
1481-81.3.824
Cut;SI!CUTIVE IIUIIB!RS ON LABUS. '148111468+
'CONSOLIDATED 1'UNCTIONS ORDIN1RY DAILY CYCLE+ 1481-IL-82X
1411J1-IL-1IJ3X
• CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY VALUATIOII+
l'lRGO
PAGE
837
828
863
821
821
821
863
824
825
825
819
839
848
847
848
828
818
856
856
869
1159
856
841
836
852
832
831
841
1IJ31
832
831
812
851
1IJ28
fiJ18
827
1/JfJ8
881
843
fiJ44
881
831
838
839
841
1IJ31
1138
882
843
1146
1IJ31
1IJ48
1IJ45
881
839
1IJ44
1IJ58
1136
113
854
1IJ55
803
836
828
1IJ86
886
861
822
824
819
846
1IJ86
843
862
857
1IJ46
834
851
853
858
817
862
888
848
848
834
868
089
819
845
861
832
038
868
835
915
983
882
848
942
942
851
818
022
868
841
",36
834
889
818
xv
TITLE
COBTROL PIELDS. 'GBJERAtIZED 'fABULA'fE WITH+
COBTROL 1I0NI'l01l 01 DISK. .1481/11140/11168 JOB
COITROL PROGRAII.
UUTOPROPS XI JUIIBRICAL
IPROJECT
COBTROL SYSTEII.
COIlTROL SYSTEII.
.IBPUT/OUTPUT
COBTROL SYSTBII.
.IIPUT/OUTPUT
COBVERSIOB 01' OTHER PUBCHES. 'SCOOP I & XI -+
'COBVERSIOB OF SPS TO AUTOCODER.
'DEUBD DEPOSIT
COBVERSION PROGRAII.
COBVERSIOI PROGRAII.
'1'ORTRAB II LARGUAGE
COBVERSION PROGRAII. .1481 1'ARGO '10+
COBVERSION.
'COBOL LABGUAGE
CONVERT DOLLARS ABD CBNTS DIGITS '10+
'CONVERT SPS CABD 1'ORIIAT TO AUTOCODBR CARD+
COBVERTER.
.SOPHISTICATED SPS TO AUTOCODER
.COOPERATIVB ADIIISSIONS IB1'ORII.lTION SYSTEft.
'COPY 1481-AU-888 SYSTEIIS PACK TO TAPE THEN+
.CORE DUIIP ROUTIBE.
.CORE DUIIP.
.CORL8 THIRTEBN VARIABLE SIIIPLE CORRELATION.
CORRELATIOB - VARIABLES 01' IIIPORTANCE+
CORRELATION COE1'1'ICIENTS PROGRAI!. 'RBGAB -+
CORRELATION. 'CORL8 THIRTEEN VARIABLE SIIIPLE
COUNT, PRIIT.
'RGCP - REPRODUCE, GARG-PUNCH,
CREDIT UIIOl1S. nBDIVIDUAL LEDGER EXTRACT+
CREDIT UNIOIS. IINDIVIDU.AL LEDGER UPDATE+
.CRITICAL PATH LISTING ABD RBSOURCE ABALYSIS.
.CRITICAL PATH IIANAGEIIBBT GAilE.
.CRITICAL PATH SCHEDULER (BASIC 1481).
CURVE 1'1'1 1'OR ECOBOI!IC ANALYSIS AND+
CYCLE PROGRAIIS. 'CONSOLIDATED 1'UNCTIONS+
DAILY CYCLE PROGRAIIS. 'CONSOLIDATBD+
DATES SUBROUTINE-DTClLC. 'CALCULATE NUIIBER+
DAYS BETlIBEI TlIO DATES SUBROUTINE-DTCALC.
'DBCISION LOGIC TRABSLlTOR PROGUI!.
DECISION IIAKING LAHORATORY AUTOIIATIC+
DECISION I!AKING LABORATORY • • ,481/1448 DISK+
DECISION TABLBS.
.pnlT
DBCISIOB-IIAKING LABORATORY.
'IIANAGEIIENT
'DELETE-IIERGE 1'OR THE SHARE LIBRARY.
'DBI!ARD DEPOSIT ACCCUNT.
'DBIIABD DEPOSIT CONVERSION PROGRAII.
*DBI!ONSTRATIOB tl'ALLOUT
*DEIlOBSTRlTION .IIUSIC-IIUSIC SIIIULlTION 01 A
*DEIIONSTRATION ITBE GAilE BRIDG-IT ON THB 1481
DB POSIT ACCOUNT.
'DEIIARD
DEPOSIT ABD CASH LETTER WRITING. .1248/1448+
DEPOSIT CONVERSIOII PROGRAII.
'DEIIABD
DBSIGl1 DATA • • HIGHlIAY EARTHIIORK QUANTITIES
DESIGl1. UNALYSIS 01' VARIUCE, 2 TO THB N+
DIlGRAIII!ER • • 140111418 AUTOCODER PROGRll!
DIGITS TO CHBCK-1'ORII 1I0RDS • • SUBROUTINB TO+
'DISASSBIIBLER 01' 148111468 PROGRA!!S 1'ROII+
DISK ADDRBSS UTILITY.
.1411J1/1311
DISK 1'ILE OBGABIZlTICN ROUTINES 148111468.
'DISK PILE ORGUIZATICN BOUTIBES.
DISK INPUT/OUTPUT SUBROUTINE. 'RADIO - RARDOII
DISK LOAD.
.1481 SORT 7 - 1311
DISK IIANAGEIIBNT DECISION IIAKING I.ABORATORY.
'1481/1469-1311
DISK PROGBAII LOADl!B.
DISK RECORD UNDER.
.1311
DISK RBCORD.
'REPAIR
DISK RESIDENT.
.SORT 54
DISK SORT.
IIBII 148111448/1460/1311
DiSK SORT/IIBRGB PROGRAI! (16K). '1481111168+
.DISK UTILITY PROGRAIIS.
DISK.
.1481148/68 1'ORTRAR IV
DISK.
'UTILITY PROGRAI!S 1'OR THE 1481-1311
DISK.
.14811144fiJ/1468 JOB CONTROL 1I0NITOR ON
DISSEIlIRATION OF IN1'ORUTION SYSTBI!.
DISTRIBUTION PROGRlII 1'OR A TAPB 1481.
DISTR IBUTION PROGRAII.
.GENERAL
'DISTRIBUTION TAPE REEL 1'OR SHARE.
DIVIDE SUB-ROUTINB. .148111468 SIIIULTANEOUS+
'IBII
'DOCUIIENTATICN AIDS SYSTEII.
DOLLARS AND CENTS DIGITS TO CHECK-1'ORII+
DUIIP II BANDS 01' 188 POSe 28 CARDS.
'KEIIORY
DUIIP ROUTINB.
.CORE
DUIIP.
.CORE
DUIIP.
tIIODI1'IED
DUIIP.
'GENBRAL PURPOSE TAPE
DUPLICATION.
.TAPE
EARTHiORK QUABTITIBS ABD DESIGN DATA.
ECONOIIIC ABALYSIS UD FORBCASTING.
BDIT LISTING.
'PACE - PRE-ASSBIIBLY CHECK ABD
EDIT SYSTEII/368 BASIC ASSBIIBLY LANGUAGE.
EDIT.
'SYSTEII/368 COBOL
BDIT. .148111468 PACE PRE-ASSEIIBLY CHECK ABD
EF1'ORTLESS SYSTBII 01' CALCULATING UD+
ELIIIIIIATE, REPRODUCE. 'REER - REPRODUCE,
ELIlllRATES THE IIULTIPLY-DIVIDE SPECIAL+
EI!BOSS ON A 1483 PRINTER • • 1481/1468 BRAILLE+
EIIIT, ELIKlBATE, RBPRODUCE • • REER EIIITTIBG. tl'OURTEEN 8 CIE 01'1'SET REPRODUCING+
'EIGINEERING SCHEDULIIG SYSTEII.
ENGLISH TO GRADB 2 BRAILLE ABD EI!BOSS ON 1+
ENTBY PROGRAII SUPPORTS 1458 BABK DATA+
EQUATIOI ABD !lATRIX INVERSION PROGRlII.
.CARD SYSTEII
ERROR-DETECTION AIDS.
'ESCAPE - E1'1'ORTLESS SYSTEI! OF CALCULATING+
ESTIIIATING UD SCHEDULING 8K, 12K, and 16K.
EVALUATION ABD RBVIElI TECHIIQUE SIIIULATOR.
EVERYTHING. iESCAPE - E1'1'ORTLESS SYSTEK 01'+
E1PONENTIAL SIIOOTHING.
'1'ORECASTING BY
EX'IRACT PROGBAII 1'OB CREDIT UBlONS.
1'ACILITATE ST1TISTICAL UALYSIS. '!!ETHOD OF+
1'ACTORIAL DESIGN. UNALYSIS 01' VARIARCE, 2+
'FALLOUT.
tl'ABGO - 1'OURTEEN-O-ONE AUTOII1TIC REPORT+
tl'lBGO ONE-SIXTY-G •
PIIOGRAM NO.
PAGE
1Il81-'1./l.226 842
111'1-"./l.228 842
1411J1-CN-83X
083
1449-I!X-82X
823
11181-10-865
811
1449-10-818
822
1481-81.4.812 835
1411J1-91.4.168 839
12118-PB-12X
881
1481-1'0-711J2
888
1481-82.8.836 845
1481-CB-781
983
1481-14.8.888 868
1411J1-81.4.131 838
1411J1-81.4.165 839
1481-18.3.868 856
14fiJ1-14.8.824 868
1411J1-81.4.871 836
1449-82.7.884 862
14111-86.8.886 848
1411J1-86.8.885 847
1411J1-86.8.888 848
1411J1-86.8.886 848
1481-13.1.889 858
1481-18.3.855 854
1481-18.3.fiJ56 855
1481-18.3.828 853
1481-18.3.1IJ59 855
1481-18.3.813 852
1481-87.8.883 849
1481-IL-82X
889
1481-IL-82X
811J9
1481-83.8.811 846
1481-83.8.811 846
11191-SE-85X
814
1481-18.2.811J7 858
1481-111J.2.812 851
1481-81.4.126837
1II81-CS-fiJ2X
88~
1481-13.1.827 858
11148-FB-83X
828
1248-1'B-12X
881
1491-11.8.811J7 857
1 1191-11.fiJ.8 12 158
14",1-11.8.",,8 857
11148-FB-83X
8211J
111411-1.1IJ.2.812 862
1248-1'B-12X
881
1491-89.2.811J7 ",49
"''''1-1IJ6.8.812 849
"'91-81.4.128 138
11181-14.8.811J8 868
1481-82.8.835 845
1491-81.4.176 839
1481-UT-852
817
1448-UT-848
827
11148-81.4.881 861
1481-81.2.825 833
1II81-111J.2.812 851
1491-81.4.186 848
1481-81.4.187 848
1481-81.4.1e1 848
1448-81.6.881 861
1491-81.2.823 833
1481-LI!-811
811
1448-UT-841
828
1481-FO-851
1IJ87
1481-UT-853
817
1481-81.4.228 1IJ42
1481-CR-81X
884
1481-Il'-83X
1/JfJ9
1481-11'-821
1IJ88
1481-13.1.832 1IJ59
14111-83.1IJ.841 1IJ46
1~81-SE-12X
814
1481-14.8.811J8 868
1481-81.4.863 1IJ36
1481-81.4.871 1IJ36
1448-82.7.88~ 862
1481-81.4.124 837
1481-81.4.158 839
1481-81.4.188 1IJ37
1481-89.2.fiJ87 849
1481-87.8.1IJ83 1IJ49
1441-81.8.1IJ81 1IJ61
1481-81.1.1IJ56 832
1481-SE-13X
1IJ15
1481-81.1.1IJ51 832
14fiJ1-1IJ1.4.818 fiJ34
1481-81.4.1168 836
1481-82.8.1IJ25 1IJ44
1481-1IJ1.4.238 1IJ43
1481-81.4.1IJ68 836
1481-14.fiJ.1IJ8~ 868
1481-EX-81X
885
1481-81.4.238 843
1458-FB-28X
828
1481-85.IIJ.II83 847
11181-AT-811
811J1
1411J1-1IJ1.1l.1IJ18 834
14111-18.3.fiJIIJ2 851
1481-18.2.1IJ11 851
1481-81.4.818 834
1481-18.3.888 852
1481-18.3.855 854
1481-86.8.fiJ11 849
1481-1IJ6.8.812 849
1481-11.8.1IJ87 857
1411J1-RG-845
813
14fiJ1-1IJ2.1IJ.1IJ18 844
!SUC .l!!!YWORD-III-CONTEXT) INDEX
FARGO
TITLE
FARGO TO SYSTEII/368 RPG 1I0DEL 28 COBYERSIOII+
FEATURES REQUIREIIEIITS. IFORTRAII 1I0DIPICATIOW.
FEATURES.
'TRACE THAT llEEDS 110 SPECIAL
FIELDS • • GENERALIZED TABULATE liITH OR.
FILE ORGAIIIZATION ROUTINES 1481/1468.
FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES.
.DISK
'FINANCIAL AID INPORIIATION SYSTEII.
'FINANCIAL AIl: INFORlIATION SYSTElI.
'FIIiANCIAL ANALYSIS PROGRAII.
FINDER.
.1311 DISK RECORD
FIRE AND CASUALTY COllPANIES. 'AUTO RATIIiG FOR
FIT FOR ECONOIIIC ANALYSIS AND FORECAS'IING.
.PLOGEN - IBII 1481 FLOWCHART GENERATOR.
FLOW CHARTIR.
'SYSTEIIS
PLOW CHART GENERATOR.
tFLOGEN - IBII 1481
PLOWCHART TECHNIQUE.
tAUTOIIATIC
IFORECASTING BY EIPONENTIAL SIIOOTHING.
FORECASTING. IPOLYNOIIIAL CURVE PIT POR.
PORIIAT TO AUTOCODER CARD FORIIAT • •CONVERT.
IFORTRAN I I LAWGUAGE CONVERSION nOGRAII.
FORTRAN IV DISK.
'1481;48/68
FORTRAN IV TAPE.
.1481/6"
'PORTRAN 1I0DIFICATION WHICH ELIIIINATES THE.
'FOURTEEII 8 ONE OPFSET REPRODUCING AND+
FOURTEEII-O-ONE AUTOIlATIC REPORT GENERATING+
FREIGHT REVENUE' ACCOUNTING.
'1I0TOR
FUNCTIOIIS ORDINARY DAILY CYCLE PROGRAIIS.
PUNCTIOIIS ORDINARY VALUATION PROGBAlI.
.GAIIE BBIDG-IT ON THE 1481.
'THE
GAilE.
'CRITICAL PATH IIANAGEIIENT
GANG FUNCB POR THE 1481. 'SELECTIVE.
GANG PUNCH SIIIULATOR.
tREPRCDUCI
GANG-PUIICH. COUNT. PRINT.
IRGCP - REPRODUCE.
GANGPUNCHING OR EIIITTING. 'FOURTEEN 8 ONE.
'GENERALIZED FLOT PROGRAII.
'GENERALIZED TABULATE AND/OR SEQUENCE.
'GENERALIZED TABULATE WITH OR WITHOUT CONTROL
GENERATING OPERATION. 'FARGO -+
GENERATOB (ON DISK) 1481;1468 • • 148111311+
GENERATOR 2K.
IBEFORT PROGRAII
GENERATOR 4K • • 148111468 BASIC REPORT PROGRAII
IBEPORT PROGRAII
GENEliATOB.
.HOGEN - IBII 1481 FLOWCHART
GENERATOR.
GRADE 2 BRAILLE AND EIIBOSS ON A 1483.
'HIGHWAY EARTHIIORK QUANTITIl!S AND DESIGII DATA.
'HOIIECIINERS RATING PROGRAII.
'HOSPITAL ACCOUNTS PAYABLE.
'HOSPITAL GENERAL LEDGER.
.HOSPITAL INVENTORY PROGRAII.
• HOSPITAL PATIENT BILLING.
'HOSPITAL PAYROLL.
HOSPITAL.
tFliOPERTY ACCOUNTING SYSTEII FOR
HOSPITALS.
IACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE POB
II.
UUTOBLOCK
II. 1-9 VERSION. 4K. LONG PROGRAII. 'SEASONAL+
II. 1-9 VERSION. 4K. SHORT PROGRAII.
IIIPAC'I.
.1311 WHOLES ALI
IlIpACT.
.1311 WHOLESALE
INDEX.
'QUICK KWIC
*INDEXING .KWIC SYSTEII
UNDIVIDUAL LEDGER EITRACT PROGRAII FOR CREDIT
'INDIVIDUAL LEDGER UPDATE PRO GRAil FOR CREDIT.
INFORIIATION liETRIEVAL PROGRAII FOR THE 1481.
INFORIIATION SYSTEII (LOAN SYSTEII) • • FINANCIAL.
INFORIIATION SYSTEII (STUDENT AID SUBSYSTEII).
INFORIIATION SYSTEII.
.COOPERATIVE ADIIISSIONS
INFORIIATION SYSTEII. 'SELECTIVE DISSEIlINATION.
INFORIIATION SYSTEII • • 1481 UNIVERSITY.
tINFUT FRCGEAII POR 7898/7894 SUPPORT PACKAGES
UNPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL SYSTEII.
UNPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL SYSTEII.
INPU'I/OUTPUT SUBROUTINE. 'BADIO - BANDOII DISK
UNSTALLIIENT LCAN ACCOUNTING.
INTEGER IIETHOD. 'SQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE.
INTERPOLATION TECHNIQUE (LIIIIT). fLOT SIZE.
UNVElITORY IIANAGE!lENT ANALYSIS PROGRAlI.
INVENTORY IIANAGEIIENT INTERPOLATION TECHNIQUE.
INVENTORY !lANAGEIIENT SIIIULATOH 12K 1481.
UNVENTORY IIANAGEIIENT SI!lULATOR.
INVENTCRY FROGRAII.
'HOSPITAL
INVENTORY SYSTEII.
'SKILLS
INVERSION PROGRAII • • IIULTIPLE SIIIULTANEOUS.
INVESTIIENT ANALYSIS (8K).
'CAPITAL
IOCS (ON DISK).
IIBII 1481;1468
IOCS (1826/DDC) FOR THE 1481/1468.
IOCS 1826 (DDC) FOR THE 1448. 'COIIIIUNICUIONS
JOB CONTROL IIONITOR ON DISK.
.1481/1448/1468
KEEPING • • STACK - STORAGE ON TAPE TO ABRIDGE.
tKEYWORD-IN-CONTEXT (KWIC) +
KEYWORD-CUT-OF-CONTEXT (KWOC).
KWIC INDEX.
'QUICK
• KWIC SYSTEII.
LAEEL CAPABILITY • • 1481 AND 1468 TAPE+
LABELS. t1481;1468 PRINT LARGE CONSECUTIVE.
#LABOR AND IIATERIAL PROGRAII.
LABORATORY AUTOIIATIC PLOTTING OP RESULTS.
LABORATORY.
tllA NAGEIIENT DECISION-IIAKING
LABORATORY. '1481/1448 DISK IIANAGEIIENT.
LAST CARD TEST. tONE OP ONE - 88188.
LEAS'I-COST ESTIIIATING AND SCHEDULING 8K. +
LEDGER EITRACT PROGRAII FOR CREDIT UNIONS.
LEDGER UPDATE FROGRAII FOR CREDIT UNIONS.
LEDGER.
IHOSPITAL GENERAL
#LESS - LEAST-COS'I ESTIIIATING AND SCHEDULING.
LETTER WRITING. 11248/1448 PBOOF OF DEPOSIT.
LIBRARY.
'CARD-TO-TAPE FOR THE SHARE
LIBRARY.
IDELETE-IIERGE FOR THE SHARI
LIBRARY.
ITAPE-TO-CARD FOR THE SHARE
LIBRARY.
ITAPE-TO-TAPE FOR THE SHARE
UINEAR FROGRAIIIIING.
PROGRAM NO.
PAGE
1481-82.8.836 845
1481-82.8.8i5 844
1481-81.4.133 838
1481-81.4.226 842
1481-UT-852
817
1448-UT-848
827
1481-18.3.872 856
1481-18.3.873 857
1401-FI-851
887
1481-81.4.187 848
1481-IF-81X
888
1481-87.8.883 849
1481-82.8.822 844
1481-82.8.839 845
1481-82.8.822 044
1481-82.8.819 844
1481-18.3.008 852
1481-87.8.883 849
1481-81.4.131 838
1481-FO-782
888
1481-FO-851
887
1481-FO-852
887
1481-82.8.825 844
1481-14.8.884 868
1481-RG-845
813
1448-ST-821
824
1481-IL-821
889
1481-IL-831
818
1481-11.8.918 857
1481-18.3. £59 855
1481-81.4.851 835
1448-83.1.881 862
1481-13.1.889 858
1481-14.8.884 868
1481-14.8.882 859
1481-81.4.856 835
1481-81.4.226 842
1481-RG-845
1113
1481-RG-832
812
1481-RG-833
813
1481-RG-822
812
1481-RG-848
813
1401-82.8.822 844
1481-81.4.238 843
1481-89.2.807 049
1481-IF-85X
089
1449-UH-831
825
1448-UH-851
825
1448-UH-841
825
1440-UH-811
824
1448-UH-86X
826
1448-11.5.885 863
1448-UH-821
825
1481-8.2.8.817 843
1481-86.0.889 848
1481-86.8.818 848
1481-DII-831
885
1448-DII-841
828
1481-18.3.835 854
1481-18.3.818 852
141111-18.3.055 854
1481-18.3.856 855
1481-18.3.889 852
1481-18.3.872 856
1481-18.3.873 857
1481-18.3.068 856
1481-CR-811
884
1481-18.3.871 856
1481-UT-938
818
1481-10-865
811
1448-10-818
822
1448-81.4.881 861
1448-18.2.883 863
1481-83.8.814 846
1481-18.3.824 853
1481-18.3.823 853
1481-18.3.824 853
1481-CS-831
885
1481-18.2.883 858
1440-UH-84X
825
1481-18.3.849 854
1481-95.8.883 847
1481-18.3.816 853
1481-10-868
811
1481-10-812
818
1448-10-812
822
1481-81.4.228 842
1481-81.4.107 837
1481-CR-82X
884
1481-CR-821
884
1481-10.3.835 854
1481-18.3.818 852
1481-UT-825
"16
1481-81.3.824 834
1448-12.3.882 063
1481-18.2.887 858
1401-CS-02X
884
1481-18.2.812 851
1481-81.4.188 848
1481-18.3.082 851
1481-18.3.855 854
1481-18.3.856 855
1448-UH-85X
825
1481-10.3.882 851
1448-18.2.882 862
1481-13.1.826 858
1481-13.1.827 858
1481-13.1.828 859
1481-13.1.825 958
1481-11), 1. 882 95111
XVI
TITLE
LINEAR PROGRAIIIIIlIG.
11488-1311
tLINEAR PROGRAII!lIlIG. REVISED SIIIPLEX IIETHOD.
tLINEAR REGRES·SION ANALYSIS.
LINEAR REGRESSION ANALYSIS.
tllULTIPLE
LIST AND PUNCH.
'SHARE ORDER CARD
LIST OF CONDENSED CARDS.
UNTIC A
LIST OVERFLOW.
ICARD
LIST.
tONE CARD 88-88
LISTING AND RESOURCE ANALYSIS. 'CRITICAL PATH
LISTING.
'PACE - PRE-ASSEIIBLY CHECK AND EDIT
LOAD.
11481 SORT 7 - 1311 DISK
LOADER.
'TAPE SYSTEII
t1481/1460-1311 DISK PROGRAII
LOADER.
LOAN ACCOUNTING.
'1I0RTGAGE
LOAN ACCOUNTING.
tINSTALLIIENT
LOGIC DIAGRAIIIIER. t1481;1418 AUTOCODER
LOGIC TRANSLATOR PROGRAII.
'DECISION
tLOT SIZE INVENTORY !UNAGEIIENT INTERPOLATION.
IIACRO.
UUTOCODER SEIICH EINARY SEARCH
IIANAGEIIENT ANALYSIS PROGRAII.
IINVENTORY
IIANAGEIIENT DECISION !lAKING LABORATORY.
IIIANAGEIIENT DECISION IIAKING LABORATORY+
tllANAGEIIEWT DECISION-IIAKING LABORATORY.
'CRITICAL PATH
IIANAGEIIENT GAilE.
IIANAGEIIENT INTERPOLATION TECHNIQUE (LIIIIT).
IIAIIAGEIIENT SIIIULATOR 12K 1481 VERSION.
IIANAGEIIENT SIIIULATOR.
.BANK
IIANAGEIIENT SIIIULATOR.
tINVENTORY
MATERIAL PROCESSOR.
11448/1311 BILL OF
ILABOR AND
MATERIAL PROGRAII.
IIATRIX INVERSION PROGRAII. tIlULTIPLE.
IlEAT SYSTEII.
'5111
IIIEIIORY DUIIP IN BANDS OF 188 POS. 28 CARDS.
IUNIVERSAL
IIEIIORY PRINT.
IIIERGE 5.
tIIERGE 6.
tIIERGE 7.
IIERGE.
.CARD
IIERGE.
.8K THREE TAPE .SORT
'IIICR ENTRY PROGRAII SUPPORTS 1458 BANK DATA.
1I0DE. ICOPY 1481-AU-888 SYSTEIIS PACK TO TAPE.
IIODIFICATION WHICH ELIIIINATES THE+
.1I0DIFIED DUIIP.
1I0DULAR INVENTORY IIANAGEIIElIT SIIIULATOR 12K.
1I0!lENT REPORTING.
tSOIlR - SPUR OP THE
IIONITOR ON DISK.
.1481/1448/1468 JOB CONTROL
.SEASONAL ADJUSTIIENT OF
1I0NTHLY TIllE SERIES.
tl!ORTGAGI! AIIORIZATION SCHEDULE.
tllORTGAGE LOAN ACCOUNTING.
tllOTOR FREIGHT REVENUE ACCOUNTING •
tIlULTI-PURPOSE 88-88 REPRODUCING.
IIULTIPLY DIVIDE SUB-ROUTINE. '1481/1468.
IIULTIPLY-DIVIDE SPECIAL FEATURES.
IIIUSIC-IIUSIC SIIIULATION ON A 1481 COIIPUTER.
IIABAC IIODEL. 'COIIIIERCIAL AND SAVINGS TELLER.
NAIIE ALTERATION PROGRAII.
'STANDARD
NUIIBER OF DAYS EETWEEN TWO DATES.
NUIIBERS ON LABELS • • 1481/1468 PRINT LARGE.
NUIIERICAL CONTROL PROGRA!l.
tAUTOPROPS II
OBJECT TO AUTOCODER SOURCE. tDISASSEIIBLER OF.
ODD INTEGER IIETHOD. tSQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE.
OFFSET REPRODUCING AND GANGPUNCHING OR+
ION-LINE SAVINGS ACCOUNTING.
ONE-SIXTY-G.
tFARGO
'ONE-WAY ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE.
OPERATING SYSTEII COIlPUTER ASSISTED.
OPERATING SYSTEII/368 DISK SORT/MERGE PROGRAII+
.OPTRAIN OPERATING TRAINING ON THE 1481.
tOPTRAIN - OPERATING TRAINING ON THE 1481.
ORDER CARD LIST AND PUNCH.
'SHARE
ORDINARY DAILY CYCLE PROGRAIIS. 'CONSOLIDATED.
ORDIN ARY VALUATION PROGRAII. 'CONSOLIDATED.
ORGANIZATION ROUTINES 148111468 • • 1481/1311+
ORGANIZATION ROUTINES.
'DISK FILE
OUTPUT PROGRAII.
17898/94 1481 PERIPHERAL
OVERFLOW.
.CARD LIST
OVERFLOW. tONE CARD 88-88 CARD TO PRINTER+
tFACE - PRE-ASSEIIBLY CHECK AND EDIT LISTING.
PACE PRE-ASSEIIBLY CHECK AND EDIT.
.1481/1468
PACK TO TAPE THEN TAPE TO 368/2311 IN.
PACKAGES FOR IBII SYSTEII/368 • • INPUT PROGRAM+
PASS ASSEIIBLER.
'SPS SINGLE
PATH LISTING AND RESOURCE ANALYSIS. 'CRITICAL
PATH IIANAGEIIENT GAilE.
.CRITICAL
PATH SCHEDULER (BASIC 1491).
'CRITICAL
PATIENT BILLING.
'HOSPITAL
PAYABLE.
'HOSPITAL ACCOUNTS
PAYROLL.
.HOSPITAL
PAYROLL.
'PIECEWORK-TIllE WORK
PERIPHERAL OUTPUT PROGRAII.
17898/94 1481
PERIPHERAL UTILITY PROGRAII. 17848/7844 - 1481
tPERT •
IPROJECT PROGRESS REPORT
PHASE I.
tFIECEIiORK-TIIIEIIOBK PjlYROLL.
'GENERALIZED
PLOT PROGRAII.
PLOTTING OF RESULTS. '!lANAGEIIENT DECISION+
'POLYNOIlIAL CURVE FIT FOR ECONO!lIC ANALYSIS+
IPORTFOLIO SELECTION PROGRAII.
POS. 28 CARDS.
tllEIIORY DUIIP IN BANDS OF 188
POWER FACTORIAL DESIGN. UNALYSIS OF+
'PACEPRE-ASSEIIBLY CHECK AND EDIT LISTING.
PRE-ASSEIIBLY CHECK AND EDIT.
t1481/1468 PACE
IPRE-LIST POR AUTOCODER SOURCE DECK.
PRE-LIST.
UUTOCODER
IPRINT DECISION TABLES.
PRINT LARGE CONSECUTIVE NUIIBERS ON LABELS.
PRINT PROGRAM.
.UTILITY
PRINT.
'UNIVERSAL IIEIIORY
PRINT.
'RGCP - REPRODUCE. GANG-PUNCH. COUNT.
PRINTEl! PROGRAII WITH BRANCH ON OVERFLOW.
PRIl'ITI!R
PROGRAM NO.
PAGE
1481-CO-131
8"3
1401-18.1.084 850
1481-86.8.882 847
1481-86.0.884 847
1481-13.1.829 859
1481-01.4.198 841
1401-81.4.138 838
1481-81.3.811 834
1401-18.3.828 853
1448-81.0.881 861
1481-81.2.825 833
1481-81.1.835 831
1481-81.4.186 840
1448-PB-84X
821
1448-19.2.883 863
1481-81.4.128 838
1401-SE-85X
814
1481-18.3.1124 853
1481-83.0_836 846
1481-18.3.823 853
1481-18.2.012 851
1481-18.2.887 850
1481-CS-82X
884
1481-18.3.859 855
1481-18.3.824 853
1481-CS-83X
885
1481-PB-02X
886
1481-10.2.883 858
1448-IIE-021
822
1448-12.3.802 863
1481-85.0.883 847
1440-18.1.881 862
1481-81.4.863 836
1481-81.4.896 836
1448-SM-031
824
1481-511-863
016
1481-511-861
815
1481-81.2.818 833
1481-01.2.822 933
1458-PB-28X
828
1481-14.8.824 868
1481-82.0.825 044
1481-81.4.124 037
1481-CS-83X
885
1481-81.3.822 834
1481-81.4.228 042
1481-86.8.881 047
1401-18.2.886 058
1448-FB-84X
821
1449-ST-82X
024
1481-81.4.198 041
1481-03.0.841 846
1481-82.8.825 844
1481-11.8.812 858
1481-18.2.818 851
1491-14.8.019 868
1481-83.8.811 846
1401-81.3.824 834
1481-CN-83X
883
1481-82.0.035 845
1481-03.8.014 846
1491-14.8.884 860
1448-FB-07x
821
1401-82.8.818 044
1481-86.8.814 849
1481-05-892
812
1481-LII-811
811
1481-13.4.882 059
1481-13.4.082 859
1481-13.1.829 859
1481-IL-02X
809
1481-IL-331
018
1481-UT-852
817
1448-UT-840
827
1481-UT-158
818
1481-81.4.138 038
1448-82.3.082 862
1448-81.3.881 861
1481-01.1.851 832
1481-14.0.824 968
1401-UT-938
818
1481-81.1.852 832
1481-18.3.828 853
1481-18.3.859 855
1481-18.3.913 852
1449-UH-81x
824
1448-UH-83X
925
1440-UH-86X
826
1481-18.3. £15 853
1481-UT-158
918
1401-UT-157
818
1481-18.3.887 852
1401-18.3.844 054
1481-18.3.915 853
1481-14.8.892 859
1481-18.2.987 858
1481-87.8.883 849
1481-FI-94X
806
1481-81.4.863 836
1481-96.8.812 849
1448-81.8.801 861
1481-81.1.851 832
1481-01.1.839 831
1481-81.1.843 831
1481-81.4.126 837
1481-81.3.824 834
1481-81.4.225 842
1481-81.4.096 836
1481-13.1.889 858
1440-32.3.882 862
!!l£ 1!!JlIORD-I1-COBTEXTl IRDEX
PRINTER
TITLE
PRINTER • • 1491/146/1 BlIULLE - TUI -+
PRINTING EVEBlTHING. IESCAPE - EFFORTLESS+
PROCESSING SYSTEII • • "ICR EITRY PROGRAII+
'GENERAL
PROCESSING UTILITY PROGRAII.
'1449/1311 BILL OF IIATERIAL
PROCESSOR.
'PROJECT
PROGRESS REPORT PHASE I.
'PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEII.
PROJECT EVALUATION AND REVIEW TECHNIQUE+
'PROJECT PROGRESS REPORT PHASE I.
PROOF OF DEPOSIT AND CASH LETTER WRITING.
'PROPERTY ACCOUNTING SYSTEII FOR HOSPITAL.
PUNCH FOR THE 1491. .SELECTIVE REPRODUCE -+
PUNCH SII!IULATOR.
'REPRODUCE GANG
PUNCH.
'SHARE ORDER CARD LIST AND
PUNCHES. 'SCOOP I & II - SIIIPLIFIED+
QUANTITIES AND DESIGN DATA • • HIGHWAY
'QUICK KWIC INDEX.
QUICK RE!?OBT (QUICKIE).
'SELF CENTERING
.RADIO ., RANDOII DISK INPUT/OUTPUT SUBROUTINE.
RANDOII DISK INPUT/OUTPUT SUBBOUTINE. IBADIO IBAPID ASSEIIBLY PROGBAII NO. 14943.
IBAPID SELECTIVE TRACE.
BASP. .1491/1449/1469 BESEQUENCE AUTOCODER+
BATING FOB FIRE AND CASUALTY COIIPANIES. UUTC
BATING PROGBAII.
.HOIIEOWNERS
IBEACTION TIllING PROGRnl FOR IBII 1491.
BEAD TAPE CHECK.
'WRITE AND
RECEIVABLE FOB HOSPITALS.
UCCOURTS
BECEIVABLE.
tBETAIL ACCOUNTS
BECORD FINDEB.
.1311 DISK
RECORD.
.BEPAIB DISK
BECORDING COIIPUTER UTILIZATION AND 3 1411,.
RECORDING FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
UTTENDANCE
'DATA ANALYSIS AND
BEDUCTION.
REEL FOR SHARE.
'DISTRIBUTION TAPE
'REER - REPRODUCE, EIIIT, ELIIIINATE, REPRODUCE.
IREGAN - 4K REGRESSION ANALYSIS AND+
REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING.
'TALLY ANALYSIS
REGRESSION ANALYSIS AND CORRELATION+
IREGRESSION ANALYSIS CO!!PUTER PROGRAII.
.LINEAR
REGRESSION ANALYSIS.
REGRESSION ANALYSIS.
'IIULTIPLE LINEAR
REGRESSION PROGRAII.
'"ULTIFLE
tRELOCATABLE TRACE PROGRAII.
IREPAIR DISK BECOBD.
REPORT (QUICKIE).
'SELF CENTERING QUICK
REPORT GENERATING OPERATION. 'FARGO -+
REPORT PHASE I.
'PROJECT PROGRESS
REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR (ON DISK) +
IREPORT !?BOGRAII GENERATOR 2K.
REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR 4K • • 1491/146/1 BASIC
'REPORT !?BOGRAII GENERATOR.
.14411/1311
REPORT PROGRAII.
REPORTING.
.SOIlR - SPUR OF THE IICIIENT
tREPRO-RE!?RODUCER SIIIULATOR ROUTINE FCR THE+
RE!?RODUCE - GANG PUNCH FOR THE 1411 1.
IREPRODUCE GANG PUNCH SIIIULATOR.
IREPRODUCE ONLY CERTAIN COLUIINS ON THE IBII+
REPRODUCE WITH LAST CARD TEST. 'ONE OF ONE -+
REPRODUCE. 'REER - REPRODUCE, FIIIT,
REPRODUCE, GANG-PUNCH, COUNT, PRINT.
'RGCPREPRODUCER FOR 1449/1311.
IVARIABLE CARD
REPRODUCING AND GANGPUNCHING OR El!ITTING.
REPRODUCING.
UULTI-PURPOSE 89-89
REQUIREIIENTS. 'FORTRAN 1I0DIFICATION WHICH+
RESEQUENCE AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRAIIS - RASP.
RESIDENT.
.SORT 54 DISK
RESOURCE ANALYSIS. 'CRITICAL PATH LISTING AND
'RETAIL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.
RETRIEVAL PROGRAII FOR THE 14111. USK -+
RETRIEVAL SYSTEII.
'SELECT DATA
REVENUE ACCOUNTING.
'1I0TOR FREIGHT
REVIEW TECHNIQUE SIIIULATOR • •CAPERTSIII -+
REVISED SII!PlEX IIETHOD.
'LINEAR PROGRAIIIIING,
.RGCP - REPRODUCE, GANG-PUNCH, COUNT, PRINT.
ROOT ROUTINE.
.SQUARE
ROOT .SUBROUTINE USING ODD INTEGER IIETHOD.
ROOT SUBROUTINE.
.SQUARE
RPG !!ODEL 211 CONVEBSION PROGRAII • • 14111 FARGO+
RPG TO SYSTEII/3611 TRANSLATOR.
tIBII 14110
.SAVINGS ACCOUNTING.
'ON-LINE
SAVINGS ACCOUNTING.
SA VI NGS TELLER SIIIULATION USING NABAC IIODEL.
SCHEDULE.
.1I0RTGAGE AIIORIZATION
'CRITICAL PATH
SCHEDULER (BASIC 1481).
*SCHEDULER PROJECT 'PERT
SCHEDULING - BETA VERSION.
.SOCRATES STUDENT
'ENGINEERING
SCHEDULING SY STEil.
SCHEDULING SYSTEII.
'SOCRATES STUDENT
SCHEDULING 8K, 12K, and 16K • • LESS -+
SCHEDULING.
'TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTR ATION AND
SCHOOL PROGRAIIS (GRADE REPORTING). .SECONDARY
SCHOOL PROGRAIIS (PAYROLL AND PERSONNEL).
SCHOOL PROGRAIIS (STUDENT SCHEDULING) •
SCHOOLS.
.ATTENDANCE RECORDING FOR SECCNDARY
'SCOO!? I & II - SIIIPLIFIED CONVERSION OF+
SCORE AND ANALYZE TEACHER-IIADE TESTS • • TS811 SCORING TECHNIQUE.
'FAST - FULLY AUTOIIATIC
SCORING TECHNIQUE-PHASE I PROGRAII PACKAGE.
SEARCH IIACRO.
UUTOCODER SERCH BINARY
SEARCH PROGRAII.
'TAPE
.SEASONAL ADJUSTIIENT - CENSUS IIETHOD II, X-9+
.SEASONAL AtJUSTIIENT OF 1I0NTHLY TIll!! SERIES.
'SEASONAL AtJUSTIIENT, CENSUS !!ETHOD II, X-9+
'SELECT DATA RETRIEVAL SYSTEII.
SELECTION PROGRAII.
.PORTFOLIO
'SELECTIVE DISSEIlINATION OF INFORIIATION+
.SELECTIVE REI?RODUCE - GANG PUNCH FCR THE+
SELECTIVE TRACE.
IRAPID
SEQUENCE CHECKING PROGBAII. 'Gl!REBlLIZED+
PROGRAM NO.
1481-111.4.23/1
1481-/11.4./118
1458-FB-281
1481-81.4.232
1448-IIE-82X
1491-18.3.944
1448-111-92X
1481-18.2.811
1481-18.3.844
1448-18.2.8112
1448-11.5.885
1481-91.4.1l51
1448-83.1.8111
1481-13.1.829
14111-81.4.812
1481-99.2.891
1491-18.3.835
1481-81.3.918
1448-81.4.1l91
1448-81.4.881
14111-81.1.1l17
14111-111.4.281
14111-111.4.189
1491-IF-81 X
1491-IF-85X
14111-11.8.1l85
1481-lll.4.136
1441l-UH-82X
1448-DR-82X
1491-81.4.181
1481-81.4.181
14111-86.8.lll1
1448-US-8IU
14111-CA-84X
14111-13.1.1l32
14111-81.4.1l68
1481-"6.8.1l88
1411 1-14. 8.1l25
14111-86.".1l1l8
14111-86.8.""1
14111-86. 8. 1l1l2
14"1-"6.1l.1l84
1481-96.8.1l1l3
1491-81.4.193
14"1-81.4.181
14111-91.3."18
1481-RG-845
1481-1Il.3.1l44
1491-RG-832
1II91-RG-"33
1481-RG-"22
1481-RG-848
1448-RG-1l21l
14"1-lll.3.1l22
14111-81.4.1l54
1481-"1.4.1l51
1441l-"3.1.lllll
1491-111.4.221
14111-81.4.188
1481-"1.4.1l68
1491-13.1.1l8~
14QIl-82.3.801
14111-14.1l.81l4
1491-"1.4.198
1481-"2.8.825
14111-81.4.189
1441l-81.6.""1
1481-18.3.828
1441l-DR-82X
1481-19.3.81l9
1481-81.4.145
1441l-ST-82X
1481-1".2.811
1481-1".1."84
1481-13.1.81l9
1481-"3.8.815
1481-"3.8.814
1491-83.8.818
14"1-82. II. "36
1481-RG-'1""
144"-FB-85X
1441l-FE-81X
1481-19.2."19
14111-1".2.91l6
1481-18.3.813
1481-1Il.3.8"1
1482-18.3.915
14111-EX-8lX
1481-18.3.965
1491-18.3.91l2
1481-14.8.825
1448-US-92X
144"-US-83X
1441l-US-811
1448-US-"4X
1481-81.4.812
1481-18.3.1118
1481-111.3.841
1481-19.3.963
1481-83.".836
1481-111.4.958
1491-86.8.1189
1481-96.8.921
141l1-86. 9. 918
1481-81.4.145
14"1-FI-II4X
1491-CR-911
1481-81.4.1151
1481-81.4.297
1481-/11.4.856
PAGE
1113
834
1128
843
922
854
1123
1151
854
1162
863
935
962
859
835
8119
1154
834
1161
861
831
1141
948
988
1189
851
1138
1125
819
94"
9Q8
1149
1121
1192
1159
1136
848
1161l
848
1148
041
041
1141
1131
941l
034
913
1154
812
813
1112
liB
1123
834
935
1135
862
1142
941l
836
1158
961
861l
1141
944
1141l
861
1153
819
852
839
824
1151
951l
958
846
946
045
845
1113
821
1121
051
1151l
1152
952
861
1105
055
1151
1161l
826
1121
826
821
835
956
854
1155
846
835
848
1141
848
1139
896
894
035
1141
835
TITLE
SERCH BINARY SBARCH I!lCRO.
tAOTOCODER
SERIES.
'SEASONAL ADJUSTIIENT OF 1I0NTHLY TIIIZ
SHARE LIBRARY.
'CARD-TO-TAPE FOR THE
SHARE LIBRARY.
'DELETE-!!ERGE FOR THE
SHARE LIBRARY.
'TAPE-TO-CARD FOR THB
SHARE LIBRARY.
'TAPE-TO-TAPE FOR THE
.SHARE ORDER CARD LIST AND PUNCH.
SHARE.
'DISTRIBUTION TAPE REEL FOR
SI!!PLEI IIETHOD.
ILINEAR PROGRAII!!ING, REVISED
SI!!PLIFIED CONVERSION OF OTHER PUNCHES.
SI!!ULATION ON A 1481 COIIPUTER.
'"USIC-!!USIC
SI!!ULATION USING NABAC 1I0DEL. 'COIIIIERCIAL+
SI!!ULATOR ROUTINE FOR THE IBII 14111.
SIIIULATOR 12K 14111 VERSION • • 1481/1620+
SIIIULATOR.
'CARD COLLATOR
SI!!ULATOR.
'BANK !!ANAGE!!ENT
IIN?ENTORY !!ABAGEIIENT
SIIIULATOR.
SI!!ULATOR.
tBEPRODUCE GANG PUNCH
SIIIULATOR. 'CAPERTSIII - CO!!PUTER ASSISTED+
SIIIULTANEOUS EQUATION AND !!ATRIX INVERSION+
SI!!ULTANEOUS !!ULTIPLY DIVIDE SUB-ROUTINE.
SIZE INVENTORY IIANAGEIIENT INTERPOLATION+
.SKILLS INVENTORY SYSTEII.
'SIII !!BAT SYSTEII.
SIIOOTHING.
.FORECASTING BY EXPONENTIAL
'SOCRATES STUDENT SCHEDULING - BETA VERSION.
.SOCRATES STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEII.
'SO!!R - SPUR OF THE 1I0llENT REPORTING.
.SOPHISTICATED SPS TO AUTOCODER CONVERTER.
SORT IIERGE.
'8K THREE TAPE
SORT PROGRAII.
'THREE TAPE
'SORT 5.
'SORT 54 DISK RESIDENT.
'SORT 6.
SORT 1 - 1311 DISK LOAD.
.1481
.SORT 1.
SORT.
.TTSRT - TWO TAPE
SORT.
'IBII 1481/1448/14611/1311 DISK
SORT/IIERGE PROGRA!! (16K) • • 1481/1469 TIIIING+
SOURCE DECK.
'PRE-LIST FOR AUTOCODER
SOURCE PROGRA!!S - RASP. '141l1/1448/1468+
SOURCE • • DISASSEIIBLEB OF 1491/1468 PROGRAIIS+
SPS - ASSEIIBLER.
'SPSS - AN I!!PROVED
SPS CARD 1'0RIIAT TO AUTOCODER CARD FORIIAT.
'SPS SINGLE PASS ASSEIIBLER.
SPS TO AUTOCODEB CONVERTER.
'SOPHISTICATED
SPS TO AUTOCODER FOR 1491/1468.
'CARD
SPS TO AUTOCODER.
'CONVERSION OF
SPS TO SYSTEII/361l EASIC ASSEIIBLER.
.1491
'SPSS - AN IIIPROVED SPS - ASSEIIBLER.
SPUR OF THE 1I0llENT REPORTING.
'SO!!R .SQUARE ROOT ROUTINE.
'SQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE USING ODD INTEGER+
'SQUARE ROOT SUBROUTIlIE.
.STACK - STORAGE ON TAPE TC ABRIDGE CARD+
.STANDARD NAIIE ALTERATION PROGRA!!.
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS • • "ETHOD OF RECORDING+
STORAGE ON TAPE TO ABRIDGE CARD KEEPING.
STUDENT SCHEDULING - BETA VERSION.
'SOCRATES
STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEII.
'SOCRATES
SUB-ROUTINE • • 141l1/1461l SIIIULTANEOUS+
SUBROUTINE-DTCALC. 'CALCULATE NUIIBER OF DAYS+
SUBROUTINES.
tCARD SYSTEII
SUPPORTS 1458 BANK DATA PROCESSING SYSTEII.
.SY!!BOLIC PROGRAIIIIING SYSTE!! 2 (SPS-2).
TAB-BACK PROGRAI!.
'GENERAL PURPOSE
TABLES.
'PRINT DECISION
TABULATE AND/OR SEQUENC!! CHECKING PROGRAII.
TABULATE WITH OR WITHOUT CONTROL FIELDS.
ITALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING.
ITWOTAPE AUTOCODER ASS EIIBLY FCR THE 1481.
TAPE CHECK.
IWRITE AND READ
TAPE DUIIP.
'GENERAL PURPOSE
.TAPE DUPLICATION.
TAPE REEL FOR SHARE.
IDISTRIBUTION
'TAPE SEARCH PROGRA II.
.8K THREE
TAPE SORT !!ERGE.
TAPE SORT PBOGRAII.
.THREE
ITTSRT - TWO
TAPE SORT.
'TAPE SYSTE!! LOADER.
TAPE THEN TAPE TO 369/2311 IN COIIPATIBILITY+
TAPE TO ABRIDGE CARD KEEPING • • STACK -+
TAPE TO 368/2311 IN COIIPATIBILITY 1I0DE.
.TAPE UPDATE UTILITY PROGRAII.
TAPE UTILITY PROGRAIIS WITH 128 CHARACTER+
TAPE 1481 • • GENERAL DISTRIBUTION PROGRAII FOR
TAPE.
.141l1/61l FORTRAN IV
'TAPE-TO-CARD FOR THE SHARE LIBRARY.
ITAPE-TO-CARD UTILITY PROGRAII.
ITAPE-TO-PRINTER UTILITY PROGRAII.
tTAPE-TO-TAPE FOR THE SHARE LIBRARY.
TEACHER-IIADE TESTS. 'TS88 - SCORE AND ANALYZE
'TEACHER-IIADE-TEST PACKAGE.
TECHNIQUE-PHASE I PROGRAII PACKAGE. 'FAST -+
TELLEB SIIIULATION USING BABAC 1I0DEL.
.ADIlINISTRATIVE
TERIlINAL SYSTEII.
TER!!INAL SYSTEII.
.ADIlINISTRATIVE
TEST • • ONE OF ONE - 8ex88 REPRODUCE WITH+
TESTING, AND CONDENSING OPERATION. UPTCO -+
TESTS • • TS81l - SCORE AND ANALYZE TEACHER-IIADE
THEN TAPE TO 361l/2311 IN CO!!PATIBILITY 1I0DE.
THIRTEEN VARIABLE SIIIPLE CORRELATION.
'CORL8
TIllE SERIES.
'SEASONAL ADJUSTIIENT OF 1I0NTHLY
TIllING PROGRAII FOR IEII BASIC OPERATING+
TIllING PROGRA!! FOR IEII 14"1.
'REACTION
TRACE PROGRAII.
IRELOCATABLE
ITRACE THAT NEEDS NO SPECIAL FEATURES.
TRACE.
'RAPID SELECTIVE
TRAD! UALYSIS FOR A BANK.
.BOND
TRAIlInG ON THE 1491.
.OPTRAIN - OPERATING
XVII
TRAINING
PROGRAM NO.
PAGE
1481-83.11."36 846
1481-1l6.8.1l81 841
14111-13.1.1l26 "58
1481-13.1.821 858
1491-13.1."28 1159
14111-13.1.825 1158
1481-13.1."29 959
1491-13.1.932 959
14111-18.1.1l84 1159
14111-81.4.1l12 1135
1481"'"11.9.1l12 1158
1491-19.2.lll" 951
1491-"1.4.1l54 1135
14111-CS-83X
985
1491-81.4.212 1142
14111-FB-82X
896
1481-18.2.""3 858
1448-1l3.1."81 1162
14111-1Il.2.811 1151
1481-1l5.9.1l83 1141
14111-1l3.9.1l41 1146
1401-18.3.1l24 853
14111-18.3.1l49 854
1448-18.1.1l91 1162
1491-19.3."98 1152
1482-18.3.1l15 861
1481-18.3.1l65 955
1481-lll.3.1l22 834
1491-81.4.165 939
1481-81.2.822 1133
1491-81.2."83 832
1448-S!!-"39
824
1449-lll.6.881 "61
1491-S!!-862
816
1491-1l1.2.1l25 1133
14111-SI1-861l
illS
1481-lll.2.812 £33
1491-81.2.1l23 1133
1481-L!!-811
911
1491-81.1.1139 1131
14111-81.4.189 948
1491-82.8.835 845
1491-"1.1.1136 931
1491-81.4.131 1138
1491-81.1.852 1132
1481-81.4.165 1139
14111-lll.4.285 841
1491-81.4.1611 939
1491-lll.4.195 1141
1491-81.1.1l36 831
1481-81.3."22 934
1491-83.1l.915 1146
14111-83."."14 1146
14111-83.9."11l 1145
1491-91.4.1Il1 1131
1481-14.8.1l19 1169
1491-86.1l.811 1149
14111-91.4.181 831
14112-111.3.1l15 1161
1481-19.3.1l65 "55
1481-93.8.841 1146
14111-83.8."11 846
1481-L!!-""1
811
1458-FB-2"X
828
141l1-SP-831l
816
1491-91.3.81l3 1133
1481-"1.4.126 1131
1481-"1.4.1l56 835
141l1-91.4.226 842
1491-14.9.1l25 961l
1481-81.1.918 1131
1491-91.4.136 1il38
1481-81.4.158 039
1491-111.4.188 1131
1491-13.1.832 059
1481-111.4.958 835
1481-81.2.922 1133
1491-II1.2.1l1l3 032
1481-81.2."12 033
1491-111.1."35 831
1491-14.1l.824 869
14111-91.4.11l1 1131
1491-14.9.824 868
1491-111.4.922 835
14111-UT-825
016
1491-IF-"3X
1199
1401-FO-852
""1
1481-13.1."28 059
1491-UT-828
1111
1481-UT-926
816
14111-13.1.825 958
1481-18.3."18 1156
1481-19.3.861 1156
141l1-18.3.063 1155
1481-19.2."111 851
1469-CX-88X
"28
1449-CX-"1x
"18
1481-81.4.188 941l
1491-81.4.994 1136
1491-11l.3.919 1156
1481-14.1l.824 1168
141l1-86.8.986 848
1491-96.8.891 841
1481-LII-"11
911
1481-11.8.985 951
1481-111.4.193 831
141l1-II1.4.133 1138
14"1-81.4.21l1 841
1481-FE-99X
986
1491-13.4.892 859
!IE (UnOIP-Xl-COllTUT) nDn
TllAB
TITLE
TBlll - TBABSLUl! BlGLISB TO GUDI 2 Blll:LLI+
TBlBSLATE 'BlIGLISB TO GIlAD]! 2 BBlILLE ABD+
TBlBSLATOB PBOGBA!!.
'D!CISIOI LOGIC
TBlllSLATOB.
tIBII 141"" RPG TO SYSTE!!/368
'TS88 - SCORE liD AIlLIZE TEACHl!B-I!ADE TESTS.
.iTSBT - TWO TAPE SORT.
URIOIS. tINDIVIDUAL LEDGER EITRACT PBOGBAII+
UIIOIS. 'IRDIVIDUAL LEDGER UPDATE PROGRAII+
IUIIVl!BSlL IIEIIOBY PBIIT.
UlIIVEBSITY ADIIISSIONS IBFOR!!lTIOll SYSTE!!.
UPDATE PBOGBAII FOB CREDIT UIIOIS.
UPDATE UTILI'll PROGBAII.
ITAPE
'UULITY PHIBT PROGBl!!.
UTILITY PROGRA!!.
'TAPE UPDATE
UTILITY PBOGRA!!.
'CARD-TO-TAPE
UTILITY PBOGRA!!.
''rAPE-TO-CABD
UTILITY PBOGBl!!.
ITAPE-TO-PBIRTEB
UTILITY PROGRA!!.
.GElIERAL PROCESSIBG
UTILITY PBOGRA!!. 17848/7844 - 1481 Pl!RIPHl!BlI.
IUTILITY PROGBlIIS FOR THE 1481-1311 DISK.
UTILITY PBOGBl!!S WITH 128 CHARlCTER LlBEL+
UTILITY PBOGBl!!S.
IDISK
UTILITY PROGRUIS.
.CARD SYSTE!!
UTILITY.
.148111311 DISK ADDRESS
VALUATIOB PROGBAII • • COBSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS+
'VARIAELE ClBD BEPBODUCJ!B FOB 1448/1311.
VARIABLE SI!!PLE COBRBLAUON.
.COBL8 THIBTEElI
VARIABLES OF I!!POBTlBCE DETER!!I!IED VOID.
VABIlICE.
'ONE-WAY UALYSIS OF
VARIANCE. 2 TO THE N POWEB FACTOBIAL DESIGB.
'VARILIST.
VOID • • IIU1TIPLE CORRELATION - VARIIIBLES OF+
WHOLESALE I!ILLIlIG.
.CHAIlI liND
11311
WHOLESALE I!!PACT.
11311
WHOLESALE I!!PACT.
WORDS. 'SUBBOUTlRE TO connT DOLLIRS IIND+
URITE AIID READ TAPE 'CHECK.
°WRITIRG. .1248/1448 PROOF OF DEPOSIT UD+
1-9 VERSION. 1111. LOllG PROGRA!! • • SEASOllAL+
1-9 VERSION. 4K. SHORT PROGRAII. 'SEASOIAL+
1826 (DDC) FOR THE 1448. 'COIIIIURICATIONS IOCS
1826 OPEBlTIRG SIS'lEII COIIPUTER ASSISTED+
.1248/1448 PROOF OF DEPOSIT UD CASH lETTEB+
1311 DISK LOAD.
.1481 SORT 7 .1311 DISK RECORD FIlIDER.
.1311 WHOLESALE I!!PACT.
.1311 WHOLESALE I!!PACT.
lIB II
.1488 RPG TO SYSTE!!/368 TRlISLlTOR.
'1488-1311 LIlIEAll PROGBAIIIIIlIG.
1481-AU-888 SYSTEIIS PACK TO TAPE THEIl TAPE+
1481-1311 DISK.
'UTILITY FROGBA!!S FOR THE
.148111311 AUTO-TEST 8K.
.148111311 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY.
.148111311 DISK FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTIlIES+
.1481/1311 REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR (ON DISK)
.1481/1418 AUTOCODEB PROGBl!! LOGIC DIAGRAII!!ER.
1148111448/1468/1311 DISK SCRT.
lIB II
1148111468-1311 DISK PROGRA!! LOADER.
.148111628 !!ODULlR INVENTORY IIARlGl!IIENT+
.1481/48/68 FORTRAN IV DIS.K.
.1481/68 FORTRAN IV TAPE.
1483 PRINTER. 1148111468 BRAILLE - 'IRAN -+
14843.
'RAPID ASSl!IIBLY PROGRAI! NO.
.1448/1311 BILL OP IIlTERIlL PROCESSOR.
.1448/1311 REPORT PROGBA!!.
1448/1311.
'VARIABLE CARD REPRODUCER POR
1458 BANK DATA PROCESSING SYSTE!!. '!!ICR+
2K.
'ElSIC AUTOCODER
2K.
.REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR
368/2311 IN COIIPATIBILITY !!ODE. 'COPY+
4K • • 148111468 BASIC REPORT PROGRAII GENERATOR
4K. LONG PROGRIIII • • SEASONAL ADJUS'lIlENT -+
4K. SHORT PROGRAII • • SEIISONAl ADJUSTIIENT. +
.7848/7844 - 1481 PERIPHERAL UTILITY PROGRAII.
7898/7894 SUPPCRT PACIUGES fCR IBII+
.7898/94 1481 PERIPHERAL OUTFUT PROGRAII.
8K.
.1481/1311 IIUTO-TEST
8K. 12K. and 16K • • LESS - LEAST-COST+
88-88 CABD '10 PRIRTER PROGRIIII WITH BRlICH ON+
88-88 LIST.
.ONE CUD
88-S8 REPRODUCING.
IIIULTI-PURPOSE
88188 REPRODUCE lIITH LAST CIRD TEST • • ONE OP+
an88
PROGRAM NO.
PAGE
1481-81.4.238
1481-81.4.238
1481-SE-851
1481-RG-7fJ8
1481-18.3.878
1481-81.2.812
1481-18.3.855
1481-18.3.856
1481-81.4.896
1481-18.3.871
1481-18.3.856
1481-81.4.822
1481-81.4.225
1481-81.4.822
1481-UT-827
1481-UT-828
1481-UT-826
1481-81.4.232
1481-UT-157
1481-UT-853
1481-UT-825
1448-UT-841
1481-UT-881
1481-81.4.176
1481-IL-831
1448-82.3.881
1481-86.8.886
1481-86.8.885
1481-86.8.814
1481-86.8.812
1481-81.4.227
1481-86.8.885
1448-DW-811
1481-DlI-831
1448-DW-841
1481-14.8.888
1481-81.4.136
1448-18.2.882
1481-86.8.889
1481-86.8.818
1448-10-812
1481-05-892
1448-18.2.882
1481-81.2.825
1481-81.4.187
1481-DW-831
1448-DW-841
1481-RG-788
1481-CO-13X
1481-14.8.824
1481-UT-853
1481-AT-881
1481-81.4.176
1481-U'I-852
1481-RG-832
1481-81.4.128
1481-81.2.823
1481-81.4.186
1481-CS-83X
1481-FO-851
1481-PO-852
1481-81.4.238
1481-81.1.817
1448-IIE-82x
1448-RG-828
1448-82.3.881
1458-PE-28X
1481-IIU-885
1481-RG-833
1481-14.8.824
1481-RG-822
1481-86.8.889
1481-86.8.818
1481-UT-157
1481-UT-938
1481-U'I-158
1481-IIT-881
1481-18.3.882
1448-82.3.882
1481-81.3.811
1481-81.4.198
1481-81.4.188
8113
843
814
813
856
833
854
855
836
856
855
835
842
835
817
817
816
843
818
817
816
828
816
839
818
861
848
847
849
849
8°43
847
819
885
828
868
1rl38
862
848
848
822
812
862
833
848
885
828
813
883
868
817
881
839
817
812
838
833
848
885
887
887
843
831
822
823
fil61
828
881
813
868
812
848
848
818
818
818
881
851
862
834
841
848
XVIII
IBII PROGRAIIS
1481
1248
PAGE 8111
CONTINUED PROII PRIOR COLUftN
1248-PI!-12X
DE!lA!Q DEPOSIT COlVERSIOI PROGRAII
!!!
DESCRIPTIOI - The IBII 1248 De.and Deposit Conversion Progra.
designed to convert IIICR paper docu.ents to disk pack
records in the for.at required by the 1448 De.and Deposit
Application Progra.. The progra. is used in conjunction
with the 1448 De.and Deposit Progra. to do the co.plete
demand deposit application on the 1248 Syste ••
PEATURES- It allows sorting of paper docu.ents based on
an account number limits table prepared by the user. other
functions are identical to the 1448 De.and Deposit
Conversion run.
USE - This progra. is used in place of the 1448 De.and
Deposit Conversion run on the 1248 System. It .ay be used
without .odification or .ay be easily .odified if user
requirements dictate. Two progra.s are furnished which
allow the use of a buffered or an unbuffered 1443 Printer.
character) •
- lIaintain disk labels on the label track of a disk pack.
- Load the program to be tested fro. cards.
- Print data read fro. or written in disk storage during
program execution.
- Print data fro. selected areas of core storage at
specific ti.es during program execution.
- Print core str:rage when progra. execution ter.inates.
- List punched card input before test and ou tput following
test.
Several progra.s .ay be stacked for testing in a single
run. A convenient card for.at for patching program decks
being tested is provided to facilitate retesting of any
progra ••
I!IRIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 1481 syste. with •••
one 1311 Disk storage Drive ••• 1482 Card Read Punch •••
14113 Printer !!odel 2 or 14114 Printer ••• Advanced Programming
and High-Low-Equal Compare or an 8K 14611 system with •••
one 1311 Disk Storage Drive ••• IBft 14112 Card Read Punch •••
One IBII 1483 Printer ••• Indexing and Store Address Register.
PROGRAII REQUIRE liE NT - De.and Deposit Accounting for the
IBII Data Processing Syste. (1448-PB-83X).
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 1241 Processing Unit, 1I0del
A4. 1442 Card Read Punch, 1I0del 1. 1443 Frinter with
additional print positions. 1447 Console with Sense
switches. Two 1311 Disk Storage Drives, 1I0dels 1 and 2.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Progra. write-up ••• Reference lIanual
including program listings.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source and program cards.
BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE
DOCUftENTATION - Program write-up, System listings,
Specifications and Operating Procedures.
IIACHINE READABLE - Auto-Test syste••
Disk Pack: DECKA - initiate program testing.
DECKB - restart.
DECKC - sa.ple test deck.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - syste. flowcharts.
IIACHINE READABLE - None.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPORI!ATION:
ORDERING IlfPORIIATION:
BASIC
OPTIONAL
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
none
DTR.
none
DESCRIPTION - To provide a si.ple 11"J1 System for checking
out programs. Equip.ent specifications - 10 special
features required. The progra.s will provide a control
card method for (patching) a 1481 program with instructions
that will either; (1) Halt the progra. at selected ti.es
(2) Print selected areas of storage at selected times.
!!eans for conveniently re.oving the patches are also
provided.
BASIC FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Listings •••
Plowcharts ••• Operating procudures.
IIACHINE READABLE - Condensed progra ••
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1411 UT8 17
DTR·
none
DTR·
none
none
1481-AU-885
BASIC AUTOCODER
OPTIONAL
none
141l1-A'I-II81
148111311 lUTO-TEST
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREftENT
118
none
none
.!!!
DESCRIPTION - The 1481 Basic Autocoder 2K Processor accepts
source state.ents written in Basic Autocoder 2K language
and produces .achine language object progra.s. Basic
Autocoder 2K is a 2-pass syste.. The source progra. is
processed and the resulting object progra. is converted
by one of two special condensing routines fro. oneinstruction-per-card to condensed card for.at.
I!INIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREI!ENTS - A 2K 14111 system with •••
1482 Card R~_d Punch ••• 14113 Printer.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - Flowcharts, progra. listing.
IIACHINE READABLE - None.
PROGRAI! NUI!BER 14111AU885
PROGRAII IUIIBER
EXTENSION
none
!!!
Functions can be selectively specified... The Auto-test
system resides in disk storage during testing. It ccntrols
program tests in which the following functions can be
selectively specified.
Clear selected areas of disk storage.
Load program data fro. cards into disk storage.
Print selected areas of disk storage.
Create tape files prior to the test of each individual
progra ••
- Print fi:l:ed or variable-length, blocked or unblocked
tape records.
- Create and .aintain IB!! standard tape labels (1211'"
!!!
none
DESCRIPTION - An integrated set of utility progra.s •••
Auto-Test is designed to provide docu.entation for program
evaluation during a progra. testing run. It can be used
on an IBI! 1481/1311 or 14611/1311 system to test progra.s
asse.bled by the IBII 1481/1311 Autocoder progra.. Because
test runs can be planned to proceed with a .ini.u. of
operator intervention, Auto-test is a useful tool for
re.ove testing. Auto-test 16K per.its testing of larger
progra.s than does its companion 8K syste ••
-
none
""
11
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
BASIC
USER VOLUftE
REQUIREI!ENT
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up, operating Procedures.
IIACHINE READABLE - Processor. Pre-list routine. Post
list routine. Condensing routines Deck 1 and Deck 2.
Sa.ple proble ••
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
none
BASIC
OPTIONAL
ftEDIU!!
CODE
none
!!!
DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUII
TYPE
CODE
DIST~IBUTION
TYPE
none
1481-AT-II17
CARD SYSTE!! ERROR-DETECTION AIDS
PROGRAII NUI!BER
EXTENSION
PROGRAI! NU!!BER
EXTENSION
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIRElIlNT
""
none
ORDERIlfG IlfPORIlATION:
PROGRAI! NUI!BER 14111AT881
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1248PB12X
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
1481-AU-888
1411111448/1468 !!l!OCODE! JQ! DISK)
""
USER VOLUI!E
REQUIREI!ENT
none
none
!!!
DESCRIPTION - The 1481114411/1468 Autocoder (on disk), 14111AU-II88, syste....
(1) enables a program written in
1481/1448/1468 Autocoder (on disk) Language to be asse.bled
on a 1481, 1448 or 1468 Syste •••• (2) Output is used to
~xecute the progra •••• (3) Offers asse.bly speeds up to
two-and-one half times faster than existing 1481-1448/1311
Autocoder on syste.s with .ore than 4K storage.
The source program is punched in cards or as card i.ages
on disk storage and is asse.bled on a 1481/14411, or 1468
Syste.. Input in 14411 Basic Autocoder for.at can be used.
The output object program is the 1481, 1448, or 1468 .achine
language equivalent. The object program .ay be in condensed
cards, or if "load-and-go" is desired, the object program
.ay be directly loaded fro. disk storage for i •• ediate
execution. Program docu.entation and diagnostic output
are printed by the 1483 or 1443 Printer. A stack of several
source progra.s .ay be asse.bled at one ti.e.
IB!! PROGRA!!S
PAGE 1'11112
1491
1491
CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE
CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR COLU!!N
In addition to the assembly function there are four other
separate options -
- Accepts card or magnetic tape input.
- One or more statistical analyses of tabular reports may
be produced from the same input data.
- Reports are produced immediately on the 1493 Printer.
- The system is user-expandable and may be tailored to
meet specific needs by program changes, additions,
and deletions.
- A library option to add, delete, or modify library
routines.
- A listing, option to obtain a listing of specified
library routines, or of the entire library routines,
or of the entire library, or a list of the library
routine names.
- A system option to create or modify the Autocoder
program on the system disk pack.
- A library option to relocate the library.
The user selects the programs to be run and specifies the
action to be taken by each through the use of control
cards.
PROGRAII!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in 141111 Autocoder Language.
PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in Autocoder Language.
IIINIIIU!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - An 8K 1491 system with three
magnetic tape units, 1492 Card Read punch, 1493 Printer,
!!odel 2, and High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming.
!!ultiply-Divide and Sense Switches to use variable input
control program. A fourth tape unit is needed if sorting
is necessary.
!!INI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS (1) An IB!! 1491 System with 4K storage, a 1311 Disk
storage Drive, a 1492 Card Read Punch, a 1493
Frinter, High-Low-Equal Compare feature or •••
(2) An -IB!! 1449 system 4K storage, a 1391 Disk
Storage Drive, !!odel 11, 12, 21 or 22 or a 1311
Disk Storage Drive, a 1442 !!odel I or II Card
Read Punch or a 1442 IV Reader and a 1444 Card
punch, a 1443 Printer or •••
(3) An IB!! 1469 System with 8K stoJ:age, a 1391 Disk
storage, !!odel 11, 12, 21 or 22, or a 1311 Disk
storage Drive, a 1492 Card Read Punch, a 1493
Printer.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Application Directory, Sample problem
output listing. Application Description H29-111297.
Programmers and Operators !!anual H29-9214.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Object program and sample
problem.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - System !!anual.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code, and the mixed
Autocoder output consisting of the assembly
listings and object code.
Note - One of the following programs should be obtained
to prepare disk storage to store Autocoder system.
(1) 1491/1469 Disk Utility Program 141111-UT-953.
(2) 1449 Disk Utility progru, 1449-UT-941.
ORDERING INFOR!!ATION:
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Program write-up, Autocoder Language
specifications. Listings of sample source program.
Operating procedures.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Autocoder system, IB!! supplied
macros, Sample program.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Flowcharts, listing.
!!ACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INFORftATION:
PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1491CA94X
PROGRA!! NU!!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!!
CODE
TYPE
USER YOLU!!E
REQUIREIIENT
BASIC
-------------------------------- ----------none
DTR 7/556
22
none
OPTIONAL
none
DTR
7/89111
24,
none
!!T
!!T
7/556
7/8111111
22
24
91
91
PROGRAft NU!!BER 1491AU998
PROGRA!! NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
USER YOLU!!E
REQUIBE!!ENT
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
1491-AU-937
---!]!TOCODER PROGRA!!
DESCRIPTION - Pr6vides more powerful tools for programmers
to enable them to concentrate their efforts on the problems
of progralll logic rather than coding. In addition, to
pr.ovide an extremely fast assembly system.
1491-CB-S79
1491 ~
DESCRIPTION - 1491 COBOL is a compiler system for the IBII
1491 Data Processing Systems. 141111 COBOL is used in
conjunction with 141111 Autocoder. Therefore, a current
version of Autocoder containing a library updated with
COBOL subroutines is required to obtain a valid assembly
after the COBOL run has been completed. IOCS one-for-one
instructions normally will be generated by the COBOL
processor (which requires less time for the generation).
However, the user does have the option of the COBOL
Processor outputting IOCS macros. A pre-scan diagnostic
run is available for the purpose of diagnosing nameassociated errors and for analyzing the sentence structure
of the source program. These diagnostics are far superior
to those contained in the system itself and use of the
pre-scan run is strongly recommended.
PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in Autocoder Language.
IIINIIIUII SYSTE!! REQDIRE!!ENTS - 8K storage is required if
the pre-scan diagnostic run option is used. 1491 with
4K storage ••• 4 magnetic tapes ••• 1492 Card-Read Punch ••• 141113
lIod. 2 or 1443 Printer... Advanced Programming
feature ••• Sense Switches. The 1491 system used as the
object machine must have at least - 4,991!1 positions of
core storage. Input-output units as required by the source
program. Advanced Programming feature. High-Low-Equal
compare feature, and any features clearly implied by the
source program. !!ultiply-Divide feature if either the
multiply or divide verb is used in the source program,
or if the operator *or/or** is used in an arithmetic
expression.
IIINI!!Oft SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - 4999 core-storage positions,
4 (four) 729 II or IY Tape Units, 1493, Printer !!odel 3
1492 Card Read-punch, Advanced Programming features, HighLow-Equal Compare.
BASIC FROG RAil PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program Write-up, operating procedure.
IIACHINE READABLE - System tape and listings.
OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORftATION:
PROGRAft NUIIBEB 149110937
PROGRA!! NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTR IBUTION !!EDIUft
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
-----------------------------------------none
liT
7/556
91
22
OPTIONAL
none
none
liT
7/891il
24
USER YOLUftE
REQOIREIIENT
91
none
1491-CA-1il4X
ANA11SIS AND m.l!£IION
-----ll!!
DESCRIPTION - DARS is a set of programs under its own
moni tor control which can be used to - selectively extract
records from a file base on a variety of conditions, produce
statistical analysis and single and multi-column (matrix)
tabular reports, rearrange records to any desired format
and make conditional or unconditional insertions into
records. All of these functions are obtainable in any
sequence by using simple control cards.
Note - The need to use these verbs or operators may be
eliminated by the use of the enter Autocoder statement,
with the user supplying the appropriate subroutine.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up, Specifications,
operating procedures.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATIOH - Object tillle subroutine flow diagram.
IIACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INFOR!!ATION:
BASIC
OPTIONAL
FEATURES -
PROGRA!! NUIIBER 1491CBIil79
PROGHAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION ftEDIO!!
CODE
TYPE
--------------
-------------------
none
none
none
!!T
liT
7/556
7/899
22
24
USER YOLO!!E
REQUIREIIEHT
----------91
91
none
IBII PROGBAIIS
PAGE 883
14111
1481
CORTIlIUED PROII PRIOR COLUlIlI
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEB'rATIOB - Program write-up, Reference lIanual,
listings.
IIACHIliE READABLE - Object program, sample protlell.
1481-CB-781
COBO!, LUGUAGE COBVERSIOB
DESCRIP'rIOli - It aids in the transition to System/368 by
converting acceptable current COBOL Languages to either
System/368 level E COBOL or level P COBOL.
Acceptable Languages -- The COBOL LCP will accept as input 1481/1448/1468 COBOL
7878/7874 COBOL
1418 COBOL
7878/7874 pas COBOL
1418/7818 COBOL
784/7888 COBOL
7848/7844 COBOL
7898/7894 COBOL
PEA'rURES - Card or tape input -- both the LCP and the COBOL source
.programs can be read from either cards or tape.
Single or stacked program conversion -- a single source
p~ogram can be processed from one of the three tape units
needed in a minimum configuration. stacked progralis can
be processed if more than three tape units are used.
Replacing the environment division -- a control card
option allows the user to replace the original environment division with a new customer-written System/368
environment division.
Card-code conversion for dual BCD characters -- a control
card option provides automatic conversion from BCD input
code to EBCDIC output code, or vice versa. In this way,
the LCP can convert the dual BCD characters (for example,
two characters with the same card code) into the proper
System/368 card codes.
Documented listing -- the LCP provides a listing of the
source and converted programs. 'rhis listing contains
numeric codes that document conversion actions and
facilitate analysis of the converted program.
Opticnal card output -- when specified, the LCP produces
a punched-card deck that contains the converted program.
optional output on tape -- the user can specify that
printed and/or punched output are to be recorded on tape.
Conversion savings - 'rhe COBOL LCP will reduce the amount
of reprogramming necessary to convert current COBOL programs
into System/368 COBOL programs. Use of the LCP will reduce
time and money spent on recoding, clerical activities,
and program debugging. Although the savings to be realized
will vary for the individual source programs, the hypical
savings will be 58 per cent of the total COBOL program
conversion effort consisting of statellent conversion,
cOllpilation, and debugging.
IIINIIIUII SYS'rEII REQUIREIIEBTS - An 8K 1481 system with •••
a 1482 Card Read Punch ••• a 1483 Printer 1I0del 2 ••• three
tape units ••• the Advanced Programming feature ••• the HighLow-Equal Compare feature, or an IBII System/368 with 1481
Compatibility and corresponding features and I/O devices.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - None.
IIACHINE READABLE - COBOL Language conversion source
code.
BASIC
OPTIONAL
1481-ClI-83X
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
CODE
TYPE
USER YOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
--------------
------------------DTR
DTR
7/556
7/S89
22
24
none
none
none
liT
1I'r
7/556
7/8118
22
24
81
81
none
--~UTO!1!OPS l ! NUIIERICAL
PROGRAII NOIIHER 1481CN83X
PROGRAII NOIIBER
EXTENSION
DIS'rRIBOTION IIEDIOII
TYPE
CODE
USER YOLOIIE
REQOIREIIENT
BASIC
none
DTR·
88
none
OPTIONAL
none
DTR·
88
none
1491-CO-13X
1488-1111 LINEAR fROGBAlIlIIlIG
DESCRIPTION - Linear programming is a mathematical
programlling technique for deterllining the optimum solution
to a system of linear inequalities. This solution may
be an optimum allocation of resources (capital, raw
materials, manpower, etc.) to specified activities
(investllents, products, jobs) in order to obtain a .
particular objective (minimum expense, maximum profit)
when there are alternate uses for these resources. Linear
programming plays an important role in lIaterial allocation,
ingredient blending (feed, flour, gasoline, etc.),
production scheduling, and distribution and shipping.
The systell is cOllposed of a number of programs stored on
disk. The programs are called by procedure control cards
known as AGENDOII cards. The sequence of AGENDUII cards
defines the solution procedure by calling the processing
agenda for an application.
FEATURES - Data originates from cards in SHARE standard
format. Alternate objective functions and right-hand sides
are specified by name for optimization. A modified simplex
algorithm with bounded variables is used to maximize or
minimize the objective function. Full econollic analysis
of the price-activity-cost relationships for structural
variables and of the activity-cost relationship for row
constraints is provided. Solution can be interrupted t
o process higher priority jobs, and continued from the
point of interrnption. Storing programs on disk enables
the systell to provide comprehensive solution procedures
and post-optimal analysis. Optional features can be used
to increase solution speed.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Source language is IBI! 1481/1449/1468
Autocoder on disk.
IIINIIIOII SYSTEII REQOIREIIENTS -
PROGRAII BUIIBER 1491CB781
PROGRAI! NUIIBER
UTENSIOB
ORDERING INPORIIATIOll:
The bounded variables algorithm reduces the lIatrix size
of many LP problems. Upper and lower bounds on variables
are handled explicitly so that no "bound rows" are needed.
Rows may have both high and low li.its, further reducing
the number of rows required to specify the problem. The
problem matrix size .ay have up to 47 rows and 989 columns
on a 4K system and up to 97 rows and 988 columns on an
8K or larger system. The nUllber of rows and colullns
includes objective functions and right-hand sides.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCOIIEliTATIOli - Program write-up, Program aaterial
list, COBOL Transition Aids lIanuaI.
IIACHINE READABLE - LCP ( in object code).
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
OPTIOBAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATIOB - None.
IIACHIliE READABLE - Source code.
£Qru.£1 PROGRAII
DESCRIP'rION - AOTOPROPS II is a 1481 cOllputer program for
X-Y axis N/C machine tools to compute points and point
arrays used in drilling, boring, tapping, stamping,
rivetinq, etc. AUTO PROPS II is expanded to give four
decimal output accuracy for machine tools such as jig
grinders and jig borers. Anyone having two axes pointto-point N/C machine tools should be interested in the
AUTOPROPS II modification resulting frcm enqineering design
changes. No new language is necessary to program a part
with AUTOPROPS II because the source statements require
only simple arithmetical descriptions familiar to everyone.
As lIany as 999 positions in a pattern, such as a bolt
circle or matrix, can be programmed with a single input
statement. Small parts often loaded in a multiple station
loading fixture can be programmed as a matrix and
programming tille is reduced in many cases over hand methods.
A test program and a plot program give the programmer an
opportunity to verify his results before machining a part,
thereby reducing tille and errors to a minimull.
IIIHIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 14111 with 4K storage, card
read punch and 1483 Printer mdl 2.
1481 -- 4K, High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programlling,
1482 Card Read Punch, 1483 Printer, one 1311 Disk Storage
Drive,
14411 -- 4K, Indexing and Store Address Registers, 1442
Card Read Punch, 1443 Printer, one 1311 Disk storage Drive,
1468 -- SK, Indexing and Store Address Registers, 1482
Card Read punch, 1483 printer, one 1311 Disk Storage Drive.
optional features - Additonal 4K of core storage increases
problem capacity to 97 rows. lIultiply-Divide and Direct
Seek features can be used, if available, to reduce solution
time. Sense Switches allow the use of the Solution
Interrupt feature and provide a lIeans of in-line correction
of input data.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Prograll Write-up, Application
Description, Users lIanual, Operators lIanual.
IIACHINE READABLE - Sallple problem - Option 1 Object code for SK or large 1481, 1448 or 1469
and is specified by using prograll Number Extension OPT1. Option 2 - Object code for 4K 1481
or 1448 and is specified by using Progra. NUllber
Extension OPT2.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCOIIENTATION - syste. lIanual.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code for 4K-8K.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGRAII BUIIBER 14111C013X
PROGRIII BUIIBER
EXTEBSION
DIS'rRIBOTION IIEDIOII
TYPE
CODE
USER YOLUII!
REQUIREIIENT
IB! PROGRA!S
PAGE II iii 4
14111
11181
COITIIUED PRO! PRIOR PAGE
BASIC
OPTIOIUL
------------OPT1
-------------------
OPT2
CARDS
none
!'l
cnDS
!T
7/556
7/81111
15
---------none
15
none
22
24
111
iii 1
"'"1-CR-"1X
---SiLiCTIYE DISSE!IBATIOI !!! IBPOR!A'lIOI ~
DBSCRIP'lIOI - The IB! 14111 Selective Dissemination Of
Information system acts as an electronic screening and
distribution agency for information. Prom the flood of
reports, articles and books received by an organization,
the new system selects and routes information to people
according to their specific interests and needs.
'lhe 141i11 SIll consists of a"series of programs and a
comprehensive system description to permit a customer to
operate a current-awareness program. Users express their
interests by lists of keywords called profiles. Abstracts
of material to be disseminated (including the author,
title, and source and comments) are typed on the IB! 826
Typewriter Card Punch. The Auto-Indexing Program develops
index keywords from the abstract text. The profiles are
compared with the .keywords of the abstracts. When a
sufficient number of words match between a profile and
an abstract, the abstract is printed on the 14113 and
addressed to the user.
PEATURES - Allows the SDI user full control over his interest
profile.
Allows a vide combination of logical comparisons.
including "weighted" words and multiple profiles for
each user. 1-1 makes available many statistical control
reports for operating control and for improving the
user's interest profile.
A new match and print program (SDI 8) which is similar
to run 3 except that it will take advantage of 16K memory
and Print storage. if available, to overlap print buffer
time with processing to produce far greater throughput.
The ability to use four line addresses for abstract
notices when subscribers are at reaote locations.
The ability to index abstracts on aultiple word entries
without the need for manual indexing.
Lends itself to daily processing with minimull effort.
A facility for creating input to KWIC (KeyWord-InContext indexing.
The modification of SDI 6 to perai t more user control
of the abstract lIerge.
SDI 5 now allows processing of cards that are blank in
coluans 1 through 68.
Programs SDI 8 and 23 through 29 have been added.
-
Current-awareness prograll for research. engineering.
management. and marketing personnel in industry. government banking. universities, publishing. brokerage. trade
associations. professional societies. etc.
Selective updating service for encyclopedias. journals.
law books. etc.
Selective communication system to bind the central office
of a large chain with local managers.
Police modus operandi files - to match details of the
crime with the modus operandi file.
Employment agencies to match skills available vith
employment requests.
!IIIIIU! SYSTE! REQUIREIIEITS - An 8K 1481 system vi th •••
Hiqh-Low-Equal Compare. Advanced Programming. and Sense
Switches ••• 14112 Card Read Punch ••• 1483 printer. Hodel
2 ••• 4 lIagnetic tape units. Users of this program should
obtain the IE! Sort 7. 1481-S!-868.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!EITA'lIOR - Prograll write-up, Application !anual.
User's !anual. Operators Manual. Systems !anual.
BACHINE READABLE - Program listing. source prograll
object program. sample problem.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPOR!ATIOI:
PROGRA! RU!BER 14111CR81X
PROGRA! IU!BER
EX'lEISIOI
BASIC
OPTIONAL
DIS'lRIBUTIOJ !BDIU!
TYPE
CODE
--------------
-------------------
none
!!T
7/556
!!'l
7/8118
none
none
22
24
DESCRIPTIOR - This program will produce two basic KWIC
or permuted title indexes. The conventional format is
illustrated by the index to the Catalog of Programs. The
KWOC format provides full title printout with no
fragmentation. Bach new keyword is printed in the left
hand margin. followed by titles containing that keyword.
Keywords may be bold-faced. in both heading and title.
utilizing the 14113 over-printing capability. The user
enjoys the option of having the program automatically
select keywords on the basis of a compare or a no-compare
with a pre-assigned list of words. Indexing may be enriched
with the addition of manually inserted descriptors and
see also references. A statistical count is maintained
on all keywords indexed and all words prevented from being
indexed. A new type of wrap-around is employed in the
keyword entries which saves the maximum amount of context
adjacent to the keyword and eliminates undesirable word
fragments for increased ease in reading. This program
can be used to prepare indexes of published articles.
internal reports, special collections (e.g •• photographs.
paintings. parts lists). procedure manuals. bibliographies,
correspondence files. KWIC indexes have been used on
foreign language material to prepare indexes and
concordances. All that is involved in the preparation
of input to the prograa is the keypunching of cards
containing the title to the index. If the user desires.
the author's name and source of publication may also be
keypunched and would be automatically indexed. These cards
can be punched at the rate of 9118-121111 per day. The program
also provides for tape input of 88 character card format
records. This program can be used to produce KWIC indexes
from information placed on tapes from the SDI program.
14111-CR-II1X.
!IBI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!EBTS - A 4K 14111 system with •••
4 magnetic tape units if sorting is done on the 14111. if
not. 2 units are required for the basic package... Advanced
programming. High-Low-Equal compare. Sense Switches. and
Read Release feature. The 2-tape configuration will be
of particular interest at installations where the 14111
is used as a peripheral equipment for a larger machine
on which sorting can be done. If only 2 tapes are attached
to the 14111. and a larger machine is not available. sorting
can be done at any other available installation.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!EITATIOI - Program Write-up. Reference Banual
!ACHIIE READABLE - Six source programs. six object
programs. and the sample problem.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING IIPOR!A'lIOI:
PROGRA! NU!BER 1481CRIiI2X
PROGRA!! NU!BER
EXTENSION
The program will accept abstracts punched in accordance
vith the format outlined in the GI manual. "KeyWord-lnContext n (KWIC) Indexing. E21i1-8891. The abstracts are
placed on an abstract history tape which may be used for
retrospective searching. Any selected group of abstracts
up to a limit of 1811 lIay be selected from the history tape
for the SDI notice printing run. Some SDI application
areas are:
-
11f111-CR-.2X
KBYWORD-II-COB'lBU (KWIC) KEYWORD-OUT-OP-COITBX'l (KWOC)
USER YOLU!!E
REQUIRE!!EIT
112
82
none
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!!
CODE
TYPE
--------------
-------------------
BASIC
none
!T
!T
OPTIOIAL
none
none
7/556
7/888
22
24
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIRE!ENT
----------1f1
81
none
14111-CS-82X
BAUGE!E!! 1!ECISIOI-!AKING LABORATORY
DESCRIPTIOI - The !!anagement Decision-!aking Laboratory.
often referred to as the .anagement gaae. is a simulation
of a general business economy requiring competitive
decisions on the part of the participants. It is designed
to provide. in a short period of time. planning and
decision-making similar to that normally experienced over
a period of several years in actual business practice.
The mathematical model is incorporated in a program executed
on a 14111 Data Processing System. The administrator of
the laboratory briefs the partiCipants on features of the
model. The participants decisions ar.e then processed by
the 14111 system. period by period. producing output on
the 14113 Printer (or on aagnetic tape) to be used in the
next decision period.
!III!U!! SYSTEM RIQUIRE!!ENTS - A 4K 14.1 systea with. 1482
Card Read Pnnch. 14113 Printer mdl 2. three magnetic tape
units (four. if aagnetic tape output is desired). card
punch. preferably 26 Printing Card Punch. Advanced
Prograaming. High-Low-Equal co.pare and !!ultiply-Divide
special features.
BASIC PBOGRI!! PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - Program ftaterial List ••• Operation.
Reference and participants !!anuals.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Object code program. saaple data
which may be used to generate equal starting reports.
Autocoder assembly listing and output.
OPTIOIAL FROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!!BNT1TION - lone.
!!ACHIIE READABLE - Source progra •• 88 character
records. unblocked.
IBII PROGRlI!S
1481
1481
ORDIBIIG IIPCRlllTIOI:
PROGRlll BOIIBIR 1481CS821
PROGRlll BOIIBER
EXTIBSIOII
DISTRIBUTIOI IIIDIUII
CODI
TYPI
USER VOLUIII
BlQUIRIIlEIiT
B1SIC
----------------------------------------81
7/556
none
11'1
22
OPTIOlilL
none
11'1
7/888
24
81
11'1
11'1
7/556
7/8'"
22
24
81
81
1481-CS-831
---1iiii/1628 IIODULlR IRVIIITORY 1!!!!GEIIIIIT SIIIULlTOR
1481 VlRSIOIi
m
DESCRIPTIOI - 1 aodular Inventory lIanageaent Siaulator
to provide pre-testing of inventory control systea.
Designed for use of understanding, use of aodification.
Simulator includes first, and third order exponential
saoothing.
PROGB11IIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Written in PORTR11I.
IIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIRE!EITS - lpproxiaate1y 9,588 positions
on 12K-16K 1481 that will accept PORTRlII. Hi-Lo-Equal
Coapare, lIu1tiply-Divide-ldvanced Progra.ming. Running
tiae - 2 seconds per deaand transaction.
B1SIC PROGR1! P1CK1GE
DOCU!ERT1TIOR - Prograa write-up ••• Listings.
Plowcharts.
1I1CBIRI RE1D1BLE - Condensed deck.
OPTIOIIAL PROGR1! PACKAGE - Rone.
ORDERIIiG IIPCR!ATIOR:
PAGE 885
COITIIIUED PROII PRIOR COLU!I
COITIIUID PROII PRIOR P1GI
PROGR11I RUIIBER 1481CS831
PROGR1! BU!BER
EXTEIISIOII
DISTRIBUTIOB IIIDIUII
TYPE
CODE
ElSIC
none
DTR·
OPTIOIIAL
none
none
88
USER VOLU!E
REQUIREIIEBT
none
none
1481-DW-831
1111 WHOLESALE IIIFACT
-
DESCRIPTIOB - The IBII IIIP1CT (Inventory lIanageaent Prograa
And control Techniques) systea of scientific inventory
aanageaent provides the warehouse distributor (or any
organization with the saae inventory control
characteristics) with the inforaation of "when" and "how
auch" to buy for each inventory itea controlled by the
system. It does this through the aeans of probability
science in conjunction with the aany factors influencing
the distributors inventory control decisions. Factors
considered include- lead tiae. lead tiae variability,
forecast deaand, forecast error, service desired, inventory,
carrying costs, purchasing/receiving costs, discount
structures, ainiauas, aaxiauas, shelf life, and pack sizes.
The "when" and "how auch" answers are designed to find
the aost efficient balance between the cost of carrying
inventory, cost of purchasing and receiving, discounts
realized, and custoaer service requireaents. The 1311
IIIPACT computer prograa library is designed to provide
the distributor who has an IBII 1481114681311 systea with
the aeans to sucessfully impleaent an I!FACT Inventory
lIanageaent systea with a ainiaua of effort and expense.
Prograas are included that perfora in the following
functional areas- editing, file initialization, estiaating,
and the control of independent and joint replenishment
ordering.
FEATURES - The 1311 Prograa Library perforas in the same
functional areas as the existing 1481-1485 IIIPACT Coaputer
Prograa Library.
Edit all input for foraat.
- Deteraine the forecast aodel (horizontal, trend,
horizontal-seasonal, or trend-seasonal).
- Deteraine the ordering strategy to be used and
calculate order quantity or order frequency as
appropriate for strategy selected.
- Calculate the safety factor required for a prescribed
level of custoaer service.
- Calculate initializing values required for forecast and
order aodels selected.
- Istiaate results to be expected fro a applying the ru1es
and values developed.
- Deteraine when to order itea groups to aeet service
objectives after the systea is operational.
- Calculate the product aix to be ordered within an itea
group that will neet both service objectives and
liaitations on total size of order.
In addition, the 1311 prograas incorporate iaproveaents over
existing proqraas including - Work flow and record foraats streaalined.
- Historical deaands screened for proaotions.
- Base index technique used for forecasting seasonal items.
Itea discounts considered, in addition to vendor discounts, in determining ordering strategies and order
quantities.
Different lead tiae aay be specified for each vendor
breakpoint.
Service aay be specified by itea for both independent and
joint ve.ndors.
Seasonality considered in ordering both independent and
joint vendors.
A service point and allocation program (S1A) that will
take advantage of 8K aeaory to produce greater
throughput.
An option to force a predetermined order quantity for any
i tea through the SVl program.
The facility for expressing a conversion factor of 1.8
to the SVl prograa.
Printing of the slope and intercept of the least squares
lines has been included in the IIADP prograa.
punching of the cost strategy records in the OGCL prograa
has been eliainated.
Provides safety factor (K) based on a lead time plus
review time for iteas in a point vendor. When the peak
point option is not satisfied.
The prograa library includes both initializing programs
and operating programs. Initializing prograas are designed
to be used once to set up an I!PACT system, then
periodically (at least once a year) or as required to meet
changing conditions. A complete set of programs is provided
to perfora necessary initializing functions. Operating
programs are used in the day-to-day control of the III PACT
systea (forecasting and ordering). Library programs are
provided to control the ordering of both independent and
joint vendors. Instruction and block diagrams are available
to help the user in programming the remaining operating
programs with a cllinimum of effort (Implementation Reference
lIanual) •
PROGR11IIIIIIG SYSTEIIS - Programs in the IIIPACT computer
program library are written in 1311 Autocoder and 1311
IOCS.
IIIRI!UII SISTE! REQUIREIIERTS - 1481--4K 1481 system with
1482 Card Read Punch 1I0del 1 ••• 1483 Printer 1I0del 2•••
two 1311 Disk Storage Drives ••• Advanced Prograa.ing, BighLow-Equal coapare. Two 1316 Disk Packs aust be fully
available during the operation of 1311 Library programs.
1468--8K 1468 System with 1447 Console 1I0del 1••• 1482
Card Read Punch 1I0del 3 ••• 1483 Printer 1I0del 2 ••• Two
1311 Disk Storage Drives ••• Indexing and Store lddress
Register. Two 1316 Disk Packs .ust be fully available
during the operation of 1311 Library programs.
BASIC PROGRAII PACK1GE
DOCUIIERT1TIOI - Program write-up. Users lIanual.
Operation lIanual.
IIACHIRE READABLE - Object code, saaple problem.
OPTIOBlL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEIITATIOB - Systems aanual which contains the
assembly listings of. all the 1481/1468 - 1311 IIIPACT
prograas.
IIACHIRE READABLE - Bone.
ORDERIBG IRPORIIATIOR:
PROGRAII BUIIBIR 1481DWIiI3X
PROGRA! RUIIBER
EITEISIOII
DISTRIBUTIOR IIEDIUII
TIPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIOBAL
none
none
88
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIEBT
none
none
1481-EX-811
EIIGIIIEERIBG SCBEDOLIIG SISTEII
DESCRIPTIOB - The systea contains a series of fourteen
1481 prograas to autoaatically perfora the dating, loading,
and perforaance evaluation functions of scheduling. It
is developed priaarily for high voluae, short-cycle
operations as found in a custoa engineering environment;
techniques will also be applicable to many other types
of project planning and control. The systea emphasizes
siaplified input requireaents and presents work-load
information in foraats designed to be most useful to
individual supervisors. lIajor outputs, under selective
control of the user, include - - Pacility load by tiae
period.
- Order status listings (full, or by exception).
- Order listing in custoaer name sequence.
- Perforaance
evaluation by facility.
- Order history report.
Prepunched turn-around docuaents for work reporting.
PEATURES
- Skeleton file for retrieval of coamon work routines.
- lutoaatic calendar allows user coaaunication using
Gregorian dates.
- lutoaatic start-date calcuation allows use of external
constraint dates.
IB!! PROGR1!!S
PAGE 11116
14111
14111
CONTINUED PRO!l PRIOR PAGE
CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR COLU!!N
- Data entry ~ogs and errata listings.
- System handles up to 1, filllll events per project, up to 26fi1
common routings.
- Flexibility in organization of work force.
- !lonitor centrol and a special three-tape sort minimize
operator intervention.
Common routings are defined and used to prepare a skeleton
file. A new order can then be entered into the work-inprocess file with only one card. During the system run,
all work is rescheduled to reflect developments since the
proceding run. Output reports then present the work load
to facility supervisors in clear, concise form for decisions
in work dispatching.
PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTE!lS - written in Autocoder/locS.
!!INI!!U!! SYSTE!I REQUIRE!!ENTS - A 16K 14fi11 system with
Advanced Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, !lultiplyDivide, Sense Switches, and Additional Print Control •••
14fi12 Card Read Punch ••• 14113 Printer !lDL 2... and four
magnetic tape units.
The Bond Trade Analysis is designed to help the banker
in the following areas -
BASIC FROGRA!I PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Program write-~p. Application
Directory. Application Description. Programmer
!lanual. Operator !!anual. Sample Problem !!anual.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Source code, object code, sample
problem, and assembly listings.
-
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - system !!anual
!lACHINE READABLE - !!agnetic tape containing
Autochart block diagrams.
ORDERING INPOR!!ATION:
BASIC
OPTIONAL
-
PROGRA!I NU!!BER 14fi11EXll1X
PROGRA!! NU!!BER
EXTENSION
-------------none
none
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!I
TYPE
CODE
- --------- ---------
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIRE !lENT
!IT
!!T
7/556
7/80fi1
22
24
III
!!T
!!T
7/556
7/811fil
22
24
III
01
fill
DESCRIPTION - The Bank !!anagement Simulator is an exercise
which simulates the effects of management decisions in
a $5fi1 million commercial bank. Each team's objective is
to make decisions in the most profitable use of its assets.
In one day, the players make decisions similar to those
which weuld be made over a period of several years. This
exercise was designed because of the difficulty of exposing
officers to asset management decisions in any other way.
The computer applies the decisions against a mathematical
model of the bank, calculates their effect based on the
state of the economy at the time, and calculates changes
in the economy that might take place during the particular
quarter of play. The results are presented to the
participants so they may see the interaction of their
various decisions. One to nine teams may participate at
cne time. Teams do not compete against each other, but
rather against the economic climate established in the
game.
OPTIONAl PROGRA!! PACKAGl
DCCU!lENTATION - None
!lACHINE READABLE - Assembly Listings
EASIC
OPTIONAL
14ll1-FB-ll9X
none
none
---~Q!m TRA!1~ ANALYSIS ~!!
!lINI!!U!! SYSTE!I REQUIRE!lENTS - An 8K 1401 with ••• Advance
Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, !!ultiply-Divide ••• 141il2
Card Read/Punch ••• 14fi13 Printer.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up, Operating instructions,
Reference !lanual, listing.
!lACHINE READABLE - Object code, Source program, Sample
program.
PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1401PBfil9X
PROGRA!I NUI!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !lEDIU!I
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
llll
USER VOLO!!E
BEQUIRE!!FNT
none
none
14ll1-PI-ll4X
EQ!!TPOLIO 1iELEgION PROGRA!I
PROGRA!I NU!!BER 14ll1PBll2X
PROGRA!! NU!!BER
EXTENSION
The input to effect a single analysis is two cards
containing data relevant to a bond presently owned by the
bank, which the bank anticipates selling, and one card
containing the pertinent data concerning the bond the bank
contemplates purchasing. !lultiple presently owned bonds
may be analyzed against from one to ten contempla ted
purchases in a single uninterrupted processing. Each
individual analysis requires from 2 to 3 seconds of machine
processing and printing time. At the end of a sequence
of analyses, a recap ef the various analyses may te printed
if desired. It is significant to note that the cards
representing bonds presently owned by the bank would
ordinarily be available in the form of the banks security
inventory and control program. Therefore, only the card
representing the contemplated purchase may have to be
prepared. In addition to using the bond trade analysis
program on the banks own portfolio, application may be
found in the management of large bank trading accounts
and as a sales device for additional and new services to
correspondent banks.
ORDERING INPOR!!ATION:
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!lENTATION - Program write-Up. Operators Guide.
Players and Examiner Instructions
!lACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - Initializer phase
object program deck. Initializer data deck.
Sample problem deck. On tape - Calculation
phase ebject program.
--------------
Improving the overall yield of the security portfolio.
Utilizing tax provisions designed especially for banks.
Reinvesting funds of near maturities.
Converting present coupon income to future capital
gains.
Converting future capital gains to present coupon
income.
Comparing alternate trade possibilities.
Realigning the maturities of the security portfolio.
Avoiding capital gain and capital loss off-sets.
Preventing inadvertent short-term sales.
Accounting for security trades.
OPTIONAL FROGRA!I PACKAGE - None.
!!INI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!lENTS - A 4K 14111 System with, three
tape drives, Card Read/Punch, High-Low-Egual, Advanced
Programming and !!ultiply-Divide Special features.
CRDEBING INPOR!lATION:
designed especially for banks. The Analysis computes the
net effect, after tax, of a proposed bond trade in the
banks own portfolio. The Analysis program computes time
factors, coupon interest income, premium amortizations,
capital gains, ordinary and capital gain taxes or tax
savings, and sale proceeds applicable to the bonds being
considered. Various logical decisions are also made in
the program which are related to such items as the type
of tax year being experienced by the bank, the type of
bonds being considered, and whether or not a call date
is involved. The result of these computations and decisions
is set forth in terms of dollar return which may be easily
interpreted by the banker. This program is designed to
provide a comprehensive variety of results which will
permit the banker to see the effect of alternate courses
of action, and enable the banker to avoid common errors
in bond investment planning and execution. The speed and
precision of computation, the depth of analysis, and the
number of alternatives provided by the program are not
available to the banker today. This omission restricts
his trading and thereby his profits.
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
-------------------
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIRE!!ENT
!IT
!!T
7/556
7/8ll0
22
24
fill
fil1
!IT
!!T
7/556
7/8llll
22
24
fil1
fill
! nM
DESCRIPTION - The Bond Trade Analysis is a management tool
DESCRIPTION - The 14111 Portfolio Selection Program (14fi11FI-ll4X) is valuable to banks, mutual funds, trust and
insurance companies, estates, and investment department
of institutions both public and private.
The program determines optimally diversified portfolios
from a given group of securities. These optimal portfolios
minimize risk for given levels of return. The program
uses a mathematical technique called quadratic programming
to minimize the risk for any level of return associated
with a security portfolio. It selects optimally diversified
portfolios from groups of up to 75fi1 securities, including
cash investments. Constraints, such as a maximum holding
or a fixed holding, may be applied to any or all of the
securities being considered. Output consists of - 1. A
set of portfolios -- each with minimum risk for its level
of return -for as many levels of return as the user
requests. 2. The individual security parameters -- such
IBI! PROGRAI!S
14e1
14111
as return and risk -- that were used in the computation.
3. The expected return and associated risk for a portfolio
consisting of current holdings.
FEATURES - Uses the Index or Linear I!odel, which assumes a linear
relationship between return and some single economic
indicator.
Eliminates the need for the user to provide estimates of
covariance or correlation betwe~ pairs of securities.
Using the Index I!odel, these correlations are derived
implicitly by the program from the given input data and
are used by the program to minimize risk through the
principle of diversification.
Includes a special subprogram called Data Transformation
p.rogram, which allows the user to specify any linear
function relating security return to the chosen index.
Includes a standard least-squares technique for fitting
a linear function through nine price estimates for each
security.
Furnishes all of the individual security parameters
necessary for the quadratic programming portion of the
program.
14e1 Autocoder programs, six of which may be run
independently and are under the control of one executive
program. Ccntrol cards indicate the program requested
and the companies and industries to be analyzed. As many
companies as desired may be processed in a single run.
PROGRAI!IIING SYSTEIIS - written in Autocoder.
IIINII!UI! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 14111 with four magnetic
tape units ••• 14e3 Printer mdl 2 ••• 14112 Card Read Punch •••
Advanced programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, lIultiplyDivide, Sense Switches, Additional Print Control.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAG!
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up. Application
Description I!anual. Operation lIanual.
IIACHINE READABLE - Object code, Source code, and
Assembly listings.
OPTIONAL PRCGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORI!ATION:
BASIC
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - The source language used is 14111
Autocoder.
OPTIONAL
I!INIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 14111 with Advanced
Programming, Sense switches, lIultiply-Divide (optional) •••
14112 Card Bead/Punch mdl 1 ••• 14113 Printer mdl 1 ••• four
magnetic tape units. The use of the lIultiply-Divide feature
will reduce considerably processing time.
BASIC PROGBAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up, Application
Directory. Beference lIanual. System lIanual.
IIACHINE READABLE - self-loading object program.
Source program. Assembly listings. The source and
object code for the auxiliary program DTP maintenance
procedure. SamFle Froblem.
PROGRAII NUIIBER 14e1FI04X
PROGRAII NUIIB:EB
EXTENSION
EASIC
none
CPTIONAL
none
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
CODE
TYPE
------------------liT
MT
7/556
7/8e0
22
24
14111-FO-1I51
14e1{40{60
--------------
DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUII
TYPE
CODE
-------------------
none
liT
liT
none
none
!~
7/556
7/81111
22
24
USER VOLUI!E
REQUIREIIENT
----------111
111
none
!X DISK
DESCRIPTION - FORTRAN IV for IBM 1401, 1448 and 146e,
broadens IBM's FORTRAN language. It provides a FORTRAN
IV level Language for the 1401/146e and the first FORTRAN
system for the 1440 user. with the powerful FORTRAN IV,
1481, 1440 and 14611 users can easily combine both business
and scientific data processing in one low-cost system.
Available as a separate program is a tape resident system
(NO. 14e1-FO-e51) for 1401/60 system.
MINI MUll SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ~ 12K 1401 ••• one 1311 Disk
Storage Drive ••• one 14e2 Card Read/Punch ••• one 14e3
Printer Model 2 ••• Advanced Programming feature.
OPTIONAL nOGRAII PACKAGE - None.
--------------
PROGRAII NUI!BER 14111Fle5X
PROGRAI! NUI!BER
EXTENSION
A self-loading program tape is provided. The user provides
the data on punched cards in the specified formats, and
all reports are automatically produced.
OBDERING INFORIIATION:
PAGE ee7
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLQI!N
CONTINUED FROI! PRIOR PAGE
USEE VOLUIIE
REQUIBEIIENT
-----------
none
01
01
OB
A 12K 14411 ••• one 1301 Disk Storage, or one 1311 Eisk
Storage Drive ••• one 1442 Card Reader ••• one 1443 Printer •••
Indexing and Store Address Register feature.
OR
none
14e1-l'I-1I5X
---lINANCIAL !!!,!,YSIS FR0lli!
DESCRIPTION - The Financial Analysis program consists of
a series of programs which give the Frofessional financial
analyst easily accessible, detailed, and analytical
information about industrial ccrporations. Tbe program
utilizes the information handling and computational ability
of the IBII 1401 to provide the professional financial
analyst with tools to help him in screening and appraising
industrial common stocks. The main input for the program
is a magnetic tape containing historical balance sheet,
income statement, and market data for a large number of
industrial companies. This tape may be prepared by the
user or obtained from the organization which makes it
commercially available (Standard & Poors Corporation).
By using the program, the analyst may obtain reports
providing him with 1. A list of companies meeting certain standards specified
by the analyst.
2. Past financial data and ratios.
3. Comparisons between a company's sales and earnings and
GNP FRE index of industrial production.
4. Compound growth rates and stability measures.
5. Comparisons between individual companies and industry
performance.
6. Financial and market information for up to five
companies on a single report.
FEATURES - Provides the analyst with timely information that has
previously been impractical to obtain consistently.
Frees the analyst for more creative tasks by eliainating
much of the clerical work he must now perform.
Allows an analyst to follow closely more companies than
is now practical.
Selects companies which are worthy of further study based
on the specified criteria.
Separate programs allow the analyst to examine only
those reports which interest him.
The Financial Analysis program consists of seven separate
A 12K 14611 ••• one 1301 Disk Storage, or one 1311 Eisk
Storage Drive ••• one 14e2 Card Read/punch... one 1403
Printer Model 2 ••• Indexing and Store Address Begister
feature.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - Program write-up. Language Specifications. Program Specifications. Operating Procedures
Manual.
IIACHINE READABLE - The System control program, FORTRAN
Compiler, the Relocatable Loader, FORTRAN Subroutine
Library, Card Bootstraps, sample source program and
various system generation utilities needed to build
and operate a disk-resident system.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Source listings.
MACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGRAM NUIIBER 1401FOe51
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREMENT
PROGBAM NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTB*
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
._--------1401-FO-852
14e1{60 !m!ll!.!! IX
ll~
DESCRIPTION - FORTRAN IV for IBII 1401, 144e and 1468,
broadens IBl!'s FORTRAN language. It provides a FORTRAN
IV level Language for the 1481/146e and the first FORTRAN
system for the 1449 user. With the powerful FORTBAN IV,
1401, 1440 and 1460 users can easily combine both business
and scientific data processing in one low-cost system.
Avai1able as a separate program is a disk resident system
(NO. 14e1-FO-051) for 1401/48/60 systems.
IIINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 12K 1401 or 1468 system
with ••• 14e2 Card Read/Punch ••• 1483 Printer I!odel 2 •••
Four 733e or 729 I!agnetic Tape units. On the 1401 - BighLow-Equal and Advanced programming ••• On the 1468 - Indexing
IBII PIOGllIIS
PAGE 888
1481
1481
CONTINUED PICII PIIOI PAGE
CORTIRUED PRO!! PRIOR COLUIIN
and store Address legister.
overall savings to a custo.er .ust be deter.ined on an
individual basis.
BASIC PIOGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATIOIi - Program write-up. Language
Specifications. Program Specifications, and Operating
Procedures Banual.
IIACHIIiE IEADABLE - A tape loader program which will
punch the sa. pIe program deck. The card boot deck,
the system control, POITIAIi co.piler, the POITIAR
loader decks and the PORTIAN subroutine library decks.
BINIIIUII SYSTEB REQUIREBERTS - An 8K 1481 system with •••
a 1482 Card ReadjPunch ••• a 1483 Printer 1I0del 2••• three
Tape units ••• the Advanced progra ••ing feature... the
High-Low-Equal Co.pare feature (or an IBII Syste./368 with
2481 co.patability and corresponding features and I/O
devices) •
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENT ATION - Source listings.
IIACHINE IEADABLE - None.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIERTATION - program lIaterial List.
Language Conversion lIanual.
IIlCHIIiE READABLE - LCP object code.
ORDERING IRPORIIATIOR:
PIOGIAII NUBBER 1481P0852
PROGBAB NUIIBER
EXTENSION
BASIC
OPTIONAL
-------------none
none
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
------------------D'IR
DTR
1/556
7/888
22
24
none
USER VOLU!!E
REQUlREIIERT
1481-PO-782
---PORTElli !! LANGUAGE CONVERSION gROGBAII
DESCRIPTION - The PORTRAN II Language Conversion program
aids in the transition to Systell/368 by converting
acceptable current PORTRAN II source prograas into PORTRAN
IV source progra.s for the Syste./368. The PORTRAR II
LCP accepts as input1481 PORTRAN,
1418 PORTRAN II,
1628 PORTRAN,
1628 PORTRAN II,
1628 PORTRAN with format,
16211 1I0nitor I PORTRAN II-D,
1628 !!onitor II PORTRAN II-D,
1628 PORTRAN II for auto.atic floating point,
1818 Series PORTRAN (basic and full),
7818 POS PORTRAR,
111115 PORTRAR,
1888 Processor PORTRAN and
18911/1894 PORTRAN II.
The source programs can be converted to any of the following
levels of syste./3611 PORTRAN --
OPTIORAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIERTATION - Rone.
IIACHIIiE READABLE - LCP source code.
ORDERIRG IRPORIIATIOIl:
none
none
none
Operating systell/368 PORTRAN IV (level H).
Operating Systell/3611 PORTRAN IV (E level subset).
System/3611 Basic prograalling Support PORTRAN IV (tape)_
Systelll 3611 Basic Prograllming support fORTRAN IV (card).
Basic Operating Systell/368 with DOS/368.
Basic operating Systell/368 with TOS/368.
PEATURES - The PORTRAN LCP has - Card or tape input -- both the LCP and the PORTRAN II
source progra.s can be read fro. either cards or tape.
- Single or stacked program conversion -- a single source
prograll can be processed froll one of the three tape
uni ts needed in a .iniau. configuration. Stacked
progralls can be processed if 1I0re than three tape units
are used.
- Card-code conversion for dual BCD characters -- a control
card option provides autollatic conversion from BCD input
code to EBCDIC output code, or vice versa. In this way,
the LCP can convert the dual BCD characters, i.e., two
characters with the salle card code, into the proper
Syste./368 card codes. The dual characters are - plus
and a.persand ••• equal sign and pound sign ••• apostropbe
and the comllercial iii sign ••• left parenthesis and
percent sign ••• right parenthesis and the lozenge.
- Documented listing -- the LCP provides a listing of the
converted program. This listing contains lies sage codes
and tables that document conversion actions and
facilitate analysis of the converted program. A listing
of the source program is optional.
- Optional card output -- when specified, the LCP produces
a punched-card deck that contains the converted prograll.
- Optional output on tape -- the user can specify that
printed and, or punched output are to be recorded on
tape.
- Replacement of tape refer. -- The user can specify that
tape constants in I/O state.ents are to be replaced by a
variable nalle or another tape constant.
- Resolution of COli lion-equivalence interaction -- the user
can specify that variables in coamon state.ents are to
be reordered so that a System/368 compiler will allocate
COli lion storage and establish equivalencies in the salle
lIanner as the current PORTRAR II co.piler.
The PORTRAN II LCP will reduce the allount of reprogralllling
necessary to convert current PORTRAN II progralls into
Syste./368 PORTRAN IV proqralls. Use of the LCP will reduce
time and lIoney spent on recoding, clerical activities,
and program debugging. Although the savings to be realized
for a single program may be as great as 65 per cent, the
PORTRAR II
PROGRAII RUIIBER 1481P0182
BASIC
PROGBAII BUIIBER
EXTEBSIOB
------------none
DISTRIBUTIOR liED lUll
CODE
TYPE
------------------DTR 7/556
22
DTR 7/888
24
OPTIORAL
none
!!T
liT
7/556
7/888
USER VOLUIIE
BEQUIREI'Il!RT
-----------
none
none
81
81
22
24
1481-IP-81X
AUTO BATI!!! POR TIll! !!!! CASUALTY CO!!PANIES
DESCRIPTION
subroutines
involved in
auto.obiles
- The Auto Rating prograll is a series of
designed to perform the rating calculations
issuing a policy covering private passenger
and pickup trucks. Provision is .ade for
calc~ating such coverages with the Ii. its of liability
and deductibles as are published by the national rating
organizations. By using a .odular progra •• ing technique,
it is easily adapted to individual require.ents. Base
rates and factors are utilized, which reduces core storage
require.ents. Use of tables and a special table lookup
technique .akes .aintenance, caused by rate changes, .uch
si.plier. The user selects the routines for the desired
coverages, discounts, deviations, etc., coabines these
with his own I/O routines - adds the desired base rate
tables and processes, using either SPS or Autocoder, to
produce an object deck. Nor.ally, a separate program is
produced for each state, although usually the only change
is the base rate tables. Routines are supplied for the
states that vary froll standard for.ulas.
PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTE!!S - written in SPS.
!!INIIIUII SISTEII REQUIREBENTS - A 11K 1481 system with Advanced
Progra.ming and High-Low-Equal COllpare features - 1482
and 1483 mdl 1. Storage require.ents vary with systells
considerations such as coverages, size of state tables,
users deviations, and I/O require.ents. The normal
requirellent for rating, policy issue, and statistical
coding is 8888 positions of core storage.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!EIfTATIOR - preli.inary Reference lIanual. program
write-up. Program listings.
!!ACHINE READABLE - SPS Source program, object prograa
and sa. pIe program.
OPTIOIfAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - Rone.
ORDERING INPOR!!ATION:
PROGRA!! NUIIBER 1481IP81X
PROGRA!! NU!!BER
EXTEIfSIOIf
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIO!!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIRE!EIfT
88
none
none
1481-IP-82X
GENERAL DISTRIBOTIQ! PROGRAII
DESCRIPTION - The General Distribution Program for a card
1481 Data processing System accomplishes su •• ary reporting
without resequencing an input card file. The 1481 General
Distribution Program fulfills its purpose by building a
table of extracted control fields and respective
algebraically added allounts. Specified fields on specified
cards can be su.marized for selective report writing.
When an input file has been exhausted, output cards are
punched reflecting the data amassed in the table. Output
cards are then used for sUllmary report writing either in
the sequence produced or any other sorted sequence desired.
If table space is exhausted before the end of input file,
an extracted item table is punched out. Overflow iteas
are processed upon completion of the initial run.
In addition to property and casualty insurance for which
IBII PROGBlIIS
1481
1481
PAGE 889
CONTINUED PROII PRIOR COLUIIN
CONTINUED PRO! PRIOR PAGE
the program was developed, there are numerous imaginative
uses for the General Distribution Program including multiple
summarization and selective file searching. A significant
flexibility is built into this program giving the user
multiple control field designation with a range from 1
to 72 accumulators for each control field in the table.
Report writing becomes a relatively simple use of sorted
output with no alteration to input file sequence.
BINI!UII SYSTEB REQUIREBENTS - An SK 1481 (some states
require 12K) with Advanced Programming and High-Low-Equal
Compare features. Input/output devices are determined
by users requirements. Use of random access (14115 or 1311)
can reduce storage requirements to 4K. Rating in form
sequence can also appreciably .reduce core storage
requirements.
!INI!U! SYSTE! REQUIRE!ENTS - A 4K, SK, or 16K 1481 with
High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced programming, a 1482 Card
Read punch, and a 1483 Printer.
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Program write-up ••• Reference manual
(including tables and program listings).
BACHINE READABLE - Source code. Object code.
sample problem.
BASIC FROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - Program write-up, Reference Banual,
including program listings.
BACHINE READABLE - Program deck, sample problem.
OPTIONAL PROGBA! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPORBATION:
OPTIONAL nOGRAB PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPORBATION:
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
88
none
The program employs the techniques of building tables in
core storage, doing an internal sort, and a 3 tape merge.
Detailed instructions for punching the control cards are
given in the reference manual. These cards are placed
behind the program deck, the input reel mounted on a tape
drive, and the job is ready to run.
!IIIIBU! SYSTEB REQUIRE!ENTS - 4K, SK, or 16K 1481 with
High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming, and Sense
Switches. A 1482 Card Read Punch, 14113 Printer, and 3
tape drives.
none
------------------!T
!T
!T
!T
7/556
7/SIIIil
7/556
7/S88
22
24
22
24
1481-IF-85X
!!.!!!1!~ ~
none
none
1481-IL-81X
I!!]! ~ QQ PROGR!!! jCONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS OBDIBl.!lIl
USER YO LUBE
REQUIREBENT
----------111
81
OPTIONAL PROGRAB PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPORBATION:
111
111
!!
DESCRIPTION - The IBB 14111 Homeowners Rating Program is
a series of subroutines which provides a valuable tool
to insurance companies that desire to rate new or renewal
policies. It requires as input those factors from which
an undervriter would rate the r olicy. The program has
provision for allowing credit for existing insurance,
increased or decreased limits, non-standard coverage amounts
(interpolation), and rating of many standard endorsements.
FEATURES - Reduces clerical effort in the rating, coding, and policy
typing areas.
- Flexible, modular program allowing modifications and ease
of adaption.
- Provides an important step in the implementation of an
insurance information system.
PROGRAB NUBBER 1481ILII1X
PROGRAB NUBBER
EXTENSION
BASIC
--HciiiiiiiNEB S
88
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - Program Write-up. 62 CPO Volumes I
and II.
BACHINE READABLE - Bagnetic tape containing program
cards ••• 1I0rtality tables ••• Selected twenty-pay life
premiums ••• Selected adjusted life premiums. Card
Decks - Tape-to-Card Program ••• Sample problem.
PROGRAB NUIIBER 1481IFII3X
none
none
none
IIINIBUII SYSTEB REQUIREBENTS - 12K 14111 tape system with,
1482 Card Read Punch mdl 1, 14113 Printer mdl 2. four tape
drives, Advanced Program.ing, Expanded Print Edit. HighLow-Equal Compare. Bultiply-Divide, Print Control
Additional. and Sense Switches special features.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATIOII - None.
BACHINE READABLE - Source code.
DISTRIBUTION BEDIU!
TYPE
CODE
DTR.
none
PROGRA!BING SYSTEBS - This series of programs was written
and assembled using 1481 SPS.
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up. Reference material,
Flowcharts, Program Listings.
BACHINE READABLE - Sample problem input... Source
code ••• Object
--------------
none
DESCRIPTION - This series of fourteen programs is designed
to compute net premiums and terminal reserves for most
plans of insurance. Computes adjusted premiums and minimum
cash values for those plans requiring such values. Stores
computed results on master rate tapes for use in the
computation of legal reserves or non-forfeiture benefits.
Prints the computed results in report form for visual
reference and other purposes. Binimum input is required
for most plans of insurance.
(A whole life plan requires
twenty-six columns of data.) 62 CPO terminal reserve.
net premiums. and minimum cash value programs provide
extreme flexibility in the calculation of terminal reserves
and minimum cash values. They have been used to duplicate
correctly the values for hundreds of plans cr insurance
using a wide variety of benefits, mortality tables. interest
rates, and methods of valuation. Use of these prcgrams
viII provide an economic means of preparing consolidated
files for conversion to 62 CFO daily cycle. Each plan
of insurance must be described using standard forms. The
input data is punched from these forms and processed through
the appropriate CPO programs. Initial output is in the
form of magnetic tape containing the structure of the plan,
the premiums. and related policy values. A print program
is provided which generates descriptive information and
prepares a complete report on each plan of insurance.
! TAPE 1481
:~~~~:g~r ~~m::r! :~~!~t!n!r~~n a t;:~e p~~!~a:i !~~~~ r~eactivated by simple control cards. Por most jobs only
four control cards need, to be Funched. Thus, from random
tape records, either blocked or single, it viII extract
control fields and amount fields, summarize, sequence,
and write out these extracted summarized records. The
program was developed especially for the property and
casualty industry, but it will have wide application in
all industries.
PROGRAB NUBBER
EXTENSION
BASIC
OPTIONAL
none
DESCRIPTION - The General Distribution Program for a Tape
14111 Data processing System (14111-IP-83X) provides file
OPTIONAL
USER YOLUBE
REQUIRE!ENT
USER YOLUBE
REQUIREB~IIT
1481- IP- 113X
-~~]!RAL DISTRIBUTION PBOGR!!! fQ!!
BASIC
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
PROGRA! IIUIIBER 1411lIPII2X
PROGRAB NU!BER
EXTEIISION
ORDERING INPORBATION:
PROGRAII NUBBER 14111IPII5X
PBOGRA! NUBBER
EXTENSION
OPTIONAL
-------------none
none
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
------------------BT
BT
7/556
7/888
22
24
USER YOLUBE
REQUIREIIENT
-----------
none
81
81
none
1481-IL-82X
-co.SOLIDATED f!!~ ORDINARY DAILY CYC!]! PROGRAI!S
DESCBIPTION - The 62 Daily Cycle Programs, 14111-IL-II2X.
are 31 programs with accompanying actuarial tables designed
to meet data processing requirements for ordinary life
insurance companies in the fo'llowing areas - (1) Input
preparation to the daily cycle (balance. sort, edit) •••
(2) Daily cycle Frocessing for all policies contained in
the master file (file maintenance, accounting, commission.
billing. loan or nonforfeiture calculations and
terminations) • •• (3) Preparation of daily accounting
journals... (4) Periodic file updating runs (dividends.
cash values, and renewable term premiums). The total
system provides for automatic processing of all scheduled
transactions and for requested processing of all non-
IBII PROGRAI!S
1491
PAG:rt: 9U
1491
CONTINUED FROI! PRIOR PAGE
CONTINUED FRO I! PRIOR CCLUI!II
scheduled transactions involving ordinary life contracts.
Exceptions will occur only when the policy is issued under
extremely unusual arrangements. The system is based upon
consolidation of all policy information into a single
magnetic tape record and integrates all processing functions
within a single computer system. Processing comaences
with the first premium payment and continues through
maturity, expiry, or any other form of termination.
Accounting and commission records as well as policy exhibit
transactions are generated automatically and brought forward
under program control for month-end processing or for
valuation purposes.
FEATURES- /62 CFO Daily Cycle programs will provide life
insurance companies using this system with exceptional
operational efficiency. The major features of this system
are - (1) Daily analysis of all policy records for any
form of activity ••• (2) Continuous control of the policy
master file ••• (3) Policy information for accounting
journals, commission statements, notification, policyholder
service and valuation reports from a single source... (4)
Organization of output from the system into meaningful
printed reports.
with each policy record only at· the time of .valuation,
thus eliainating the need to store excessive valuation
information as a part of each policy record. The major
features of the overall approach are (1)
Using the daily cycle programs (1491-IL-92X), control
of the policy master file is maintained on a current
daily basis for the nuaber of policies, impairments,
all foras of deposits, and suspense iteas, thus
eliminating the need for preparatory work prior to the
beginning of a valuation.
(2) All eleaents other than legal reserves are carried as
ledger items. Each detail item needed for a valuation
is extracted from the policy master file on an individual basis for reporting purposes, allowing complete flexibility in reporting technique.
(3) Reserves are computed for premium paying policies, all
forms of paid-up policies, and for each of the various
types of supplemental benefits and extra life premiums.
(4) Deferred a~d uncollected preaiums are computed on both
a gross and net basis. In addition, gross advance
premiuas are calculated.
USE - /62 CFO Daily Cycle assumes the development of a
complete policy aaster file by each user. To help in the
data gathering necessary for a consolidated file, programs
are available (1491-IL-91X) to generate reserve, net premium
and miniaum cash value rate tapes. Rate tape philosophy
has been incorporated into the overall system to facilitate
the handling of any type of updating required and in many
cases eliminate the necessity for data gathering.
(5) In-force aaounts of the entire master policy file are
coaputed, maintained, and reported as a part of the
valuation procedure.
User Responsibility includes the following major areas
- (1) Gathering all data necessary to establish a policy
master record... (2) Preparation of conversion programs
which will convert gathered data into an acceptable
format... (3) Preparation of new business programs which
will convert new issue data into an' acceptahle format •••
(4) Preparation of a print program for premium and
anniversary notices ••• (5) preparation of cash value and
dividend rate tapes, renewable term premium rate cards,
agents control records, and coamission tables.
USE - Each valuation may be taken on either a partial basis
or a complete basis as of any month end. lIinimum results
will involve - (1) Loan balances with either accrued or
unearned interest adjustments ••• (2) Amounts on deposit
with accrued interest...
(3) Suspense totals of unapplied
cash or returned items... (4) Life reserves and
corresponding premium adjustments ••• (5) Policy exhibit
changes within the reporting period... (6) Summary reports
of each of the above items.
Daily Cycle Programs may ,be used as they are or with slight
modification to facilitate auditing newly converted policy
records. Dividend, cash value and renewable term updating
programs can also be used as conversion programs. Daily
Cycle Programs will operate upon any properly converted
block of policies on either a daily or periodic schedule.
Additional results from a full valuation will include all
of the above as well as - (1) Deficient reserves ••• (2)
Totals for annual statement page 15 and state policy
exhibits, and a detail listing of Changes ••• (3) Reserves
released and tabular net premium adjustments... (4) Either
summary or detail reports of all valuation items.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREI!ENTS - 12K 1491 system with 1492
Card Read Punch mdl 1 ••• 1493 Printer mdl 2 ••• five tape
drives ••• Advanced Programming, Expanded Print Edit, HighLow-Equal Compare, lIultiply-Divide, Print control Additonal,
and Sense Switches special features.
eINIIIUII SYSTE!! REQUIREIIEIITS - 12K 1491 system with ••• 1492
Card Read Punch mdl 1... 1493 Printer mdl 2 ••• five tape
drives ••• Advanced programming, Expanded Print Edit, HighLow-Equal Compare, lIultiply. Divide, Print Control
Additional, and Sense switches special features.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• /62 CFO Policy
lIaster Record Code Book (Volume 9) and Volumes 3
through 11.
IIACHINE READABLE - Card decks - Cbject deck designed to
add or alter programs on the /62 CFO program tape.
Magnetic tape - one reel containing all decks in source
program card form ••• and mortality tables.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• /62 CFO Volumes 12
through 16.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Card decks - Object deck designed to
add or alter programs on the /62 CFO Program Tape.
lIagnetic Tape - one reel containing source program
cards for the 15 componen t programs.
(6) Reports are available as a detail listing of each item,
by valuation cell, by plan, and by met'hod of valuation,
mortality table, and interest rate.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORIIATICN:
ORDERING INFCRIIATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
-------------BASIC
none
OPTIONAL
none
PROGRAII NUIIBER 14911L1l3X
PRO GRAil NUIIBER 1411 1IL92I
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
------------------liT
!!T
7/556
7/8119
22
24
none
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREIIENT
-----------
BASIC
-------------none
III
III
OPTIONAL
none
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
------------------liT
liT
7/556
7/8119
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
22
24
none
III
91
none
none
14111-IL-93X
-----CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY !!1~ATI~ gEOGRA~
DESCRIPTION - The 62 CFO (Consolidated Functions Ordinary)
valuation Programs, 1491-IL-1l3X, are a series of 15 programs
designed to operate eXClusively in the area of valuation
and in the preparation of the policy exhibit for ordinary
life insurance companies. All of the programs in this
series assume a standard 62 CFO record format. Processing
may be performed on a standard annual basis or at any more
frequently desired cycle such as semiannually, quarterly,
or monthly. All information furnished by these programs
comes exclusively from paid for business in the file on
the valuation date and does not pertain in any way to
supplementary files. Policy exhibit and reserves released
are based on activity to the policy master file during
the reporting period.
FEATURES - The valuation procedures were designed to conform
to standard valuation practices and to furnish the maximum
amount of information available from a current consolidated
policy master file. All reserves and net premiums are
stored on machine-generated rate tapes and are associated
14111-IO-012
-COIIIIUNICATI.Ql!~ Ioq (1926/D~ FOR TI!~ 1491/1469
.!.!!
DESCRIPTION - This IOCS facilitates the generation of
programs to centrol 1926 communication with 111311, 19511,
and 111611. It is compatible with the 1491/1460-1440
communications IOCS for the 1448, thus requiring a minimum
of re-programming for growth from 11126 Transmission Control
Units to a 144B. Applications can range from single
inquiries to sophisticated real-time data operations.
Its functions are -
Control of the 1447 Console
User control of polling, addressing and receiving
Error detection
Operation with existing IB" programs for DDC
Time of day recording with the 1932 Digital Time Unit
The 1401/1460 Communications IOCSS (11126/DDC) will operate
with point-to-point or multi-point common carrier leased
or customer-owned communication lines. In addition, the
programs will support the Automatic Answering feature and
the Automatic Calling feature.
IBII PROGRAIIS
11191
111£11
CONTINUED PROII PRIOR PAGE
PRCGBAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Communications IOCS (1926/DDC)
consists of a set of library routines which, when called
for in an Autocoder source program by macro instructions,
are selected, tailored, and included in the object program.
The routines perform the functions necessary to handle
basic input/output files, to transmit information to and
receive information from remote locations and remote
processors, and to provide linkage to users programs.
The specific routines generated at assembly time depend
largely on the particular specifications contained in the
user's source programs.
The library routines for this IOCS is to be placed in the
Autocoder system through a library run, using Autocoder
(on disk) for 11191, 111119, and 11169, No. 11191-AU-£I£18.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Por program assembly - same
as those for the assembly of any program using
111£11/111119/11169 Autocoder (on disk) program. The Autocoder
(on disk) program should be ordered concurrently unless
otherwise available.
For object programs - A 11K 111£11 with ••• Advanced Programming
and High-Low-Equal Compare features ••• 111£19 Console
Auxiliary mdl 2 ••• 1926 Transmission Control Unit attachment
feature ••• 1926 Transmission Control Units (one for each
communication line)... I/O units (as required).
OR
An 8K 11169 with ••• Indexing and store Address Register
feature ••• 111117 Console mdl 1... 1£126 Transmission Control
Unit attachment feature ••• 1£126 Transmission Control Units
(one for each communication line) ••• I/O units (as
required) •
In addition - direct Data Channel feature ••• Interrupt •••
111117 Console mdl 2 for 11111£1 and 11169, mdl 3 for 11191 •••
1032 Digital Time Unit may be present, as desired.
EASIC
CPTIOIiAL
DTR*
none
USEB VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
,-------------11191-10-068
IBII .1!!91/111§! IOCS jQ! DISK)
DESCRIPTION - The IBII 11101/11169 IOCS, (on disk), version
2, NO. 11181-10-868, (previously named 11191/1311 IOCS) is
available to be used on 11181 and 1469 systems with
111911111118/11169 Autocoder (on disk), No. 111£11-AU-998.
The new version consists of a set of library routines
which, when called by macro instructions are selected,
tailored and included in the object program. For 11191
and 1116£1 systems, these routines perform I/O functions
and housekeeping associated with 1311 Disk Storage, 1381
Disk Storage, magnetic tape, card reader, card punch, and
printer. They also provide linkage to the user's object
program. The specific statments generated at assembly
time depend completely on the particular specifications
contained in the user's source program. The 11191/11169
IOCS library routines are to be placed in the 1491/111118/11168
Autocoder (on disk) System through a library run.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIBEIIENTS - For assembly -- programs
incorporating I/O macro instructions for 11191 and 11168
systems may be assembled on - a 11K 11181 system with •••
one 1311 Disk Storage Drive ••• 11192 Card Read Punch·•••
11103 Printer IIdl 2 or 111911 Printer ••• High-LOW-Equal
Compare,
OB
An 8K 11169 system with... one 1311 Disk Storage Dri ve or
one Disk Storage Array... 11192 Card Read Punch ••• one
11193 Printer
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Plowcharts.
IIACHINE READABLE - 1I0ne.
ORDERIIiG INPORIIATION:
99
none
BASIC PBOGBAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATIOIi - Program Write-up, Library listings •••
operating Procedures.
IIACHINE READABLE - Library •••
Sample source program for test purposes.
PBOGRAII NUIIBEB 1119110£1 12
none
none
1 or 2 or 111112 Card reader mdl II and 1111111 Card Punch •••
11143 Printer.
OPTIONAL fBOGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program flowcharts.
IIACHINE READABLE - None.
DISTRIBUTIOIi IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
none
A 11K 11149 system with ••• one 1311 Disk Storage Drive or
one 1391 Disk Storage Array... 111112 Card Read Punch mdl
EASIC fHOGBAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up. Operations Instructions.
IIACHINE BEADABLE - Library of macros.
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTEIiSION
OPTIONAL
OR
NOTE - Use of DDC with 1£126 should specify the Interrupt
feature (available on 111£11 only as RPQ) for optimum
performance.
ORDERING INPCRIIATION:
PAGE 911
CONTIBUED FRO II PRIOR COLUIIN
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1119110968
none
none
PROGRAII IIUIIBER
EXTENSION
none
11191-10-965
----jIlPUT/OU1PUT CONTROL SYSTEII
DESCRIPTION - The 11191 IOCS consists of a set of library
routines which, when called for in a 11191 Autocoder source
program by macro instructions, are selected, tailored and
included in the object program. These routines perform
I/O functions and provide linkage to the users object
program. The specific statements generated at assembly
time depend completely on the particular specifications
contained in the user's source program. Use of program
the 11191 IOCS library routines are to be placed in the
11191 Autocoder System (version 3 or later version) through
a librarian run.
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
99
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
none
none
DESCRIPTION - To provide a few frequently used arithmetic
subroutines. This 11191 program provides lIultiply I (for
storage space economy) lIultiply II (for speed economy)
divide dozens-to-units conversion units-to-dozens
conversion. Note-closed subroutine linkage instructions
provided.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - The 11191 IOCS will perform
the I/O functions and associated housekeeping for tape,
card reader, card punch and printer. The object machine
must have, in addition to any of the above I/O units,
Advanced Programming features and the High-Low-Equal Compare
feature. The amount of core storage required varies widely
from program to program and must be determined at assembly
time.
EASIC fROG RAil PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Documentation of
the 11191 IOCS system including language specifications ••• Plowcharts ••• Sample problem.
IIACHINE READABLE - lIagnetic tape - 11191 1I0del
statements in card image form.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up •••
Listings ••• Flowcharts.
IIACHINE READABLE - Object code.
OPTIONAL PRCGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401LII907
PROGRAII IIUIIBER
EXTENSIOIi
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
9£1
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
none
none
OFTIONAL PBOGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERIIiG INFORIIATION:
EASIC
PROGRAII NUIIBEB 1119110965
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
none
liT
liT
7/556
7/8£19
22
211
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
91
91
11191-LII-911
14111L11169 1IIII!Q .f!!Q~RAII 1Q1! 1M BASIC ~ERATING
SYSnoW§! Jln~ 2.QY/IIERGE PROG~~ J..1§!U.
DESCRIPTION - The IBII 111£11111169 Timing Program provides
timing estimates for the Disk Operating System/3611 Disk
Sort/llerge program (16K disk) when operating on a System/368
lIodel 2939 or lIodel 2849 with a maxi.um of 256K bytes of
IBB PROGRlI!S
PAGE 812
1481
1481
CONTINUED PROB PRIOR PAGE
CONTINUED PROII PRIOR COLUIIN
aain storage, a channel configuration of one aultiplexor
or selector channel and up to 8 IBB 2311 Disk storage
Drives. Tiaing estiaates for the Bodel 2838 assuae a 1.5
aicrosecond cycle tiae. This prograa will provide sort
tiaing estiaates for sorting fixed length records with
a single control field. Ti.ings can be obtained for
specific record voluaes designated by the user, or for
a spread of record vcluaes predeterained by the tiaing
prograa. In addition, aain storage utilization and .axi.ua
file size are included in -the program output. Control
cards are used to supply a description of the co.puting
systea, file configuration and record definition for which
estiaates are required. lIultiple record/file cards aay
be used with one system definer card to estillate tiaes
for aany file configurations on the saae system. Also,
aany systea definer cards .ay be used with one record/file
card to estiaate the time for sorting one file on several
different systeas. lIultiple control card sets can be
stacked to provide aultiple estiaates at the salle time.
BIHII!UI! SISTEI! REQUIREIIENTS - A 16K 1481 system with •••
a 1482 Card Read Punch I!odel 1••• a 1483 I!odel 2, or 1484
Printer ••• High-Low-Equal coapare feature ••• Advanced
Progra.aing feature ••• I!ultiply-Divide feature ••• Sense
Switches •••
second disconnect. This feature is to be used with the
text tiae-out suppression of the 1851 Control unit -- 1858
Data Coallunication Systell -- as lIany as four system aaxillua,
each consisting of a 1051 control Unit 1I0dei 2 and a 1852
Printer-Keyboard with the 1st Printer feature.
(when the
text tiae-out suppression is specified on the 1026
Coaponents, it must be ordered on the 1851).
Por 1460/1026 CONPIGURATION - ;441 processing Unit !odel
B5 with Disk Storage Control, direct Seek, Indexing and
Store Address Register, Bit Test, Transllission Control
Unit attachllent... 1447 !odel 1 with Sense Switches •••
1461 !odel 1 ••• 1482 1I0dei 3 ••• 1483 !!odel 2 ••• 1311 !!odels
1 and 2 with direct Seek ••• 1826 -- as aany as four lIodel
1. The first 1826 Transllission Control Unit IIUSt have
the expanded line feature and as lIany as three additional
1026 !odel 1 each with the additional line feature. One
IIUSt specify text tiae-out suppression to disable the timer
froll operating at the normal 9-18 second disconnect. This
feature is to be used with the text time-out suppression
on the 1851 Control unit... 1058 Data coaaunication systea
-- as .any as four systeas each consisting of a 1851 Control
Unit I!odel 2 and a 1852 Printer-keyboard with the 1st
Printer feature. When the text time-out suppression is
specified on the 1826 Components, it aust also be ordered
on the 1851.
OR
A 16K 1468 system with ••• a 1482 Card Read Punch lIodel
3... A 1483 I!odel 2 Printer ••• I!ultiply-Divide feature •••
Indexing and Store Address Register features ••• Sense
switches.
BASIC FROGRAI! PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - Program I!aterial List ••• Tilling Program
I!anual, C24-3445 ••• Disk operating System Sort/!!erge
I!anual, C24-3444.
I!ACHINE READABLE - Object code.
BISIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - Prograll Write-up. Author and Proctor
I!anual. Coursewriter Description I!anual.
I!ACHINE READABLE - Systell Control Prograll. Instruction
Function, Initial Load, Utility Prograll.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Plowcharts. Program Listings.
I!ACBINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INPOR!!ATION:
OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERiliG INPORBATION:
PROGRAI! NU!!BER 148105092
PROGRA!! NU!!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLUI!E
REQUIRE!!ENT
PROGRAI! NU!!BER 148U!!811
PROGRAI! NUI!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUII
TIPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
80
USER VOLUI!E
REQUIREI!ENT
BASIC
none
DTll*
OPTIONAL
none
none
00
none
none
none
none
1481-RG-822
1401L1460 !lASIC REP2!cr PROGRn GENERATOR .!l!
DESCRIPTION - The Coursewriter Language is a special user
language with which a teacher (i.e., "Author") can prepare
his course material to accomllodate the range of student
abili ties.
The Operating System consists of - A I!onitor to supervise writing and instructing
siaultaneously. An Asse.bler which enables the course
author to ccmmunicate with the computer when writing and
revising courses.
- Utilities for preparing student and course reports.
It provides the ability -
-
-
For authors to write and correct course material while
students are taking courses.
Por a "proctor" who operates the system, to undertake
essential administrative routines.
To collect data on student responses for later analysis.
Por authors or prograll.ers to add new functional
capability to the coursewriter.
To operate simultaneously up to five courses per 1316
Disk pack.
To service up to twelve 1858 point-to-point lines with a
1448 or up to four lines with four 1826 Transmission
Control Units.
The word assisted in the term computer assisted instruction
is important. This new methodology is not intended to
replace the important role of the teacher in the educational
process. Instead, it is a new science for assisting the
teacher in adllinistering course aaterial and taking fullest
advantage of the benefits of CAl.
I!INII!U!! SISTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - For 1481/1826 configuration
- A 12K 1481 I!odels B, C, or l with disk Storage Adapter,
High-Low-Equal coapare, Advanced progra.aing, Bit Test,
Console Auxiliary Adapter, Sense switches ••• 1482 Card
Read/Punch I!odel 1... 1483 Printer 1I0del 1... 1486 Storage
!!odel 2••• 1489 Console Auxiliary lIodel 2 ••• 1311 Disk
Storage Drive 1I0deis 2 and 4 with Direct Seek ••• 1826
Ransmission Control Unit -- Up to !!odel 1 maxillull. The
first 1026 must have the expanded line feature and as many
as three additional 1026 lIodel 1, each with the additional
line feature. One lIust specify test time-out suppression
to disable the tiaer froll operating at the noraal 9-18
DESCRIPTION - IB!! 1481 Basic Report Program Generator 4K
enables a program written in 1481/1468 Basic RPG Language
to be compiled on either a 1481 or 1468 system. The output
is used to execute the application on a 1401 or 1468 system.
The source program in the 1401/1468 Basic RPG Language,
punched in cards, is compiled on either a 1481 or 1q68
system. The output object program is in the 1481/1468
machine language. The source program may be compiled
directly to condensed card output, and/or if load-and-go
is desired, it may be directly executed. Additional
features included in this program are Automatic Decimal
Alignment and Extensive Diagnostics. The program listing,
documentation and diagnostic output are recorded on the
printer.
!!INII!UII SISTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - A 4K 1q81 or 8K 1468 system
with ••• 1482 Card Read/punch one 1483 Printer.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Program write-up. Specifications.
Operating Procedures.
!!ACBINE READABLE - Program deck. Sample problem source
program and data.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Plowcharts. Listings.
!!ACnINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INPOR!!ATION:
PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1481RG822
PROGRA!! NU!!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!IEDIU!!
TIPE
CODE
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIRE!!BNT
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
1481-RG-832
1401/1111 !!ll.2l!~ gROGRAII .§ID!ERATO!! 12! Q!~H J.I!!UL1.'!.2!!
!!
DESCRIPTION - IB!!I 1481/1q69 Report Program Generator (on
disk), 1481-RG-832, enables the RPG processor to have 1381
Disk Storage system residence at compile time and provides
for input, output, or for files on a 1391 Disk Storage
!!Iodule at object time. Version 1, called "1481/1311 RPG"
will not be available since its functions are included
in the new version. Version 2 increases the power of the
RPG Language through the implementation of disk update
function. Included with 1401/1460 RPG (on disk) is a 1q81
RPG Translator program enabling a prograll written for the
IBII PROGRl.IIS
CONTlIOID FROII PRIOR COLUU
CONTIRUID FRO II PRIOR PAGB
1481 RPG Program to be punched in a for. that can be
co.piled on a 1481/1311 Syste., a 1481/1311 syste., or
a 1468/1381 syste.. This system enables a program written
in 1481/1448/1468 RPG Language to be co. piled and asse.bled
on a 1481/1311, 1468/1311 or 1468/1381 syste.. The output
is used to execute the application on a 1481 or 1468 system.
Object program input is a card file, .agnetic tape file,
or disk storage file. The output report can be printer
and/or punched into cards and/or written on either mangetic
tape of disk storage. The source program in the
1481/1448/1468 RPG Language punched in cards is co.piled
and asse.bled on a 1481 or 1468 syste.. The output object
program is either the .achine language equivalent program
or the Autocoder (on disk) Language equivalent progra ••
The .achine language equivalent object program can be in
the for. of condensed cards, or it "load-and-go" is desired,
the object program can be directly loaded fro. the system
pack or module. The program listing, docu.entation, and
diagnostic output are recorded on the printer.
report data cards, and the report is begun when the first
detail card is read. (1) List or tabulate with or without
su •• ary punching. (2) Pring one full line of report heading
on the 1st line of each page of the report.
(3) Print
1 or 2 full lines of colu.nar or filed headings on each
page. (4) Control on a .axi.u. of four fields of any
length.
(5) Group indicate a .axi.u. of four fields on
the first line of each minor control group.
(6) Recognize
up to 18 types of detail cards by any single colu.n
character. If more than one card colu.n .ust be tested
to identify a given type of a card, a patch is required.
Note- lach of the 18 types .ay be in separate card colu.ns.
(7) Add, subtract, .ultiply, divide operations .ay be
perforned on detail or total lines. These operations
require lIultiply/Divide feature.
(8) Print .ultiple lines
fro. one card (IILP).
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCU II Elf TAT ION - Program write-up. Listings.
IIACHINE READABLE - Condensed system deck.
OPTIOBAl PRCGRAII PACKAGE - None.
BUIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIRBI!EHTS - A 4K 1481 system with •••
1482 Card Read/Punch ••• 1483 Printer 1I0del 2 ••• one 1311
Disk storage Drive ••• High-Low-Equal Compare feature.
ORDBRING 11IFORIIATI01l:
An 8K 1468 system with ••• 1482 Card Read/punch ••• 1483
Printer... one 1311 Disk storage Drive or one 1381 Disk
storage 1I0dule.
BASIC FROGRAII PACKAGB
DOCUIIERTATION - Program write-up. Operating Procedures.
IIACHINE READABLE - system deck, sample deck. 1481 RPG
Translator Prograll.
OPTIONAL PROGRIII PACKAGE
DOCOIIERTATI0N - Flowcharts, listings.
IIACHI1IE READABLE - 1Ione.
PRO GRAil NOIIBER 1481RG832
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTI01l IIEDIUII
TYPB
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQOIREIIBNT
none
88
none
1481-RG-833
---!!]POR! ~M! illERATOR ~
DESCRIPTION - The 1481 Report Program Generator 2K system
enables a program written in 1481 RPG 2K Language to be
compiled on a 1481. The output is used to execute the
application on a 1481 syste.. The source program in the
1481 RPG 2K Language, punched in cards, is compiled on
a 1481 system. The output object program is on condensed
cards in 1481 machine language. The program listing,
docu.entation, and diagnostic output are recorded on the
printer.
DISTRIBUTION IIBDIOII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCOIIENTATION - Program write-up. Operating Procedures.
IIACHINE READABLE - Program deck, sample problem source
progra., sa. pIe problem data.
DESCRIPTI01l - Purpose 1481 RPG is a progra •• ing system
which generates report writing progra.s which are specified
by the user in the RPG Language established for IEII 1488series .achines. The generated report program will accept
source data contained in either a card file, .agnetic tape
file or disk storage file. The language facilitiates
specifying the classic report writing functions of heading
and detail lines, total lines controlled by control field
breaks, offset total printing, su ••ary punching, crossfooting and calcualtion, page and serial nu.bering, etc.
The output report can be obtained at the printer, on cards,
on tape, or on any co.bination of the three. Ose of program
report specifications, punched on cards, are entered into
the 1481 DPS together with the RPG system deck. The output
is a punched deck containing the generated report program
in sy.bolic (1481 SPS) language. This deck is further
processed by one of the 1481 Asse.bly Syste.s (SPS-l, SPS2, or Autocoder) to obtain the machine language report
writing program ready for loading.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCOIIENTATION - Program write-up, listings, flQvcharts.
IIACHINE READABLB - Condensed progra ••
OPTIOBlL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGRAII NOIIBER 1481RG833
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
CPTIONAL
none
none
OSER VOLOIIE
REQOIREIIElfT
88
none
none
1481-RG-845
*11
---FAR~~= FOORTEEN-O-ONE AOTOIIATIC REP OR! ~ENERATIN~ QgERATIQ!
DESCRIPTION - Provides a simple-to-learn, easy-to-use
method of converting accounting reports from unit record
equipment (682A - 482 - 514 - 684 - 487 - 519 types) to
an IBII 1481 Data processing Syste.. Program.ing language
1481 Sy.colic Progra.ming system, .ethod nload and go".
intermediate symbolic asse.bly operations.
This .eans that the FARGO condensed program decks with
the inserted control cards containing the report
specifications are read into the 1481 followed by the
none
none
1481-RG-848
REPORT nOGRA,!! GEHEBATOR
OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCOIIBNTATIOlf - Flowcharts, listings.
IIACHIRE READABLE - None.
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTElfSION
88
USER VOLOIIE
REQUIREIIENT
1111111011 SISTBII REQOIREIIENTS - For Report Program Generation:
1 4B88 core storage positions;
1 1482 Card Read/Punch;
1 1483 Printer. For Report Program execution: 1 1483
Processing Onit (any .odel - core storage size required
depends upon co.plexity of report); 1 1482 Card Read/punch;
tape units (llodel 729 II, 729 IV, 729 V, 729 VI, or 7338).
1483 Printer lIode1 1 or 2; 1485 Disk Storage Unit - Only
as required for input data file and output report media.
lIultiply-Divide special feature - .ay be used if installed.
Sense switches special feature - .ay be used if installed.
IIINIIIOII SYSTBII REQUIREIIENTS - A 2K 1481 system with •••
1482 Card Read/Punch ••• 1483 Printer. Although the HighLow-Equal COllpare feature is not needed, RPG 2K can use
it to advantage if it is installed. The 1481 2K System
will take advantage of an additional 2K core storage.
ORDERING UFORIIATIOlf:
PROGRAII 1IUIIBER 1481RG845
PROGRAII NOIIBER
BXTIRSION
OR
CRDBRING INFORIIATI01l:
PAGI 813
1481
1481
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1481RG848
PROGRAII NOIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION liED lUll
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIORAL
none
none
1481-RG-788
1~ 1488 RPG !Q
~§A]1I/368
8"
OSER VOLOIIE
REQUIREIIENT
none
none
TRANSLATOR
DESCRIPTI01l - This program operates on a 1481 or 1468 Data
Processing syste.. The Translator converts source progra.s
written for any of the processors listed below to si.ilar
source progra.s acceptable to Syste./368 1I0del 28 RPG,
Syste./368 Basic Progra •• ing support RPG, Basic Operating
Syste./368 RPG, or Operating syste./368 TPG.
1488 RPG Processors to be translated include:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
14Bl RPG (2K)
11181 Basic RPG (4K)
14Bl RPG
148V146B BPG (on disk)
1448 RPG (2K)
1448 Basic RPG (11K)
IBII PROGRAI!S
1481
11181
PAG! "14
CONTINUED PROI! PRIOR COLU!N
CONTINUED PROI! PRIOR PAGE
PROGRAI! NUI!BER
EXTENSION
144" RPG (on disk)
(S) 141111 sterling Basic RPG (4K)
(9) 144" Sterling RPG (1311)
(7)
BASIC
The 1481 RPG processor will be handled after the program
has first been translated to 11181/14611 RPG (on disk) using
the 14111 RPG Translator program. Program input is 14""
series RPG source program cards; output is System/36" RPG
source . program cards for input. calculation. and output
specifications. Non-translatable conditions will be flagged
as they are detected by the translator.
I!INII!UI! SYST!I! REQUIREI!ENTS - An SK 14"1 or 146" with 14"2
Card Read Funch ••• 14"3 Printer, I!odel 2 or I!odel 3 (on
1468) ••• three 7338 or 729 Tape Units or one 1311 Disk
Storage Drive or one 1381 Disk Storage Unit (on 146") •••
Advanced Programming and Righ-Low-Equal Compare Register
feature (on 146").
PROGRA! NUIIBER 14"1RG711"
DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUI!
TIPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
!T
!T
USER YOLU!E
REQUIREI!ENT
none
7/556
7/S110
22
24
81
81
--------------------------------------- ----------DESCRIPTION - The Decision logic Translator Program is
valuable in the implementation of automated design
engineering systems, as well as in other areas in which
program logic can be effectively expressed in tabular form.
The tabular approach to solution of complicated logical
problems facilitates the breakup of a prograll into small,
discrete, readily understood units of conditions and
actions. This approach fosters modularity of program
design which will be of increasing importance with the
more widespread use of direct-access storage. Situations
not yet anticipated can be introduced into existing programs
with a minimum of effort through construction of additional
tables. Existing condition-action tables can be easily
altered, either as operationsl procedures change or to
study the effect such changes would have on a business
environment.
Areas of application of decision tables and 14"1 Decision
Logic Translator include:
- All types manufacturing operations which produce a wide
variety of products froll a relatively small pool of
components including - electrical parts, motors,
turbines, assemblies and sub-assemblies.
- Inventory control programs.
- Pinancial analysis and control applications.
- Special purpose simulation models.
- Quality control planning.
- Cost determination.
- Production control and planning.
- Real-time applications of information retrival and
decision making.
The 14111 Decision Logic Translator accepts as input 'decision
tables written in a PORTRAN-oriented language. The
Translator program sorts the rules to produce as output
an efficient PORTRAN II source program. The use of this
program can result in savings of up to 511 percent in
irplementation time and substantial reduction in cost in
installation of applications that exhibit complex conditionaction relationships.
PROGRAII!!ING SISTE!!S - written in PORTRAN.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREI!ENTS - A 16K 14111 system with HighLow-Equal Compare, lIultiply-Divide, and Advanced
Programming ••• a 14"2 Card Read/Punch ••• 1483 Printer •••
2 tape units.
BASIC FROGRA!! FACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Prograll write-up ••• Reference !!anual.
IIACHINE READABLE - Sample problem ••• Program cards.
OPTIONAL FROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Systems lIanual.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Translator source code.
ORDERING INPOR!!ATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1481SE85x
DTR*
none
14"1-SE-12X
IBII DOCUIIENTATION
liT
liT
!1~
7/556
7/S88
USER YOLU!!!
REQUIREIIENT
-----------
80
none
22
24
81
01
SISTE!
The DA System processes programs written in System/360
Assellbler Language, Symbolic Programming System (SPS),
Autocoder, I!acro Assembly Program (!!AP), PORTRAN Assembly
Program (PAP), or Symbolic Plowchart Language (SPL) for
the System/36", 1401/1448/11168. 1628. 141"/7010, 7048/7844,
7078/7072/7974. 785/7880/and 7898/7094.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - None.
IIACHINE READABLE - Translator source code.
PROGRAI! NU!BER
EXTENSION
none
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
-------------------
DESCRIPTION - The DA system provides machine-generated
documentation aids to users who program in the IBII supported
assembly-languages listed below. It provides an accurate,
effiCient, and inexpensive computer process for producing
and maintaining up-tp-date program documentation. The
DA System consists of four programs and a system controller.
They are highly modular and are integrated into a total
systell so that each program performs certain functions
which may be required by other programs operating within
the system.
BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - Program write-up ••• Program I!aterial
List ••• Sample program translation listing •••
System/3611 RPG Translator I!anual ••• Logic I!anual.
IIACHINE READLABE - Card decks for Translator object
program. sail pIe program system/36" RPG source.
ORDERING INPORIIATION:
OPTIONAL
--------------
The source language used in the implementation of all DA
system programs is 1401 Autocoder. The DA system objectives
are to assist an installation in converting existing
progralls to System/368: to encourage the user to reprogram
in higher level language, e.g., PORTRAN, COBOL, and PL/I.
To allow the computer to assume many clerical and routine
functions associated with documentation and conversion.
To improve and update the documentation of existing
progralls, thereby reducing maintenance effolOts. To improve
prograllming efficiency by the standardization of
documentation techniques.
FEATURES - The DA System operates directly upon Assembly Language
source statements. No modification is required by the
user before using DA System programs.
Through scanning, the numerous symbolic languages are
converted to a standard DA system record format.
Processing of the DA formatted tape is thus largely
language-independent.
Each program within the DA system has its own control
cards and is processed in sequence from the DA System
tape, providing advantages normally found in a monitor
system.
The systems concept enables the user to submit a source
program deck to the DA System and receive any or all of
the source outputs of the system in one processing run.
Source programs can be sequence checked, resequence
numbered and updated. corresponding listings can be
produced.
Cross-reference listings, both in program and in label
table sequence, as well as analysis of operation type,
indexing and operation code usage, are provided by the
system.
A storage map of an object program useful in detecting
differences bet'ween the source and object programs is
available. Overlay patches are identified and listed
immediately after the instruction that they 1I0dify.
The flowchart produced is a detailed logic flow of the
source program. Flowchart symbols conform to the IB!!
Corporate Standard and the proposed American Stand art
Association Standards on flowchart symbolE for
information processing.
The Symbolic Plowchart Language provides a machine
independent, easy-to-use language which may be used in
application design and documentation of new and existing
programs.
Implementation of the DA System on the 1401 gives the user
the opportunity to document assembly programs for any
current large-scale system without tying-up that system.
The function of the system controller is to start and end
all DA runs as well as provide maintenance capability for
the DA System programs. After identifying the machine
type and language to be processed, the controller calls
in the following programs in the sequence listed:
- An Update Program which allows insertion, deletion, and
replacement of Assembly Language statements to bring the
source prograll up to date.
- An Analysis Program which scans Assembly Language
programs and produces pertinent information about the
program scanned. Including cross references.
- A Plowchart Program which scans Assembly Language
programs and produces flowcharts of program logic of
designated areas.
- A Verification Program which produces a storage map of
an object deck, noting overlay patch areas. Each
program in turn proceeds as requested by DA System
Control Cards, transferring control through the system
IBII PROGRlIIS
1481
1481
PAGE 815
CONTINUED PRO II PRIOR PAGE
and
p~ocessing
Ca~ds
have been
the data until all DA System
1481-SI!-868
SORT 1
Cont~ol
p~ocessed.
PROGRA!!IIING SYSTEIIS - All DA System programs
1481 Autocoder.
a~e
written in
!!INI!!UII SISTEII REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 1481 or 1468 system
with fou~ 729 or 7338 lIagnetic Tape units .,. Advanced
Programming ••• High-Low-Equal Compare... 1482 card
Read/Punch 1I0del 1••• 1483 printer 1I0del 2 or 3 with 132
Print positions. A 1419-, 7919, or System/369 1I0del 39
or 49 can be used when ope~ating in 1481 compatibility
1I0de.
BASIC FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Application Directory ••• Program
Reference Manual, H28-8177.
IIACHINE READABLE - Systems tape.
DESCRIPTION - SORT 7 is a generalized tape sorting program
designed for use on an IBII 1481 tape system with at least
8,888 positions of core storage. This program provides
label processing capabilities for the IBM Standard Tape
Label (129 character). A tape-loadable option is available
and when used 198 positions of storage a~e used. This
program sorts fixed length or variable length, blecked
or unblocked records into either ascending or descending
sequence. sorting can be controlled by as .any as ten
control data fields containing a total of up to 999
characters. Por four-tape systems on which fixed length
records are being sorted, SORT 7 provides an additional
capability in the form of a Multiphase Procedure, 15 to
25 percent overall ti.e saving .ay be realized as co. pared
with the balance merging technique. Interrupt and Restart
capabilities a~e provided in the progra ••
OPTIONAL FROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPORMATION:
PROGRAM NUIIBER 1481SE12X
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
BASIC
CPTIONAL
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUM
CODE
TYPE
--------------
-------------------
none
none
none
liT
liT
7/556
7/898
22
24
USED VOLUIIE
REQUIRE!!ENT
----------91
81
none
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Program write-up ••• Specs ••• and
Operating Procedures ••• Plowcharts.
IIACHINE READABLE - Object code and assembly listing for
both Tape Load and Sort progralls.
1481-SE-13X
----§!gEM/368 COBO!, EDIT
DESCRIPTION - COBOL Edit operates on a 1481 and will
diagnose System/368 COBOL statements for syntactical errors.
This will ~educe System/368 test time by allowing debugging
on the current system.
The system/368 COBOL Edit will accept as input S/369 COBOL
D or E scurce programs in EECDIC on card or on 7-track
tape in card image. It prints a listing of the source
prog~am and identifies sequence errors, group .a~ks and
~eco~d marks.
It also flags input characters punched in
codes having dual representation in current systems. A
dictionary of names is prepared and p~inted. It will
indicate any names that are multi-defined, any COBOL
reserved words incorrectly used as names and any undefined
names. The program will scan the statements for syntax
errors and print diagnostic messages if any sentence
structure errors are found. Editing is for syntax only;
the data att~ibutes a~e not checked.
BASIC
OPTIONAL
MINI!!UII SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K 1481, 3 tape units, 1482
Card Read/Punch, 1483 Printer with 132 print positions,
High-Low-Equal compare, Sense Switches and Advanced
Programming. Additional core will be utilized by the
prog~am.
If a fourth tape drive is available, input can
be on tape.
BASIC
CPTIONAL
none
none
DTR
DTR
7/556
7/888
22
24
!IT
MT
7/556
7/888
22
24
MT
!IT
7/556
7/888
22
24
none
MT
MT
7/556
7/888
22
24
none
USER VOLU!lE
REQUIREI!EBT
----------81
81
81
81
1481-SM-861
URGE 1
DESCRIPTION - MERGE 7 is a generalized tape merge program
designed for use on IBI! 1481 tape systems with at least
8,988 positions of co~e storage. The user lIay specify
lIerging input files in either ascending or descending order
to an output file of the salle order. The pregram provides
label processing capabilities for the IB!I Standard Tape
Label (129 character).
The program will merge fixed length and variable length
blocked o~ unblocked reco~ds. I!erging can be controlled
by up to ten centrol data fields of total length as large
as 999 characters. MERGE 7 also provides the additional
features of reblccking single files and perferlling a
sequence check on a single file or on the output file of
nor.al me~ge operation. The program Frovides a wrong
length record check for unblocked fixed length, blocked
fixed length, and blocked variable length records.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - Program write-up ••• Specs, and Operating
Procedures ••• Plowcharts.
MACHINE READABLE - MERGE 7 object code and the MERGE 7
program listing.
PROGRAM NUMBER 1491SE13x
DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
CODE
TYPE
-------------------
MERGE 7 requires from three to six tape units and will
use 12K or 16K core storage capacity, if available.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - None.
!lACHINE READABLE - Sou~ce code and pro grail listings
-------------------
DISTRIBUTION MEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
--------------
MINIMUM SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - An 8K 1491 or 1468 tape
syste •••• 1482 Card Read/punch... 1483 Printer md12 (or
1484 Printer - 1491 only). Plus fo~ 1481 - High-Low-Equal
Co. pare and Advanced Program.ing. Por 1469 - Indexing
and Store Address Register.
BASIC FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Appl ication Directory ••• Program
Reference Manual, H28-8217.
!lACHINE READABLE - Object code and sallple program.
--------------
PROGRAM NUMBER 1481SM868
PROGRAII NUMBER
EXTENSION
PROGRAMMING SYSTE!!S - To obtain listings or cards from
the tape, the following utilities will be required- IBM
1481 Tape-To-printer Utility (1481-UT-826) ••• IBII 1481
!!u1tiple Utility (1481-UT-839).
PROGRAM NUIIBER
EXTENSION
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - None.
MACHINE RElDABLE - Symbolic program.
ORDERING INPCRIIATION:
PEATURES - Gives the user the ability to pre-edit System/368 COBOL
source p~ogralls on the IBM 1481 at his own installation,
thus providing hill with better utilization of his S/368
test time.
- Input programs can be stacked by the addition of an END
card between programs.
- May be used in conjunction with the IEM S/368 COBOL
Language Conversion Program (H81-CB-781). The output of
LCP will be accepted as input.
ORDERING INPOR!lATION:
MINIMUM SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1481 or 1468 tape
syste •••• At least four IBM lIagnetic tape units (729 II,
IV, or V, or 7338) ••• 1492 Card Punch ••• 1483 Printer md12
(or 1484 Printer - 1481 only) High-Low-Equal Compare,
Advanced Programming and Sense Switches. An additional
tape unit is needed if the Tape-Loadable option is used.
The 1468 requires Indexing and Store Address Register and
the Sense Switch feature. SORT 7 can also use, if
available, five or six tape units and or 16K co~e storage
capacity.
USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT
----------none
none
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPORMATION:
PROGRAII NUMBER 1481S11861
PROGRAII NU!!BER
EXTENSION
81
91
BASIC
OPTIONAL
DISTRIBUTION MEDIU!I
TYPE
CODE
--------------
-------------------
none
none
none
DTR
DTR
7/556
7/898
22
24
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREMENT
-----------
none
none
none
IB! PBOGRl!S
1491
PAGE "16
1481
1!"1-S!-962
SORT .§
14"1-SP-93"
~
DESCRIPTION - SORT 6 is a generative sort program designed
for generation and use on an IB! 1491 or 1469 with at least
one IB! 1311 Disk Storage Drive, and a .ini.um of 4"99
positions of core storage (89"9 for 146"). SORT 6 object
programs will sort fixed length, blocked or unblocked,
records in Bove Bode into either ascending or descending
sequence. Sorting can be controlled by as many as ten
control data fields of total length up to a maxi.um of
194 characters. SORT 6 can generate an object program
through use of the Autocoder !acro-Generator and para.eter
cards. It is further classified as a Generalized Program
because it can modify itself at object run ti.e according
to infor.ation punched in control cards by the users.
BINI!U! SYSTE! REQUIRE!ENTS - Generation and object time
use of the 14"1 SORT 6 are: 4K 14"1 or 8K 146" syste ••••
One 1311 Disk Storage Drive ••• 1492 Card Read/punch •••
One 14"3 Printer !odel 2, or 14"4 Printer (14"1 only) •••
High-Lov-Equal Compare feature (14"1 only). The object
program can use, if available, up to 5 disk storage drives
and SK, 12K, or 16K core storage capacity. The following
progra.s are required to impele.ent 14"1 SORT 6 1491/144"/1469 Autocoder (on disk) 114"1-AU-9S8.
PROGRA!!ING SYSTE! 1 lSPS-2)
DESCRIPTION- Provides a symbolic language processor for
machines vith greater than 4888 positions of core storage.
!IBI!U! SYSTE! REQUIRE!ENTS - 4""" positions of storage,
1482 Reader/Punch, 14"3 Printer, !odel 1•••
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGI!
DOCUMENTATION - Listings ••• Operating Procedures.
!ACHINE READABLE - Condensed progra ••
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFOR!ATION:
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR.
OPTIONAL
none
none
14"1-U,T-991
£ABD SYSTE! !r!!11!!
14"11146" IOCS Version 2 114"1-10-"68.
14"111311 Disk Utility Programs, 11491-UT-"53.
PROGB!! NU!BER 1481 sp" 39
PROGRA! NUBBER
EXTENSION
USER VOLU!E
REQUlRE!ENT
none
""
none
~
DESCRIPTION - Utility progra.s to load or to output programs
and data. Programs provided clear storage, card loader,
print storage, punch storage, punch-list-sequence check
equipment specification.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKA~E
DOCV!ENTATION - SORT 6 specifications ••• Operating
Procedures... Flowcharts... Listing for library
program ••• Listing for prephase progra.s.
!ACHINE READABLE - Library rout,ine decks... Prephase
decks.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Listings ••• Flowcharts.
!ACHINE READABLE - Condensed program.
OPTIONAL FROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFOR!ATION:
PROGRA! NU!BER 1481S!962
OBDERING INFORIUTION:
PROGRA! NU!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
CARDS
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLU!E
REQUIRE!ENT
PROGRA!! NU!BER 1481UT881
PROGRA! NU!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
none
1481-S!-"63
!I!RGE §
DESCRIPTION - IB! 14"1 Berge 6, (1491-S!-"63, is a
generative program for 14" 1/1311 or 1468/1311 systems.
Used with 1491/1311 Autocoder and IOCS, Berge 6 will
generate specific object programs that are fitted to the
users particular merging applications. The object programs
generated by Berge 6 are generalized in that they can be
modified according to information supplied by the user
in control cards. With object programs the user can merge
pre-sorted, fixed lenght, blocked or unblocked records
in the move mode in to ei ther ascending or descending
sequence. The input and output can be on either disk or
tape. A one-, two-, three-, or four-way merge can be
performed. If specified by the user at generation time,
options such as label checking, additions from cards,
sequence check and hash total, deletions or selections
by class can be incorporated into the object program.
!INI!U! SYSTE! REQUIRE!ENTS - Object program generationsame as for 14"1/1311 Autocoder on 1491 or 1468 systems.
Object program execution- a 4K 1491 system or a 8K 1468
system, each with sufficient core storage to utilize the
object program options ••• a 1482 Card Read/Punch ••• and,
depending upon the object program require.ents, a 1483
Printer or 14"4 Console Inquiry Station (1481 only) or
a 1447 Console mdl 2 (146") or 3 (14"1) ••• one to five 1311
Disk Storage Drives and/or one to six .agnetic tape units
(733" or 729 II, IV, or V) in comb ina tion to provide a
minimum of two input files and one putput file ••• High-lowEqual Compare (14"1 only).
BASIC FROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Specifications... Operating Procedures ••
Flowcharts ••• Library listing... Frephase assembly
listing.
MACHINE READABLE - Library program ••• Pre phase program.
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
PROGRA!l!IING SYSTE!S - Written in 1481 Autocoder.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up ••• Listings •••
Program specifications ••• Operating procedures.
ftACHINE READABLE - Object code.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts.
!ACHINE READABLE - None.
OBDERING INFOR!ATION:
PROGRAM NU!BER 1481UT825
PROGRA! NUMBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIUM
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
none
none
EASle
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
8"
USEB VOLUME
BEQUIRE!ENT
----------none
none
!!
!INI!U! SYSTE! REQUIRE!FNTS - 4K 1481 or 8K 1468 system •••
1482 Card Read Punch... one 1483 printer, Model 2 or 3,
or 1484 Printer ••• One 729 or 7338 !agnetic Tape Unit •••
Sense Svitches feature (1481 only). If binary tape records
or column binary cards a're to be processed, the Column
Binary Transfer feature (146") is required.
OPTIONAL
DISTRIBUTION !EDIUM
TYPE
CODE
none
DESCRIPTION - These three programs, for 1481 and 146" tape
systems, transfer data files from card to tape, from tape
to card, and from tape to printer. Output format
flexibility is provided through field-selection and
exception-record procedures. The programs have the
capability of proceSSing the IB! standard tape label (128),
using procedures similar to the available from IOCS. These
are generalized utility programs, supplied by IB! as
condensed card object decks. The programs mcdify themselves
to fit a specific application through the use of control
cards.
ORDERING INFORI'lATION:
Program Number 14"lS!963
none
""
1481-UT-"25
1481 AND 146" TAPE UTILITY PROGRA!S WITH 12" CHARACTER
LABEL-CiPAjiLITY
--- ---- -- -----
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
PROGU! NU!BER
EXTENSION
USER VOLU!E
REQUIRE!ENT
none
15
8"
USER VOLUME
REQUIRE!!NT
none
none
14"1-UT-"26
- - TAPE-T.Q=PRINTER .!!I!LITY .RROGRA!
DESCRIPTION - The purposes of this program are - 1. To
enable the printing of various tape configurations in many
print configurations without the need for specific programs.
2. To simulate the 717, 728 and 738 Off-Line Printers for
IBII PROGRAMS
1491
1491
CONTINUED FROM PRIOR PAGE
tapes prepared on 799-7999 series computers.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.
MACHINB READABLE - Source code.
PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.
MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIRBMENTS - 1491 Model C3 1493 !!odel
2 Printer 1 (one) 729 Model II or IV (1492 Card Read Punch
High-Low-Equal Compare) may run on Model D3 if System Tape
produced on !!odel C3. Timing varies according to record
types (i.e., fixed length or variable length), and according
to spacing and skipping requirements. Fixed length records
which are single spaced obtain maximum speed (699
lines/minute). 1. Maximum block size allowable is 1496
characters without editing, 1279 with editing. 2. !!ultireel files and multi-file reels may be handled. 3. Sequence
checking and exception testing are provided.
Ol'TION AL FROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.
MACHINE READABLE - Source code.
PROGRAM NUMBER 141111UTIII26
PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIEUTION !!EDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
CPTION AL
none
DTR*
none
USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT
DESCRIPTION - The Card-To-Tape Program provides for writing
information contained in punched cards onto magnetic tape.
!!INI!!UM SYSTEM REQUIRE!!ENTS - 14l!J1 Model C3, High-Low Equal
Ccmpare, 1492 Model I Card Reader-Punch, one 729 !!odel
II or IV 1493 Model 2 Printer.
(Additional Remarks) 1.
Input record in from 1 to 99 cards. 2. Rearrangement of
input prior to output is allowed. 3. up to 16 fields may
be selected for output. 4. Elocking of 1499 characters
of BCD records and 1599 characters for column binary
records. 5. Sequence checking of cards and records can
be performed. 6. An exception record procedure is provided.
7. Header and trailer labels may be inserted. 8. Column
binary records and intermixed column binary and BCD records
can be written on tape if the 141111 system being used has
the column Binary device. 9. A count of the number of
data cards read and of the records written, exclusive of
header and trailer cards and records, is printed out at
the end of each file.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up ••• Listings •••
Flowcharts.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Object code.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
tOCU!!ENTATION - None.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INFCR!!ATION:
PROGRAM NU!!BER 1401UT927
PROGRA!! NUMBER
EXTENSION
BASIC
OPTIONAL
-------------none
none
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUM
TYPE
CODE
------------------DTR*
l!J0
DTR*
00
ORDERING INFORMATION:
USER VOLO!!E
REQUIRE!Il!NT
DISTRIBUTION MEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
DTR*
USER VOLUME
REQOIRE!!l!NT
none
l!Jl!J
none
!1!
DESCRIPTION - 1491-UT-l!J52, supports 1391 and 1311 Disk
Storages and the 1491/146l!J's Console Printer. The package
incorporates the additional features of 13l!J1 Disk Storage
and Console Printer capabilities, requires 1401/144l!J/1460
Autocoder (on Disk) for generation of object programs,
and provides two complete sets of routines. One set
generates object programs for a random file; the ether,
object programs for a control sequential file - Random
file - The object programs for loading and maintaining
a random file use the chaining method to load records into
disk locations determined by control fields within the
records. Records whose control data convert to the same
address are linked together by a chain of addresses.
Object programs can be generated by the routines to add
records or delete them. Control sequential files use a
sequence line to add records to the file or delete them,
without destroying the sequence. A distribution index
built by the programs makes possible quick access to any
record. In both techniques, records may be loaded from
or unloaded to cards, tape, or disk. The user's file
organization routines are generated by 141111/144l!J/1460
Autocoder (on Disk) from a series of 1401/1460 IOCS (on
disk) Version 2 Library routines and the Disk File
Organization Library routines. By control cards, the user
supplies the appropriate parameters for generation.
!!INIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
GENERATION REQUIREMENTS - Requirements for generation of
the user's file organization object programs are the same
as those for 14l!J1/144111/1460 Autocoder (on disk, and
1401/1460 IOCS (on disk), Version 2.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1401 system for 1311 usage
or 8K 146l!J System for 1311 or 1301 usage with ••• 1402 Card
Read Punch ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive or 1391 Disk Storage
Array ••• 1493 Printer or (1469) 1477 Console mdl 2 or 4
or (1401) 1407 Console Inquiry station or 1477 Console
mdl 3 (if a log is to be kept during file loading,
additions, or deletions, the 1403 Printer is required.,
in that case, a console with printer is not required) •• ,
Magnetic tape unit (required only if tape I/O is used).
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Program write-up, Program listing, Disk
File Organization Routines and Operating Procedures.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Option 1 - Common and random, and is
specified by using Program Number Extension OPT1.
Option 2 - Common and control seqUential, and is
specified by using Program Number Extension OPT2.
Option 3 - common, random and control sequential, and
is specified by using Program Number Extension OPT3.
none
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts.
!!ACHINE READABLE
None.
none
ORDERING INFOR!!ATION:
-----------
-
------------------------BASIC
DESCRIPTION - Transfers information recorded on magnetic
tape into punched cards, with a variety of output column
deSignations.
!!INIMUM SISTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - 14l!J1 Bodel C3, 1483 Model
2 Printer, 729 Model 2 or 4 Tape Drive, 1402 Card ReaderPunch, High-Low-Equal Compare. Additional Remarks: timing
varies from 200 to 250 C.P.ft., depending upen the number
of options desired by the user. 1. Maximum block size
allowable is 1197 characters. 2. Additional informa tiOD
not contained within the record may be punched. 3. Field
sequence checking and field selection is permitted. 4.
Multiple file reels are processed according to the users
specifications. 5. Exception record processing and card
sequence numbering is allowed. 6. Header and trailer
labels are optionally treated.
PROGRA!! NU!!BER 14010T052
PROGRA!! NUMBER
EXTENSION
1401-UT-928
---:!!fl=:!O-CA!!I! UTlLIU R.!Qm!!J!
EASIC FROGR!M PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Frogram write-up ••• Listings •••
Flowcharts.
"ACHINE READABLE - Object code.
PROGRAM NUMBER 1491UTl!J28
PROGRAM NOMBER
EXTENSION
14l!J1-UT-III52
149111311 DISK FIL!; ORGANIZATION !!.Q!!llRES .19111111469
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGB
DOCUMENTATION - program write-up ••• Listings •••
Flowcharts.
MACHINE READABLE - Object code.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
PAGE 917
CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN
OPTIONAL
1401-UT-053
UTILITI
-------------OPT1
DISTRIBUTION MEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
------------------DTR*
80
OPT2
DTR*
00
OPT3
CARDS
15
none
none
~ROGRA~
Kg!!
:!!!~
USER VOLU"E
REQUIRE!!ENT
-----------
none
none
none
none
1481-13.11 gg
DESCRIPTION - This system is designed to perform certain
frequently required operations without programming effort
on the part of the user. The system consists of: ClearDisk-Storage Program, Disk-to-Tape Program, iape-to-Disk
Program, Disk-to-Card Program, Card-to-Disk Program, copyDisk Program, Print-Disk Program, Disk-Record-Load Program,
and Disk-Label Program.
Each of the programs is generalized, modifying itself to
IBII PROGBAIIS
PAGE 1118
14"1
144"
CONTINUED FROII PBIOR COLUIIN
CONTINUED PBOII PRIOR PAGE
perform specific operations by information received through
ccntrol cards. Each of the programs includes an optional
disk label checking routine. The programs are designed
for use on 4K or larger Systems - 8K or greater is necessary
when processing Disk data for which the track record special
feature is required. These programs perform such functions
as clear-disk and generate addresses, supply output for
file protection purposes, display disk storage on the
printe~, change data or addresses in disk storage, create
the la-bel track or remove the label track, and enter,
delete. change. display. and punch disk labels.
IIINIIIUII SISTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K 14"1 system (8K required
if track record format is used) with ••• 141!12 Card
Bead/Punch ••• 14"3 Printer 1I0del 1 or 2 ••• one 1311 Disk
Storage Drive ••• and one IBII lIagnetic Tape On it (729 II.
IV. or v. or 733") required for tape programs only.
BASIC PROGBAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Operating Procedures ••• Preliminary Specifications.
IIACHINE READABLE - Object code.
The distribution of this program is restricted to users
of the 7"9"/7"94 IBSIS Processor. Prograll Number, 7"9"PR-13".
'
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up •••
IIACHINE READABLE - Print/punch object code •••
Card-to-tape object code ••• Print/punch
symbolic code ••• Card-to-tape symbolic
code.
OPTIONAL PROGBAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING IHFORIIATION:
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENT ATION - Listings... PJ.owcbarts.
IIACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INPORIIATION:
programming feature, High-Low-Equal Compare feature. Sense
Switch feature. one IBII 141!12 Card Read/Punch with Column
Binary feature. one IBII 1493 Printer with 132 print
positions and the Print Control feature.
PROGBAII NUIIQER 14"1UT1!I53
PROGRAII NOIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TIPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR*
none
CPTIONAL
none
none
none
USER VOLOIIE
REQUIBEIIENT
PROGRAII NUIIBER 14"lUT158
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION liED lUll
TIPE
CODE
BASIC
none
CARDS
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
15
none
none
-------------------------
14"1-UT-938
INPUT PROGRAII !Q]
1!'!9"/7"~
SUPPORT PACKAGES FOR IBII
SIS~36"
14"1-U'1-157
---1!iiii/'?"44
= 14"1
PERll!ll!!!!! OTI111I R~]ll
DESCRIPTION - The 14"1 peripheral Otility Program.' using
information supplied bY,a single control card and-the sense
switches. performs. on an off-line 14"1 Data Processing
System. The basic peripheral operations associated with
the 7"4"/71!144 8K operating System, thereby saving 7"4"/7"44
machine tille.
DESCRIPTION - The 14"1 Input Program is used to read card
decks in one form and then prepare an input tape for use
by the 7"9917"94 support package. The tape will consist
of card-image records. some of these will be in Binary
Coded Decimal (BCD) representation, others in binary mode.
IIINIIIUII SISTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Restricted to users of the
7"9"/7"94 support package for the IBII System/36". file
number 7"99-51-162.
BASIC PROGRAI'I PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Pro grail write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Input program object code.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
IIINIIIUII SISTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Restricted to users of the
7"4"/7"44 8K Operating System, file number 7"4"-PR-154.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Prograll listing.
IIACHINE READABLE - Object code ••• Symbolic code.
OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFCRIIATION:
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TIPE
CODE
BASIC
none
CARDS
CPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLOIIE
REQUIREIIENT
15
none
none
----------14"1-U'1-158
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIOII
TIPE
CODE
BASIC
none
CARDS
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUI'IE
REQUIREI!ENT
15
none
none
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401UT157
PROGRAII NOIIBER
EXTENSION
---l!i:2!iT19
PROGRAII NUIIBER 14"1UT938
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTEIISION
~ PERIPHMll QJ!:ll.!l1 RROGRAII
DESCRIPTION - The 14"1 Peripheral Output Program is a
combined tape-to-printer/punch routine utilizing the IBII
14"1 Data Processing System. This program reads the system
output tape and produces a listing on the IBII 14"3 Printer
or a deck of column-binary cards on the IBII 14"2 Card
Read/Punch. If a deck of column-binary cards is punched,
it is not necessary that the control cards have a 7. 9
punch in column 1. Select 3 is used for output from this
program.
This program acts on data of the following types(1) Print-line images (on magnetic tape) in even-parity
mode, blocked by a record mark in the last character
position of each print-line. or cclumn-binary card images
in odd-parity mode. blocked with a record lIark or unblocked.
144"-CX-"7X
--a:DIIIlII~TI!ATIVE ll!HUHAL SISTE~
DESCRIPTION - The primary concept of this system is to
support a typewriter-like terminal for text processing.
Information is entered from the terminals in either free
or fixed form. It can be corrected. modified. or
rearranged. Output formats are flexible and may be
specified from the terminal.
output may be transmitted to any terminal. stored on disk
or tape. printed by an on-line printer. written as card
images on tape, or punched. Stored information may be
recalled for further processing.
FEATURES - Data correction, modification, and rearrangement
by backspacing and retyping during entry ••• Betyping
beginning with a particular word ••• Replacing a word or
phrase ••• Adding to a line or text unit ••• Deleting a line
or other text unit ••• 1I0ving of groups of lines or text
units ••• Gathering of stored data in any sequence •••
Copying of information by transmission to the originating
terminal.
Storage and retrieval of data from disk files or tape.
Transmission of data to any terminal.
(2) Output from the IBJOB processor consisting of either
of the following- (a) Print-lines (with a maximum of 132
characters including the carriage-control character) with
characters translated by the 14"1 Data Processing system
into characters accepted by the 14"3 printer. (b) Columnbinary card images.
Output format controlled from the terminal by- limiting
free-form text line length ••• Justification of right-hand
margin ••• Intermix of free-form text with fixed format
information ••• Placing specified heading and footing lines
on all pages of a document ••• Automatic Page numbering •••
Controlled vertical s!,acing ••• Halting to allow operator
intervention for text insertion or change of print elements.
The distinction between these types of data is concerned
with the presence or absence of the block control word.
If the block control word is present, logical control words
are written. if the block control word is not present.
the mode is recorded on tape.
Desk calculator functions - addition ••• subtraction •••
multiplication ••• division ••• roots ••• powers •••
factorials ••• evaluation of simple algebraic eXFressions.
IIINIIIUII SISTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4,""" positions of core
storage. one 729 or 733" lIagnetic Tape Unit, Advanced
Users may add programs to do simUltaneous peripheral
operations such as simple tape-to-printer and card-to-tape
functions. An improved disk storage organization scheme
IBII PROGRAIIS
11148
111118
CONTINUED PROII PRIOR PAGE
will give improved terminal response on requests involving
permanent disk storage. 1381 Disk file implementation
significantly increases permanent storage capacity.
Iaproved storage reporting facilities.
Principal application areas of the Administrative Terminal
System are technical manual preparation, proposal writing,
test report preparation, financial credit reporting,
statistical typing, and similar areas. The system may
also be used for source data entry, capturing data directly
from a typewriter keyboard. This has particular
significance in the computer programming area where program
deck control cards and test decks may be selected, mOdified,
combined and made available for running directly from a
terminal.
The system, when properly instructed, can save every
keystroke made by the operator. To alter the text.i the
operator directs the system to locate the characters to
be changed and instructs it in what manner these are to
be altered. If a copy of a document is requested, the
system will produce and transmit it to the terminal.
PBOGBAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - The source program language is
11181/1448/1468 Autocoder (on disk).
IIINIIIUII 11148 SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 16K 1448 with- Bit
Test, console attachment, Direct seek, Disk Storage control,
Indexing and Store Address Register, Transmission Control
unit attachment on the 1441 Processing Unit lIodel A6 •••
One 1311 Disk Storage Drive 1I0del 1 with Direct Seek •••
1447 Console lIodel 1 with Sense Switches ••• 11147 Console
1I0del II ••• 1448 Transmission Control unit with 1858/1868
attachment and RPQ E38485 and, as required, common carrier
adapter sets or line adapter sets ••• either a 1442 Card
Read/Punch 1I0del 1 or 2 or a 1442 Card Reader 1I0del 4 is
required unless another 1481/1448/1468 system is available
to load the program on a 1316 Disk Pack.
OPTIONAL 1448 SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Translate feature on
the 1441 ProceSSing unit ••• one to four 1311 Disk Storage
Drives lIodel 2 with Direct Seek and Seek Overlap features
(at least one 1311 1I0del 2 is strongly recommended) •••
one to five modules of 1381 Disk Storage (one 1311 lIodel
2 is required) ••• either a 1.442 Card Read/Punch lIodel 1
or 2 or a 1442 Card Beader 1I0del 4 and/or a 1444 Card Punch
lIodel 1 ••• either a 1443 Printer lIodel 1 or 2 with 24
additional print positions, Printer Control, and Print
Storage or a 1483 Printer 1I0dels 2, 3, or 5 with a 1446
Printer Control ••• 7335 lIagnetic Tape Unit 1I0del 1 or 2 •••
line group features and RPQ 811398, as required, to attach
more than 18 lines to the 1448 Transmission Control unit.
If uppercase and lowercase printing with 128 characters
of Courier type (matching the Courier 72 printing element
on the terminals) is desired using a 11183 Printer 1I0dei
2, add-RPQ'S 813148 and 818829 on the 1446 Printer
Ccntrol ••• BPQ'S 812833, 812834, 898858, 33 each of RPQ
E33255, and part 823388 (the chain) on the 1483 1I0del 2 •••
RPQ 818019 on the 1441 processing Unit.
TERIIINAL REQUIREIIENTS - 2741 Communication Terminals (up
to 48), with Courier 72 standard SELECTRIC printing
elements, and line adapters if required. ATS supports
only the correspondence Code 2741 Terliinals without the
Interrupt feature.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGl! DOCUIIENTATION - Application Directory ••• Application
Description, H28-8129 ••• Terminal Operators lIanual,
H28-0185 ••• Programmers lIanual, H28-8228 ••• Console
operators lIanual, H28-8227.
IIACHINE READABLE - Object code.
refinements to parameters of these routines can be made
to have them apply to a specific store. The system is
designed to accommodate four types of charge accounts.
These are- (1) 38-day charge account ••• (2) flezible
revolvi~g account--a monthly payment based on a percentage
of the balance (includes option accounts) ••• (3) fized
revolving account--a fixed monthly payment based on the
credit limit of the account... (4) contract account, or
deferred payment account--a one time purchase with fized
monthly payments. Any given store will probably not have
all four types of accounts. However, runs can be mOdified
to delete those types of accounts which are not needed.
Transactions are entered into the system in the form of
punched cards. Edit and accounting control functions are
performed, and the following major outputs are produced
by the system. Adjustments listing, service charge
adjustments listing, charge-offs listing, credits listing,
cash batch balance listing, transaction register, signal
messages, customer statements, delinquent account listing,
aged trial balance (ATH), and control balance listing.
FEATURES - Diagnostic aged trial balance designed specifically for
authorization purposes.
Delinquent listing to autoaatically select for review
and follow-up those accounts requiring credit action.
Up to 28,888 master accounts can be stored on each
disk pack.
Signal messages prepared as a by-product of file
maintenance when special action is required on an
account.
Automatic aging of customer accounts to 158 days.
Automatic posting of transactions.
Operable with either internal or ezternal account
numbers.
IBII punched card customer statements printed two up.
Automatic re-entry of cash payments through prepunching
of the customer statement stub.
Preparation of labels for promotional mailings on a
selective basis.
Complete and automatic controls.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K 1441'1 system with •••
1442 Card Read/Punch ••• 1443 Printer ••• 1311 Disk Storage
Drive ••• Indexing and Store Address Register, Selective
Stacker, 24 additional print positions, Selective Character
Set, 39 Character Set.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGl!
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Reference lIanual
including listings.
IIACHINE READAELE - Object code and sample problem.
OPTIONAL PRCGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - None.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INPORIIATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1441'1DR82X
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLUIIE
REQU IRE II nT
BASIC
none
DTR*
1'10
none
OPTIONAL
none
DTR*
811
none
1448-DW-I'I1X
CHAIN AND !1!QLESAL,l; BILLING
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Systems Banual (program
flowcharts) •
IIACHINE READABLE - 1481/1448/1468 Autocoder
(on disk) output file on two 1316 Disk Packs
from which source decks and program listings
can be created using 1481/1448/1468 Autocoder
(on disk) (1481-AU-888).
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PAGE 819
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1448CX87X
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIl!NT
EASIC
none
DTR*
88
none
OPTIONAL
none
1316
52
82
1448-DR-82X
----BETA!!. ACCOUNTS RECElVABg
DESCRIPTION - This program is a system of sixteen 1448
runs designed to automatically perform receivables
maintenance and billing in medium-sized department or
specialty stores. The program has been designed as a
series of routines which perform specific functions. By
selecting and co.bining these routines, specialized programs
for a particular store are developed. lIodifications and
DESCRIPTION - The 1448 Chain and Wholesale Billing program
uses either the IEII card order plan or the permanent item
code plan for placing orders. Three phases of the billing
program result in a customer invoice. Phase 1 sets up
order quantities, warehouse numbers, and disk pack
addresses. Phase 2 sorts iteas into warehouse location
sequence. phase 3 prints customer's name and address,
analyzes and updates stock availability, prices items
according to price zones, etc., prints item lines, and
stores desired analysis data for subsequent use.
Intermediate totals are printed where necessary. Sales
analysis and back-up records are provided as a by-product
of the billing routine. Although this program was developed
for the grocery distributor, it is equally applicable (in
total or in segments--purposely designed this way) for
other distributors, i.e., drug, hardware, rack jobber,
liquor, auto parts, etc.
The Chain and Wholesale Billing program is designed to
help install 1448 systems by providing concepts on which
a system may be designed and by providing certain programs
Which may be modified and used in that system in whole
or in part. This program provides a main line billing
routine plus 6 supporting routines for each type of input
(page and line or permanent item code). The billing portion
of the program is broken into three phases.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII Rl!QOIREIIENTS - 4K 1448 system with ••• 1447
Console 1I0del 2 ••• 1442 Card Read/punch ••• 1443 Printer ••• two
1311 Disk Storage Drives ••• lndezing and Store Address
Registers, Selective Character Set and Sense Switches
features.
(Card Image and Bit Test features are optional
IB! PROGRlIIS
PAGE 11211
14411
CONTINUED FRO! PRIOR PAGE
CONTINUED PRO! PRIOR COLU!N
with card crder plan input).
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Prograa write-up ••• Reference !anual.
!ACHIBE READABLE - Source prograa.
OPTIONAL FROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING IBFOR!ATION:
PROGRA! BU!BER 1441lDW81X
PROGRA! BU!BER
EXTEBSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLU!E
REQUIRE!ENT
liS
USE - The program Library includes both initializing
programs and operating programs. Initializing prograas
are designed to be used once to set up an I!PACT systea,
then periodically (at least once a year) or as required
to meet changinq conditions. A complete set of programs
is provided to perform necessary initializing functions.
Operating programs are used in the day-to-day control of
the I!P1CT system (forecasting and ordering). Library
programs are provided to control the ordering of both
independent and joint vendors. Instruction and block
diagrams are available to help the user in programming
the reaaining operating programs with- a minimum of effort
(Iaplementation Heference Banual).
none
none
DESCRIPTION - The IB! I!PACT (Inventory !anagellent Program
and Control Techniques) systea of scientific inventory
aanagement provides the warehouse distrihutor (or any
organization with the saae inventory control
characteristics) with the inforaation of "when" and "how
much" to buy for each inventory item controlled by the
system. It does this through the aeans of probability
science in conjunction with the many factors influencing
the distributors inventory control decisions.
Factors considered include- lead time, lead time
variability, forecast delland, forecast error, service
desired, inventory carrying costs, purchasing/receiving
costs, discount structures, miniauas, ma][illums, shelf life,
and pack sizes. The "when" and "how much" answers are
designed to find the most efficient balance between the
cost of carrying inventory, cost of purchasing and
receiving, discounts realized, and custoaer service
requirements.
The 1311 I!PACT Computer Prograa library is designed to
provide the distributor who has an IB! 14411-1311 Data
Processing systea with the means to successfully implement
an I!PACT inventory management systea with a ainiaum of
effort and e][pense. Programs are included that perforll
in the following functional areas: editing, file
initialization, estimating, and the oontrol of independent
and joint replenishment ordering.
FEATURES - The 1311 Prograa Library performs in the same
functional areas as the existing 14111-14115 I!PACT computer
Program Lihrary- Edit all input for format.
- Determine the forecast model (horizontal, trend,
horizontal-seasonal, or trend-seasonal).
- Determine the ordering strateqy to be used and
calculate order quantity or order frequency as
appropriate for strategy selected.
- Calculate the safety factory required for a
prescribed level of customer service.
- Calculate initializing values required for forecast
and order models selected.
- Estimate results to be expected from applying the
rules and values developed.
- Determine when to order item qroups to meet service
objecti ves after the system is operational.
- Calculate the product mix to be ordered within an
item group that will meet both service objectives
and limitations on total size of order.
In addition, the 1311 programs incorporate improvements over
existing programs including- Work flow and record formats streamlined.
- Historical demands screened for promotions.
- Base inde][ technique used for forecasting seasonal
items.
- Item discounts considered, in addition to vendor
discounts, in determining ordering strategies and
order quantities.
- Different lead time may be specified for each vendor
breakpoint.
- Service may be specified by item for both independent
jCint vendors.
- seasonality considered in ordering both independent
and joint vendors.
- A service point and allocation program (SVA) that will
take advantage of 8K memory to produce greater
throughput.
- An option to force a predetermined crder quantity for
any item through the SVA program.
- The facility for e][pressing a conversion factor of 2.11
to the SVA program.
- Printing of the slope and intercept of the least squares
lines has been included in the !ADF program.
- punching of the cost strategy records in the OGCL
program has been eliminated.
- Provides safety factor (K) based on a lead time plus
review time for items in a joint vendor. When the peak
point option is not satisfied.
PROGRA!!ING SYSTE!S - Programs in the I!PACT computer
Program Library are written in 1311 Autocoder and 1311
IOCS.
!INI!U! SYSTEB REQUIRE!ENTS - 1441l-4K 14411 system with
1447 Console !odel 1 ••• 1442 Card Read/Punch... 1443
Printer ••• two 1311 Disk Storage Drives ••• Indexing and
Store Address Register. Two 1316 Disk Packs must be fully
available during the operation of library programs.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATIOB - Program write-up ••• Users !anual •••
Operators !anual.
BACHINE READABLE - Object code and Sample problem.
OPTIONAL PReGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!ERTATION - systems manual which contains the
assellbly listings of all the 1449-1311 I!PACT
programs.
!ACHINE READAELE - None.
ORDERING IRPOR!ATIOR:
PROGRA! RU!BER 1441lD1lIl4X
PROGRA! RU!BER
EXTEBSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLU!E
REQUIRE!ENT
1111
none
none
!ll
1441l-PB-1l3X
!!E!AN!! !!EP02! ACCOU!!
DESCRIPTION - This application program is designed to
accomplish the demand deposit accounting function in a
commercial bank. The application is divided into the
following program runs- conversions, IB! 14411 SORT 5, stop
pay and hold edit, short list and ledger control,
transaction journal, posting, statements, exception
statements and exception reports.
FEATURES - The user has the option of producing a separate
trial balance non-sufficient fund notices are prepared
automatically input can be magnetically encoded checks
and deposit slips and/or punched cards.
Summary as well as detailed statements can be provided;
detail statements may be printed either singly or two-up;
!ICR checks and deposit slips and/or punched cards are
transaction input to the system. Raster records, 1111111
characters in length, are posted daily with all items
affecting account balances from a transaction file which
is under ledger control. A punched card file is maintained
to satisfy stop-pay orders and hold requests. Statement
writing may be cycled. All accounts within any sequential
range of ledger numbers are printed. Users will write
the following for insertion to the appropriate run; service
charge routines for the posting run; a ledger control table
for the conversion run; a utility program to create the
master file (an IB! card to disk utility program can be
used). Program requirements users of this program should
obtain the IB! 14411 SORT 5 program (1441l-S!-1l31l) which
constitutes run 113 of subject program.
UNI!U! !ACHINE REQUIRE!ENTS - 8K 14411 system with •••
Indexing and Store Address ••• two 1311 Storage Drives ••• a
1442 Card Read/Punch ••• a 1443 Printer with 24 additional
print positions ••• a 1447 Console with Sense switches.
If magnetically encoded checks and or deposit slips are
used, a 1412 !agnetic Character Reader with Serial I/O
Adapter 711811 for !ICR conversion is required. Print Storage
and Selective Character Set features, although not required,
will improve data throughput.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Program write-up ••• Listings •••
Sample problem listings.
!ACHINE READAELE - Object Program ••• sample
problem.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - Bone.
!ACHINE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INPOR!ATION:
PROGRA! NU!BER 1441lPBIl3X
PROGRA! NU!BER
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
USER VOLU!E
IBII PBOGRAftS
1448
14411
EX'lEJISIOB
EASIC
OPTIOBAL
TYPE
CODE
CARDS
15
none
CARDS
15
none
--------------
-------------------
none
none
BEQUIREIIEBT
14411-PB-II4X
-----1I0BTGAG! !Q!! ACCOUBTING
DESCRIPTIOB 1. Daily processing- Pile ftaintenance processes and lists
new loans, changes and deletioJls. Proof listing is produced
fro. debit and credit transaction cards created fro. pay.ent
coupons, journals and advices. Posting of transaction eards
to the lIaster Account Balance Pile is perfor.ed and special
conditions are recorded on a report file. Reports of
transaction and ledger recap, unprocessed ite.s, payoffs
(Final Payments) , exceptions and excess itells are produced.
2. Delinquency processing- Late notices, delinquency
notices and delinquency reports are produced 1I0nthly or as
desired.
3. Periodic reporting- Trial balance reflecting indicative
infor.ation, date of last transaction, paid-through date,
total paYllent allount, principal, escrow, late charge, and
.ortgage life balance for each aortgage is lIade. Statellents
are produced selli-annually frolll the old balance file and
excess itea cards produced by the daily report run. Coupon
books are produced froa payaent changes, new account cards,
and the .aster balance file. Investor reporting produces
collection, past due, prepaid, variation, and paid-off loan
reports on those investors specified by the user.
4. Escrow processing- Enco.passes periodic escrow file
lIaintenance, escrow analysis and custolller advice notifying
customer of any monthly payaent change resulting fro.
escrow analysis.
The prograa provides the user wi th- Effective centrol •••
Delinguent account inforaatien ••• Efficient daily
processing... Escrow analysis ••• Complete detail on daily
activity ••• Loan servicing reports.
IIIHIIIOII SYS'lE!! REQUIREIIEHTS - A 4K 11141 Processing Onit,
!!odel A3 with Indexing and Store Address Register, Printer
Attachaent, Disk Storage control ••• 1442 Card Read/Punch,
1I0del 1, Card Read/Punch Adapter... 1443 Printer, !!odel
1, Printer control, Selective Character Set, 13-Character
Print Bar, 52-Character Print Bar... 1447 console, 1I0del
1, Sense Switches ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive, 1I0del 1•••
1311 Disk Storage Drive, 1I0del 2.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATIOB- Prograll write-up ••• Reference lIanual •••
Listings.
IIACHIBE READABLE - Object code and sallple problem.
CPTICBAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATIOB - Bone.
IIACHIBE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERIBG IBPORIIATIOB:
PAGE 1121
COBTIBUED PRO!! PRIOB COLU!!B
COBTIROED PBCII PBIOB PAGE
PROGRAII BU!!BER 1448PBII4X
PROGRA!! BUIIBER
BXTEBSIOB
DISTRIBOTIOB !!BDIOII
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIEBT
BASIC
none
CARDS
15
none
OPTIONAL
none
CARDS
15
none
1448-PE-85x
--~!VIB.!i'§ ACC~
DESCRIPTIOB - IBII now offers financial institutions a
co.prehensive 1448 Savings Accounting pregrall. Savings
accounting functions are accomplished through the use of
twelve 1448 processing runs. lIaster Acceunt balance records
on all savings accounts are stored and maintained daily
in disk packs. lIaster records contain balance data,
dividend data, and other significant data on each savings
account. Daily transactions--deposits, withdrawals, and
share loans (passbook Loans)--are posted to the balance
record, and a daily transaction ·register is produced.
Reports on zero balance accounts, passbook differences,
and unprocessed transactions are prepared daily. A trial
balance is also prepared daily. At the end of a dividend
period, dividends are calculated, a dividend period activity
report is prepared, aail dividend checks are prepared for
selected accounts, and statements are printed. At the
end of the year, dividend reporting is acco.plished. In
addition to the lIaster account balance file, a na.e and
address master file is lIaintained. This file is used in
the preparation of mail dividend checks, statements, and
annual dividend reporting.
FEATURES Preparation of transaction cards by conversion of paper
tape fro II window machines or by key-punching from source.
Ability to condense .aster account infor.ation and store
up to 75,IiIIiIIiI accounts per disk pack.
- Verification of account balances to ledger control totals
- Provision for printing uncollected funds, thus presenting
an available funds balance for reference.
- Detailed savings journal including previous and new
account balances and anticipated dividend.
- Exception report indicating activity on dor.ant accounts,
passbook differences, zero balance accounts, etc.
- Print four accounts to a line on daily trial balance.
- Period-by-period itemization of unreported interest on
dividends for teller window posting to passbooks.
- Co.prehensive dividend period activity report.
- Autollatic preparation of ready-to-aail dividend checks.
- Custo.er state.ent of activity econollical1y prepared,
which details as well as su •• arizes activity of the
period.
IIIBIIIOII SYSTE!! REQOIREIIEBTS - A 4K 1441 Processing Unit,
1I0del A3 with ••• Indexing and Store Address Register
feature, Printer Attach.ent feature, Disk storage Control
feature ••• 1442 Card Bead/punch, 1I0del 1, Card Bead/Punch
Adapter feature ••• 1443 printer, 1I0del 1, Printer Control
feature, Selective Character Set feature, 13-Character
Print Bar, 52-Character Print Bar... 1447 console, 1I0del
1, Sense Switches ••• 1311 Disk storage Drive, 1I0del 1 •••
1311 Disk Storage Drive, 1I0del 2.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATION - Progra. write-up ••• Reference lIanual •••
Listings.
!!ACHINE READABLB - Source code.
OPTIOBAL PBeGBA!! PACKAGE
DOCUIIBB'lATIOB - Bone.
!!ACHIBB BEADABLE - Source code.
ORDBRIBG IRPORIIATIOB:
PROGRAII BUIIBER 14411PB1iI5X
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTEBSIOB
DISTRIBOTIOB IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
CARDS
OPTIOBAL
none
DTR*
USEB VOLU!!E
REQUIREIIEBT
15
none
none
1441i1-PE-1iI7X
-----ON-LIU '§ll1l!~'§ !££Q1!NTIHSi
DESCRIPTIOB - The program offers to savings banks,
cOII.ercial banks, and Savings and Loan Associations a realtille systell for use with the 1862 Teller Terminal.
The prograll provides the user with an on-line teller systell.
It has a capacity, with minor modification, for thirtyfour l1i162 terminals on seventeen lines, one 1852 system
Ter.inal per line, or cOllbinations of both; and the lIaxi.um
lIachine capability of five 1311 Disk Drives. Pive drives
will typically store aore than 488,8118 account records.
The prograll, as currently assellbled, provides for seven
lines and fourteen terllinals. so.e features are: A unique
progralllling technique which develops an 88 per cent increase
in rated Disk Pile capacity ••• A design which permits one
or two l1i162 terminals or one 18511 Systell Terminal per
line ••• lIaxillu. file packing froll the use of a variable
length for.at (or unposted and .ellorandull records)... An
efficient .odel and lIachine-oriented file organization
which keeps 1311 activity and 1441 processing at a
.ini.u•••• A disk record structure and file arrangement
which usually allows .ore than 18811,881i1 account records
to a 1311 pack ••• A co.pletely prograll.ed analysis of disk
drive usage relieving the custo.er of the need to give
attention to either the quantity of drives or the place.ent
of a pack on a specific drive ••• The option of continuing
to operate on line at reduced efficiency without the
i •• ediate access pack (degraded service).
To facilitate understanding, it is possible to divide the
program into these parts -Line Control (.ultiplexing) for terminal service ••• Lines
and terninals de.and core ••• Users who require fewer than
the maxi.ulI nu.ber of ter.inals have a proportionate share
of core released for additional programlling or storage.
Pile control ••• This service supplies the usual I/O
instructions plus the features of flexibility noted above.
Becord processing ••• Data from transactions affect account
records ••• in addition, they are the sources for messages
to the terllinals.
As a supplement to the on-line routines, the package
includes progralls to help the user in his original
conversion and in subsequent reorganizations.
IIINIIIU8 SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 16K 1448 system
configuration as follows: 1441 Processing Unit !!odel A6
with Disk storage Control, Expanded Print Edit, Indexing
and Store Address Register, Console Attachment, Transmission
IBII PROGRAIIS
1441il
1448
PAGE 822
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
CONTINUED PROII PRIOR PAGE
Control unit Attachment, Direct Seek, Eit Test, 1447 Console
1I0del 4. 1311 Disk Storage Drive 1I0del 1 for Pirst Drive,
1I0del 2 for Second Drive (additional 1I0del 2's as required).
1448 Transmission Control unit 1I0del 1 vith attachment
feature, Pixed Time-Out, and as required, Line Group, Line
Adapter Set, Common Carrier Adapter Set. 1861 Control
Units, lIodel 1 or 2 with Line Adapter, Off-Line feature.
1862 Teller Terminal, 1I0del 1 or 2. 1442 Card Read/Punch
lIodel 1 with Card Read/punch Adapter.
Recomme~dations for potential printing needs: Printer
Attachment on 1441 Processing Unit. 1443 Printer 1I0del
1 or 2 with Print Storage and Printer Control. To improv
the time requirements for the off-line runs -- Print
positions (24 Additional) and Selective Character Set (13
Character set, 39 Character set). 1446 Printer Control
Unit with the appropriate attachment feature number 1325,
1326, 1327, or 1328. 1483 Printer 1I0del 2,3,5, or 6.
If a 1483 1I0del 3 is selected, a 1416 Interchangeable Train
Cartridge is an additional requirement.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPORIIATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1449FB97X
PROGRAII NU!!BER
EXTENSION
TYPE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
DISTRIBU~ION
IIEDIUII
CODE
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
88
none
none
1448-IO-811il
--:!iP0T20UTPUT CONTROL SYSTEII
Communications IOCS for the 1448, thus requiting a minimum
of re-programming for growth from 1926· Transmissicn Control
Units to a 1448. Applications can range from single
inquiries to sophisticated real-time data operations.
Its functions are - Control of the 1447 Console
- User control of polling, addressing and receiving
- Error detection
- Operation with existing IBII programs for DDC
- Time of day recording with the 1932 Digital Time Unit.
The 1441il communications IOCS/1826 (DDC) viII operate with
point-to-point or multi-point common carrier leased or
customer-owned communication lines. In addition, the
programs will support the Automatic Answering feature and
the Automatic Calling feature.
Communic.ations IOCS (1926/DDC) consist of a set of library
routines Which, when called for in an Autocoder source
program by macro instructions, are selected, tailcred,
and included in the object program. The routines perform
the functions necessary to handle basic input/output files,
to transmit information to and receive information from
remote locations and remote processors, and to provide
linkage to user's programs. The specific routines generated
at assembly time depend largely on the particular
specifications contained in the user's source programs.
The library routines for this IOCS is to be placed in the
Autocoder system through a library run, using Autocoder
(on disk) for 1481, 1448, and 1469, No. 1481-AU-908.
System requirements for program assembly - Same as those
for the assembly of any program using 1481/1441il/1461il
Autocoder (on disk) program. The Autocoder (on disk)
program should be ordered concurrently unless otherwise
available.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1441il Autocoder.
DESCRIPTION - The IBII 1448 ICS, 1441il-IO-818 (previously
:::e~e~4~:~~;~~4~~~t6!SA!~0~~d::e~0~nd1:::,s~::~~:u!!!~.
1448 ICS consists of a set of library routines which, when
called for by macro instructions in a 1481/1449/1468
Autocoder (on disk) source program, are selected, tailored
and included in the object program. Por 1448 systems,
these routines perform I/O functions and housekeeping
associated with 1311 Disk Storage, 1381 Disk Storage, 7335
lIagnetic Tape, 1442 Card Read/Punch, 1442 Card Reader,
1444 Card Punch, and 1443 Printer. They also provide
linkage to the user's object program. The specific
statements generated at assembly time de~end completely
on the particular specifications contained in the user's
source program.
The 1441il Ies library routines are to be placed in the
1491/1448/1468 Autocoder (on disk) system through a library
run.
IIINI!!UII SYSTEII R~QUIRE!!ENTS - Por assembly - programs
incorporating I/O macro instructions for 1448 systems may
be assembled on- a 4K 1448 system vi th... one 1311 Disk
Storage Drive or one 1381 Disk storage Array ••• 1442 Card
Read Punch mdl 1 or 2 or 1442 Card Reader !!odel 4 and 1444
Card/punch ••• 1443 Printer, or a 4K 1491 system with •••
one 1311 Disk Storage Drive... 1482 Card/Read Punch •••
1483 Printer lIodel 2 or 1484 Printer ••• High-Low-Equal
Compare feature, or An 8K 1468 system with ••• one 1311
Disk Storage Drive or one 1381 Disk Storage Array ••• 1492
Card Read/punch ••• one 1483 Printer. Por execution - The
1441il ohject machine must have any I/O units required by
the user's program. The amount of core storage required
varies widely from program to program, and must be
determined when it is assembled.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program vrite-up ••• Library listings •••
Operating Procedures.
IIACHINE READABLE - Object code and sample problem.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Flowcharts.
!!ACHINE READABLE - None.
CRDERIRG INFORIIATION:
IIINI!!UII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - Written in A 4K 1440 with •••
Indexing and Store Register feature... 1826 Transmission
Control unit Attachment feature ••• 1447 Console mdl 1 •••
1926 Transmission control Units (one for each communication
line) ••• I/O Units (as required). In addition - Direct
Data Channel feature ••• Interrupt... 1447 Console mdl 2
for 1440 and 1460, mdl 3 for 141il1 ••• 1932 Digital Time
Unit may be present, as desired.
Note - Use of DDC with 1026 should specify the Interrupt
feature (available on 141il1 only as RPG) for optimum
performance.
BASIC PROGRAft PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Write-Up ••• Operating Instructions.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATION - Flowcharts.
IIACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INPORIIATION:
PROGRAII NOIIBER 144910912
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION liED lUll
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
1449-IIE-1il2X
l!!U1JllllILL .Qf .!!ll]!!1.!1
1il0
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
none
none
~.Q!!
DESCRIPTION - 1I0st fabrication and assembly manufacturing
organizations are required to maintain large volumes of
records that describe the structure or makeup of their
products. Product structure records are referenced by
various nomenclature, such as bills of material, parts
lists, and where-used lists, depending upon individual
organization preferences and the arrangement of the data.
The requirements for maintaining product structure records
are sufficiently similar to allow development of standard
systems approaches.
PROGRAII NUIIBER 144810818
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREIIENT
1il8
1449-10-912
---!;Q1!1!UNIClllQ!E IOCS 1826 ~l f.Q!! THE 1449
DESCRIPTION - This IOCS facilitates the generation of
programs to control 1926 communication with 1939, 11il58,
and 1868. It is compatible with the 1481/1469-1448
none
none
The 1449/1311 Bill of lIaterial Processor package includes(1) Generalized programs that organize and maintain product
structure data on 1311 Disk Files and (2) LogiC diagrams
explaining the use or retrieval of the product structure
information in fundamental applications.
FEATURES - This package can be used in a wide range of lIanufacturing
industries where product structure records are maintained
- Product structure records are linked with part number
master inventory type records on disk storage.
- Disk chaining is used to organize product structure data
in two inherent sequences (1) Assembly or Bill of lIaterial sequence (i.e., linking
the components of an assembly). The user determines
IBI! PROGRAI!S
1440
1448
maintained sequence of components within the
assembly. Typical sequences might be component
part number or engineering drawinq item number.
(2) where-used sequence (i. e., linking the usages of a
part number on higher level assemblies). This
cross-referenced sequence eliminates the need to
(a) maintain a duplicate file in where-used
sequence for listing purposes.
- Raw material can be included in the pJ:oduct structure
file, providing complete where-used cross reference of
each raw material numbeJ:.
- Oser designs his own disk record layouts by incorporating
his own information plus certain required data into part
number master inventory and product structure records.
- Low level coding is automatically maintained.
- Assembly to sub-assembly continuity is verified. This
feature guarantees that the product structure records can
be "exploded."
.
- Oser builds his own engineering change procedure into
the file organization and maintenance programs.
This is a disk-oriented concept that requires a part number
master inventory type file (i. e., one record per unique
part number) and the product structure file to be on-line
simultaneously. The part number master inventory records
and an associated part numbeJ: index file are loaded, added,
and deleted using the IBI! 1449 Disk-File Organization
Routines. The product structure data (J:ecorded as a series
of single level assemblies) are loaded, added, deleted,
or changed using a single comprehensive file organization
and maintenance program. This program simultaneously
updates the assembly and where-used sequence chains. All
programs are user modified at source level and then
assembled, providing an object program tailored to the
user's J:equirements.
The package includes logic diagrams for six fundamental
classifications of retrieval programs. They are - (1)
One level bill of material OJ: parts list, (2) Next assembly
where-used listing, (3) Indented parts list, (4) Idented
where-used list, (5) Summarized explosion and (6) summarized
illplosion. The package is designed so that the logic
diagrams can be used by any customer as a guide in the
pJ:eparation of his own set of pJ:ograms.
PROGRAI!I!ING SISTEI!S 1.
1491/1449/1468 Autocoder (on Disk), 1491-AO-998
Version 1)
2.
1440 IOCS, 1449-IO-fl19 (Version 2)
3.
1449 Disk File Organization Routines, 1449-0T-848,
Group C - Common Random and contJ:ol Sequential
(Version 2)
4.
1449 Disk Otility PJ:ograms, 1440-0T-041.
The 1449 Disk-Pile OJ:ganization Routines (Group C - CommonRandoll and Control Sequential) must be ordered independently
of the Bill of I!aterial Processor.
BASIC FROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCOI!ENTATION - Program write-up ••• Application
Directory ••• Programmer !!anual ••• Operator !!anual •••
System I!anual.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Source code for product structure
file organization and maintenance program ••• sample
problem source, data and object material.
OPTIONAL FROGRAI! PACKAGE - None.
PROGRA!! NU!!BER 14401!E82X
PROGRA!! NOI!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBOTION I!EDIOB
TIPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
CPTIONAL
none
none
OSER VOLOI!E
REQUIREI!!NT
88
none
OSE - The system, written in Autocoder and IOCS, operates
under its own monitor. The master systems pack, containing
the thirty-system programs and any customer programs,
resides on one disk drive; the project master file pack
resides on a second disk drive. The u~er specifies
processing sequence and output desired through control
cards allowing batched processing of a number of projects
without operator intervention.
PROGRAI!BING SYSTEBS - Basic Autocoder for 1449.
I!INI!!OI! SISTE!! REQOIREI!ENTS - An 8K 1448 system ••• two
1311 Disk Storage Drives ••• 1442 Card Read/Punch ••• 1443
Printer ••• Indexing and Store Address Register; Dir~ct
Seek, additional print positions ••• 1447 Console with Sense
Switches.
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCOBENTATION - Program write-up ••• Application
Program Bulletin ••• Osers !!anual ••• Operators
Banual... Systems I!anual.
I!ACHINE READABLE - Object program.
OPTIONAL PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCOI!ENTATION - None.
I!ACHINE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INFORI!ATION:
PROGRA!! NU!!BER 14481!Xl!J2X
PROGRAI! NOIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBOTION liED lUll
TIPE
CODP
OSER VOLOIIE
REQOIREII!NT
BASIC
none
DTR.
88
none
OPTIONAL
none
CARDS
15
none
DESCRIPTION - 1449/1311 RPG enables a program written in
1491/1448/1468 RPG Language to be compiled and assembled
on a 1448/1311 system. Instead of writing a specific
program for a report, the user states his problem on fixed
form specifications sheets in 1481/1448/1469 RPG Language.
The RPG Processor operates on the punched specifications,
generating a program to do the specific job. By relieving
the user of the machine coding and program testing, RPG
permits him to concentrate his efforts on the solution
to his particular problem. RPG will generate programs
to produce reports of a variety of formats from source
data contained in a card file or disk storage file. The
output report can te obtained at the printer, on cards,
on disk storage, or any combination of the three.
With the RPG and Autocoder (with IOCS Library Routines)
in disk storage, the problem specification cards are loaded
at the card reader. The compilation and assembly are
completely automatic. The output object program is either
the Bachine Language Equivalent Program or the 1448/1311
Autocoder Equivalent Program. The Bachine Language
Equivalent object program may be in the form of condensed
cards, or if (load-and-go) is desired, the object program
may be directly. loaded from the system pack for immediate
execution. The program listing, documentation and
diagnostic output are recorded on the printer.
none
------------------------~!i~I!X-0l!
,f!OJECT CONTRO! SISTE!!
DESCRIPTION - The 1448 project Control System, 1448-1!%02X, is oriented to the specific needs of a construction
company and will provide the backbone for a sales program
that can result in net 1440 sales. The Project Control
System provides a basic capa1:ility related to the planning,
scheduling, and centrol of a project rhough the use of
the critical path method. In the basic system, the user
can initially plan aproject, update and modify the project
schedule, monitcr progress, and investigate alternate
approaches.
The basic system can be expanded by the user to include
such related project functions as Estimating and Cost
Control.
FEATORES A basic system framework is provided that includes 1440
programs for planning, scheduling, and control of
construction projects.
- All programs, including those added by the user, operate
under the control of a systems monitor.
Planning accomplished through conventional arrow
diagramming or the new, highly efficient and easier
to use precedence diagramming.
Each project can contain up to 2,889 activities.
Output in terms of project or calendar days can be
displayed as bar charts, exception reports, and
progress listings in terms of quantities set, percent
complete, or remaining duration.
1449-RG-928
1449/1311 !EPOEJ; PROGRAB
IIINII!OI! SIST!I! REQOIREI!ENTS - An 8K 1440 with Indexing
and Store Register, 1447 Console I!odel 2, 1442 Card
Read/Punch I!odel 1, 1443 Printer I!odel 1, and enough 1311
Disk Storage Drives to contain the paJ:t number masteJ:
invent cry J:ecords and product structure records on line.
ORDERING INFOR!!ATION:
PAGE 023
CONTINOED FROB PRIOR COLO!!N
CONTINOED PROI! PRIOR PAGE
PROGRAIIBING SYSTEIIS - written in 1448 Autocoder.
BINIBOI! SISTEB REQOIREIIENTS - Por Report Program generation11K 1448 system with ••• one 1442 Card Read/punch ••• 1443
Printer ••• one 1311 Disk Storage Drive. For Report Program
Execution-1448 system with core storage capacity depending
on co.plexity of report ••• one 1442 Card Read/Punch ••• 1443
Printer and/or 1311 Disk Storage as required by report.
Reference material - 1449/1311 Autocoder, '1448-AO882;1448/1311 IOCS, 11449-10-919; 1448/1311 Disk Otility
Programs, '1448-0T-841.
BASIC PROGHAI! PACKAGE
DOCO!!ENTATION - Program write-up ••• Listings •••
Specifications and Operation Procedures.
BACBINE READABLE - Object code ••• RPG system card deck ••
Sample source program for test purposes.
OPTIONAL PROGHAB PACKAGE
DOCOIIENTATION - Listings and flowcharts.
IBII PROGRAIIS
PAGE 124
1448
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
IIACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1448RG828
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
USED VOLUIIE
BEQUIREIIENT
none
18
none
----------------------------------------------------1448-SI1-838
----SOBn
DESCRIPTION - Sort 5 is a generative sort prograa designed
for generation and use on an IBII 1448 with at least one
IBII 1311 Disk Storage Drive, and a ainiaua of 4888 positions
of core storage. The prograa now has the ability to use
7335 lIagnetic Tape for input/output files and the option
to relocate phase four output to the beginning of the work
area. It is a generative sort prograa (also needs 144810-818) •
FEATURES - Sort 5 object prograa will sort fixed length,
blocked or unblocked, records in 1I0ve lIode into either
ascending or descending sequence. Sorting can be controlled
by as many as ten control data fields of total length up
to a maxiaua of 1S9 characters. Sort 5 can generate an
object prograa through use of the Autocoder lIacro-genera tor
and paraaeter cards. It is further classified as a
generalized progra. because it can aodify itself at object
run ti.e according to inforaation punched in control cards.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - The progra. requires 1481/1448/1468
Autocoder on disk.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K 1448 syste.... one 1311
Disk storage Drive ••• 1442 Card Read/punch... 1443 Printer.
The object prograa can use, if available, up to 5 disk
storage drives and SK, 12K, or 16K core storage capacity.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up ••• Specs. and Operating
Procedures ••• Library deck listing ••• Prephase
prograll listing.
IIACHINE READABLE - Prephase deck.
1448-ST-821
1I0TQ! PREI!!!!! !!J!!ru ACCOUNTING
DESCRIPTION - Accounting and control of aotor freight
revenue is one of the largest clerical proble.s in the
aotor freight industry. Ever since the industry began
extending credit, inte~lining shipaents, and expanding
to larger networks serving aore and aore points, revenue
accounting has grown aore difficult, aore tiae-consulling,
and aore costly. Faster, aore efficient revenue accounting
and control is vitally needed. To .eet this need IBII has
developed the 1I0tor Freight Industry Revenue Accounting
Prograa, which perfor.s the following functions- Editing of daily transaction data.
- Preparation of daily transaction register
with siaultaneous posting of revenue by
freight bill nuaber.
- Preparation of custoaer stateaents with
siaultaneous posting to custoaer accounts
receivable balance.
- Editing of cash re.ittance source data.
- Application of cash by stateaent, freight
bill nuaber, and custoaer account nuaber.
This prograa is adaptable by aotor freight carriers who
use either centralized stateaent and collection aethods
or decentralized ter.inal level aethods. Effective control
of freight bills is provided regardless of billing method.
PROGRA!!IIING SYSTE!!S - Written in 14411 Autocoder. Users
of this prograa should obtain IB!! 1141 Sort 5 (1448-511831) •
IIINIIIU!! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K systea with two 1311
Disk Storage Drives ••• 14112 Card Read Punch ••• 1443
Printer ••• Indexing and Store Register, Print Control,
and Scan Disk.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Prograa write-up ••• Application
Description lIanual ••• Prograa Inforaation lIanual •••
Operators lIanual ••• Detailed prograa documentation.
IIACHIBE READABLE - Object prograa decks ••• Saaple
problea.
OPTICNAl FROGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATION - Bone
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code.
PRO GRAil NUIIBER 1448S11131
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EITENSIOR
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
ElSIC
none
CARDS
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
15
ORDERING IBFORIIATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBER 14111STII21
PROGRAII BUIIBER
EITENSIOR
DISTRIBUTIOB IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR.
II
none
OPTIONAL
none
DTR·
III
none
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
14118-SI1-II31
---:Ull~2
DESCRIPTION - IBII 1441 !!erge 5, 1448-S!!-831, is a generative
prograa for an IBII 1441/1311 systea. lIerge 5 will generate
specific object progra.s that are fitted to the users
particular lIerging applications. The object prograas
generated by lIerge 5 are generalized in that they can be
modified according to inforaation supplied by the user
in control cards. With object prograas the user can aerge
pre-sorted, fixed length, blocked or unblocked, disk records
in the 1I0ve 1I0de into either ascending or descending
sequence. A one-, two-, three-, or four-way aerge can
be perfor.ed. If specified by the user at generation tiae,
options such as label checking, additions fro a cards,
sequence check and hash total, deletions or selections
by class can be incorporated into the object prograa.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - The Frograa requires 1441/1311
Autocoder and IOCS.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEBTS - A 4K 1448 systea with
sufficient core storage to utilize the object prograa
options ••• One 1442 Card/Read Punch ••• And, depending upon
the object prograa reguirements, a 1442 Printer or 1447
Console mdl 2, and one to five 1311 Disk Storage Drives.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Prograll write-up ••• Specifications •••
Operating procedures ••• Flowcharts ••• Library
listing ••• Asseably listing.
IIACHINE READABLE - Library prograa deck ••• Prephase
deck.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - Rone.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
ElSIC
PRO GRAil BU!!BER 14411511131
PROGRA!! BUIIBER
EITERSIOR
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
none
DTR·
III
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIEBT
none
1 441-UH-II1 I
- - HOSPITAL ~!g!IT !!lllING
DESCRIPTIOB - The application program for Patient Billing
consists of fourteen IBII 14411 processing runs to Frovide
for the accounting and control of services rendered to
patients of a hospital. processing is done under a sonitor
which allows for prograa interrupt to satisfy interis
reports such as discharge/deaand bills or patient balances.
FEATURES - Processing prograas are kept in disk storage
and are called in, as needed, by a unique call card.
Processed data is punched into input cards, thus preserving
basic and resultant data. Running prograas can be
interrupted froa the console to obtain the status of an
account.
USE - at the tiae a patient is adaitted, a aaster record
is created and entered to disk storage. Through-out the
patients stay in the hospital, all charges, credits, etc.
are accrued to the aaster file. Interill reports such as
census and in-house bills are created. Upon disc.harge,
bills can be issued. Final and insurance bills are prepared
following the custoaary three day allowance for late changes
to be received at the data processing center. Revenue
distribution is available froa data retained in disk
storage.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 14411 Autocoder.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEBTS - 11K 1 41! 1 Processing Unit,
lIodel 1.3 with:
- Indexing and Store Address Register feature.
1443 Printer Attachaent feature.
Disk Storage control feature.
Console (1447 1I0del 2) Attachsent feature.
1442 Card Read Punch.
1443 Printer, with Printer Control feature.
1447 console, 1I0del 2, with Sense Switches.
IB!! PROGRl1!S
144fiIJ
1448
Note - These programs run under the monitor contained in
the IE!! 1448 Hospital Patient Eilling (144fi1J-UH-filJ1X)
application program.
- 1311 Disk storage Drive. !!odel 1.
EASIC FROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!EBTATION - program write-up ••• Program
!!anual ••• listings.
!!ACHINE READAELE - Routine decks for reassemblies.
PROGRAMMING SYSTE!!S - Written in 1448 Autocoder.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None
ORDERING INFORMATION:
PAGE 825
CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR COLU!!N
CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE
PROGRA!! NU!!EER 1448UH81X
PROGRAM NUMEER
EXTEBSION
DISTRIEUTION !!EDIUM
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREMENT
none
88
none
!!INI!!OM SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - A 4K 1441 Processing Unit.
!!odel A3~ with- Indexinq and Store Address Register. Printer
Attachment. Disk Storage Control, Console Attachment (1447,
!!odel 2) ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer, with
Printer Control ••• 1447 Console, !!odel 1, with Sense
switches and a 1447. Model 2 ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive,
Model 1.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Program write-up ••• Program
manual including listings.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Source code.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None
1448-UH-filJ2X
---!f£Q]NTS RECElVAELE FOR !!Q~
ORDERING INFORI!ATION:
DESCRIPTION - The program accomplishes all functions
ncrmally required by hospitals to maintain a well controlled
accounts receivable operation. It includes establishment
of new accounts. cash posting of receipts. aged trail
balance reports. inquiry into account status. statement
wri tinq and file lIaintenance to close accounts. Processing
programs are kept in disk storage and are called in. as
needed. by a call card. They can be interrupted for inquiry
and exception reports. Information necessary to construct
the accounts receivable record in disk storage is
automatically created by the Patient Eilling Procedures
(1448-UH-81X) when a patient is discharged. or by keypunched data obtained froll out-patient accounting
PJ:OCt:!UUL·4::::S.
Cash Lc::c.:=ipts aL'::: post.ed as
·r~c~iv~a.
Statements are written at the discretion of the user.
This is accomplished by specifying to the system what
portion of the accounts receivable file statements are
to be written from. Aged trial balance can be written
at any desired interval to provide uniform load
distribution. Accounts may be sequenced to provide
selective aging analysis.
Note - This program runs under the 1I0nitor contained in
the IB!! 1448 Hospital Patient Billing (No. 1448-UH-81X)
application program.
EASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATIOB - Program write-up ••• Program
!!anual ••• Listings.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Source code.
FROGRA!! NUMEER 1448UH82X
DISTRIEUTION !!EDIUM
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR·
CPTIONAL
none
none
144fi1J-UH-83X
--~SPITlL
88
EASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIRE!!ENT
none
88
none
1448-UH-84X
HOSNTlL .!!VENTORY PROGRA]!
DESCRIPTION - A perpetual inventory provides for a
cc~ti:~c~s rec~r~ ~£ 5~pp!y receipts, issues, and stock
on hand. Itells requiring management attention are listed
on exception reports. On a periodic basis. transactions
posted to the inventory records are transferred tc general
ledger accounts Which reflect the aggregate cf receipts
and issues posted to individual inventory ledger records.
A 1311 Disk Storage Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack is used
for storage of all inventory item and open purchase order
records. The file is organized and controlled sequentially,
and because disk packs are interchangeable, there is
virtually no limit to the number of itells it can handle.
Note - These programs run under the !!onitor contained in
the IB!! 1448 Hospital Patient Eilling (1448-0H-filJl1)
application programs.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - Bone
FROGRAM NU!!EER
EXTENSION
DISTRIEUTION MEDIO!!
TYPE
CODE
FEATURES - Comprehensive external and internal control
with audit trail.
Sequential inventory file organization with
5288 items in 48 cylinders.
Programs on disk under the control of a monitor.
Automatic flagging of items below minimum
inventory levels or out of stock.
!!eaningful reports for stock status, purchase
order, transaction register, general stores
invoice. item distribution, and control units.
Inquiry to inventory item and purchase
order records.
!!IRI!!UM SYSTEM REQUIRE!!ENTS - 4K 1441 Processing Unit.
!!odel A3. with:
- Indexing and Store Address Register feature.
- 1443 Printer Attachment feature.
- Disk storage control feature.
- Console (1447 !!odel 2) Attachment feature.
- 1442 Card Read Punch.
- 1447 Console. !!odel 2. with Sense switches.
- 1311 Disk Storage Drive. !!odel 1.
ORDERING INFCR!!ATICN:
PROGRAM NUI!BER 1448UH83X
PROGRA!! NU!!EER
EXTENSION
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIRE!!ENT
none
none
jgOURTS .fAYAELE
DESCRIPTION - Hospital Accounts Payable consists of nine
1448 processing programs to provide for accounting and
control of the accounts payable of a hospital. A 1311
Disk Storage Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack is the medium
used for storage of all account payable and distribution
records and is organized to record an unlimited nUllber
of entries for each payable account. When a payable invoice
is received. it is posted to the master payable file until
managements decision to pay the invoice. At this time.
a check run is made against the master payable file and
the invoice is flagged as paid. At a later time. the paid
invoice record is removed from the master payable file.
and the amount of discount taken on the invoice is punched
into the initial invoice card which has been keypunched
from the original invoice.
Included in Hospital Accounts Payable are the following
programs: Create New Accounts Payable Records. Create New
Account Records. Create Vendor Index Table. Edit Invoice
and Distribution Records. Post Vendor Invoices. Print Cash
Requirement Report. Print Trial Ealance. Print Check and
Admittance Advice. Close Vendor Invoices.
1!INIMU!! SYSTE!! REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1441 Processing onit
!!odel A3 with - Indexing and Store Address Register, 1443
Printer Attachment, Disk Storage Control, 1447 Console
Attachment !!odel 2 ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer
with Printer Control ••• 1447 Console !!odel 2 with Sense
switches. •• 1311 Disk Storage Drive 1!0del 1.
EASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up ••• Reference
!!anual including program listings.
!!ACHINE READAELE - Source program.
OPTIONAL FReGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFOR!!ATION:
PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1448UHfilJ4X
PROGRA!! NU!!EER
EXTENSION
DISTRIEUTION !!EDIUM
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR.
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
144fi1J-UH-85X
HOS.Ellll GENE.!!ll
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIRE!!EBT
l.!M~
DESCRIPTION - The 144fiIJ Hospital General Ledger program
(1448-UH-85X) package reduces the time and effort required
by hospitals to program and install a general ledger
application. Seven programs are provided which result
in three major reports and a uniform chart of accounts.
The programs are; Load !!aster Ledger Accounts, Add and
Delete !!aster Records, General Ledger Posting, Trial Ealance
Run. Income and Expense Report, General Ledger Inquiry
and Cost Analysis Program. processing programs are retained
IBI! PROGRAI!S
1448
1448
PAGE 826
CONTINUED PROI! PRIOR PAGE
CONTINUED PROI! PRIOR COLUIIB
in disk storage and called in. as needed. by unique call
cards. GEneral ledger account aasters are kept and
aaintained in disk storage with the l=rovision. through
the inquiry prograa. to be displayed on the console
typewriter.
of sections based on one fixed factor. Only one factor
is used for all courses. The Conflict lIatrix prograa
deteraines the number of potential conflicts for a"aaximua
of 188 single and double section courses. A lIatrix is
printed showing this inforaation.
Note - ,The prograas in this package run under the I!oni tor
contained in the IBI! 1448 Hospital Patient Billing
application prograa (1448-U8-811).
The Student Scheduling Program is divided into two phases.
PROGRAI!I!ING SYSTEIIS - written in 1448 Autocoder
IIIRII!UII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEHTS - 1441 Processing Unit adl
A3 with Indexing and Store Address Register. 1443 Printer
Attachaent. Disk storage Control. Console (1447 adl 2)
Attachment ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer with
Printer Control ••• 1447 Console adl 2 with Sense Switches •••
1311 Disk storage Drive adl 1.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Prograa write-up ••• Reference
lIanual including prograa listings.
!ACHINE READABLE - Object code and saaple problea.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPORI!ATION:
PROGRA! NUBBER 1448UH851
PROGRAII NUI!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER YOLUE
REQUlREII lHT
88
none
none
1!!48-UM=86X
.rul~ITAL
Phase 1 processes the student request cards against the
lIaster schedule stored in the disk file to deteraine
conflicts. Student conflicts are printed showing student
inforaation. the course causing the conflict and all courses
requested by the student. scheduled inforaation for
students is written into the disk file. At this point.
depending on the nuaher of conflicts. the pro grail aay go
to phase 2 or be terainated.
Phase 2 writes the detail course inforaation for each
scheduled student into the student aaster record area.
It schedules lunch for the fourth or fifth period and study
halls. The Schedule Printing Prograa prints the student
and course inforaation froa the disk file onto the schedule.
It will print and total course fees where applicable.
PEnURES - will handle 799 courses. 4 sections per
period or 3288 sections lIaxillum. (Expandable
with aore disk storage).
Uses eight period day and seven student
requests 3888 students per disk pack.
Prints schedules and punches grade ca'rds at
eight to ten students per ainute--can
schedule lunch and study halls balances the
classes and fills classes to specified seat
capacity.
Prints a coaplete conflict message to provide
analysis of the reason for a student conflict.
PROGRAI!IIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1448 Autocoder •
EAYBOLL
DESCRIPTION - Hospital payroll is designed to accoaplish
tasic payroll functions of a hospital. Recognizing that
there are substantial variations in payroll policies among
hospitals. the systea can be easily aodified to specific
requireaents. Two file data load progra.s- Eaployee Load
Prograa and Departaent Load Prograa- are used to initialize
the payroll disk pack and to set up two-sector eaployee
records for each eaployee. Three progra.s are included
which perfora payroll calculations and printed output.
The payroll Register Prograa calculates pay for salaried
eaployees. paid bi-aonthly. and hourly e.ployees. paid
weekly. This prograa prints the payroll register showing
the Duaber of hours worked. gross pay. extra earnings.
PICA. FIT. total deductions. and new pay. Departmental
totals are printed and punched as desired. The Check and
Statement Prograa prints checks and statellents while
calculating and checking centrol totals held in disk storage
froll the payroll register run. The third prograa prints
a deduction register reflecting eaployee name and nuaber.
current gross. current net. and all deductions taken for
the payroll period.
I!INIIIUI! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENST - A 4K 1448 systea with Indexing
and Store Address ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer
with Print Control ••• 1447 Console with Sense Switches ••• 1311
Disk Storage Drive.
BASIC
none
DTR·
88
none
Bote - These progralls run under the aonitor contained in
the HB 1448 Hospital Patient Eilling (1448-UH-811)
application prograa.
OPTIONAL
none
DTR·
88
none
IIINIIIU! SYSTEB REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K 1441 Processing Unit.
Bodel A3. with- Indexing and Store Address Register. Printer
Attachment. Disk storage Control. Console Attachaent (1447.
Bodel 2) ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer. with
Printer Control ••• 1447 Console. 1I0del 1. with Sense
Switches and a 1447. aodel 2 ••• 1311 Disk Storage Drive.
Bodel 1.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Prograa write-up ••• Program
Banual including listings.
BACHINE READABLE - Source prograa.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None
PROGRA! NUIIBER 1448UH861
PROGRAB NUI!BER
EITENSION
DIS'IRIBUTION BEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
88
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - None.
BACHIBE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INPORIIATICN:
USER YOLUI!E
REQUIRB!BBT
none
none
--------_.
1448-US-81X
---~iCOND&BY SCHOOL E!!OGRA1!1:! .11:!TUDEll 1:!~LIHG)
DESCRIPTION - Student Scheduling consists of five prograasCourse Request Tally. conflict lIatrix. Scheduling. Schedule
Printing. and Utility. The Course Request Tally and
Conflict Batrix Prograas are an aid to the school
administrator in building his .aster schedule. The Tally
Program counts the student requests and coaputes the nUllber
PROGRA! BUI!BER 1448US81X
PROGRAII NUBBER
EXTENSION
1448-US-821
SECONDAIIY SCHO!!!:
PROGRA!I!ING SYSTEI!S - written in 1448 Autocoder.
ORDERING INPORI!ATIOB:
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Prograa write-up ••• Reference
lIanual including prograa listings.
!ACHINl! READABLE - Object prograa ••• Saaple
problem.
~
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLO!E
REQUIRE!1!HT
(GRADE IIEPORTIRG)
DESCRIPTION - Grade lIeporting consists of four prograas
to aid school personnel in preparing grade reports and'
in coapilation of statistics from the grades received by
students. Grade cards are used to prepare the grade
reports. update student grade records on disk pack and
print an honor list. Grade distribution reports are printed
reflecting totals of letter grades given by a teacher as
received in a course. Pailure lists indicating student
and course are printed using those grade cards with failing
grades.
PEATURES - Will handle up to seven course per student.
Honor list is autoaatically available after grade report
run.
6688 students per disk pack.
Can print parents naae and address on the grade report.
Prints grade reports at 18 to 15 students per ainute.
Grade distributions speed at 388 cards per ainute.
Pailure list printing at up to 158 lines per lIinute.
PROGRABIlING SYSTEI!S - Written in 1448 Autocoder.
1I1NIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREI!ENTS - A 4K 1448 system with Indexing
and Store Address ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer
with Print Control ••• 1447 Console with Sense Switches •••
1311 Disk Storage Drive.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - program write-up ••• Reference lIanual
including prograa listings.
IIACHINE READABLE - Object prograll... Saaple problell.
OPTIONAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE
IB!! PROGRA!!S
1448
144S
IIINIIIU!! SYSTE!! BEQUIRE!!ENTS - A 4K 144S system with Indexing
and Store Address ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer
with Print Control ••• 1447 Console with Sense Switches •••
1311 Disk storage Drive.
DOCUIIBBTATION - None.
!!ACHINB READABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INPOR!!ATION:
PAGE S27
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLU!!N
CONTINUED FRO!! PRIOR PAGE
PROGRAII NUIIBER 144S0SS2X
PROGRA!! NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR·
S8
none
BASIC PROGBA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Program write-up ••• Reference Kanual •••
Program listings.
IIACHINE READABLE - Sa.ple proble •••• Program decks.
CPTIONAL
none
DTR·
88
none
OPTIONAL FBCGRAK PACKAGE - None.
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREIIEBT
ORDERING INPORIIATION:
DESCRIFTION - Payroll and Personnel Frogra.s are an aid
to school personnel in preparing the .onthly salaried.
payroll, writing payroll checks, printing deduction register
and check reconciliation. The Teacher Contract Program
prints pertinent teacher data on contract for.s. The
Teacher List Program provides school principals with a
list of teachers in the school.
PEATURES - will handle up to 1S,SSS personnel payroll records per
disk Fack.
Print payroll register and deduction register at sFeeds
of 59 to 6S employees per minute.
Print payroll checks at the rate of 35 to 48 per
.inute.
prepare reconciliation report at the rate of
approximately 3SS checks per minute.
Prepare teacher contracts at the rate of 3S to 35 per
.inute.
Prepare teacher lists at the rate of 159 teachers per
minute.
Sense switch control determines if a pre-payroll or
payroll register is desired.
If a person resigns, his finder card can be held out of
the payroll runs to delete hi. fre. the payroll. The
record will re.ain on the disk for end of year report
wri ting and can be accessed by replacing the finder card.
PBOGBA!!!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in 144S Autocoder.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIRE!!ENTS - A 4K 144S system with Indexing
and Store Address ••• 1442 Card Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer
with Print Control ••• 1447 Console with Sense Switches •••
1311 Disk Storage Drive.
EASIC FROGBA!! PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Program write-up ••• Reference !!anual
including program listings.
IIACHINE READABLE - Object program ••• Sa.ple proble ••
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR.
OPTIONAL
none
none
PROGRA!! NUIIBER 1449US93X
DISTRIEUTION IIEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
SS
none
CPTICNAL
none
DTR.
SS
none
H4S-US-S4X
none
none
144S-UT-S48
DISK ! i l l .QBGARI!.tl!Q! ~
DESCBIPTION - These routines will load and .aintain 13S1
or 13 11 Disk Storage piles on a 144S system. The new
version incorporates the additional features of .agnetic
tape input/output, 13S1 Disk Storage and 1444 Card Punch
output capabilities. There are two co.plete sets of
routines one set generates object programs for a random
file; the other set generates object progra.s for a control
sequential file.
The User's File Organization object progra.s are generated
by the 14S1/144S/146S Autocoder (on Disk) lIacro-Generator
fro. a series of 1448 IOCS, Version 2, Library Routines
and the Disk Pile Organization Library routines. The user
supplies the appropriate parameters for generation by means
of control cards. The object programs for loading and
maintaining a random file use the chaining .ethod. By
this technique, records are loaded into a disk location
deter.ined by a control field within the record. Records
whose control data convert to the sa.e disk address are
linked together with a cha.in of addresses. The routines
can generate object programs to add records to and delete
records fro. a file. Records .ay be loaded or unloaded
fro. or to cards, tape, or disk storage. The object
progra.s for loading and .aintaining a control sequential
file add records to and delete records fro. the fil.e without
destroying the sequence. A sequence-link is used for this
purpose. A distribution index is built by the programs.
This index .akes possible quick access to any given record
in the file. Becords may be loaded or unloaded from or
to cards, tape, or disk storage.
PROGRA!!IIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 144S Autocoder.
FROGRA!! NUIIB1!B
EXTENSION
---nn!Duq
SS
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIRE!!ENT
The require.ents for generation of the User's File
Organization object progra.s are the same as those for
14S1/144S/146S Autocoder (on Disk), No. 1491-AU-S£8, and
144S IOCS, Version 2, No. 244S-IO-S18.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - None.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code.
CBDEBING INFOBIIATION:
PROGRA!! NUKBER 144SUSS4X
PROGRAII NU!!BER
EXTENSION
144S-us-1il31
gCONDARY g;HOOL .E.!!CGRA!!S illYRog ABD ~m
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIRE!!!NT
.!l~ POR SECQNDA!!! ~
DESCBIPTION - Attendance Recording consists of an Attendance
Register Writing Program which will aid school personnel
in the preparation of attendance registers and in
compilation of attendance statistics for state and federal
agency report require.ents. The Attendance Recording
Program uses attendance cards, which are marked by the
teacher or attendance clerk and then mark sense punched,
to prepare an attendance register and calculate attendance
totals and percentages. It will also update the student
master record on the disk pack.
FEATURES - will handle up to 25-day attendance period.
Will handle either half day or whole day attendance
recording.
will update student .aster record on the disk pack with
year-to-date absences and tardies.
Cards are not marked when students are present.
will handle up to 95 attendance cards per .inute.
Automatically calculates - aggregate attendance,
aggregate me.bership, average daily attendance, average
membership, percent of attendance. These calculations
are perforlled for .ale students, fe.ale students, and
overall student population.
Calculates attendance figures for each school and for
the entire school district.
PROGBA!!IIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 144S Autocoder.
KINIIIUII SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - a 4K 144S system for 1311
usage of 8K 144S system for 13S1 usage with ••• one 1442
Card Bead Punch .dl 1 or 2 or 1442 Card Reader mdl 4 •••
One 1311 Disk Storage Drive or 1381 Disk Storage Array •••
14S3 Printer mdl 2, 3, 5, 6, 1443 Printer or 1447 console
mdl 2 or 4 (if a log is to be kept during file loading,
additions, or deletions, the 1443 Printer is required;
in that case, a 1447 Console .dl 1 may be used) ••• one
1444 Card Punch (required only if punched output is used
on a system with 1442 Card Beader .dl 4) ••• one 7335
lIagnetic Tape Unit (required only if tape input or output
is used).
Note: The following programs are required - 1481-AU-SS8;
144S-10-818; 144S-UT-S41.
BASIC PROGRAK PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Program write-up ••• Listings •••
Operating Procedures, c24-3134.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Option 1 - Co.mon and Bando., and is
specified by using Program Extension Number OPT1.
Option 2 - Co.mon and Control sequential, and is
specified by using Program Extension Nu.ber OPT2.
option 3 - Co •• on, Rando. and Control Sequential,
and is specified by using Program Extension Number
OPT3.
OPTIONAL PROGBA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATIOll' - Program flowcharts.
IIACHINE READAELE - None.
ORDERING INPORIIATION:
BASIC
PBOGBA!! NUIIBER 144SUTS48
PBOGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLU!!E
FEQUIBEIIENT
OPT1
DTR·
SS
none
OPT2
DTR·
88
none
IBII PROGRAIIS
PAGE il28
144il
1460
CONTINUED PROII PRIOR PAGE
OPTIONAL
CONTINUED PROII PRIOB COLUIIN
OPT3
cnDS
none
none
15
none
lIodel 6 and one 1I0del 7.
none
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Application Directory ••• Prograll
Description lIanual (H28-0551) ••• Operations
lIanual (H28-0552).
!!ACHINE READABLE - Source Code.
144il-UT-il41
---nISK~TILI.ll PROGRAIIS
OPTIONAL PROGR)II PACKAGE - None.
DESCRIPTION - This system is designed to perform certain
frequently required operations on 144il systells with 1311
or 13il1 Disk storage, without programming effort on the
part vf l:be user.
The programs provided are Clear-Disk-Storage
Print-Disk
Card-to-Disk
Tape-to-D\sk
Disk-Labell
ORDERING INFCRIIATION:
Disk-to-Card
Disk-to-Tape
Disk-Becord-Load
copy-Disk
Each program is generalized, modifying itself to perforll
specific operations by information received through control
cards. Each program includes an optional disk label
checking routine for use with 1311 Disk Storage. They
are designed for use on 4K or larger systems; 8K or greater
is necessary when processing disk data for which the Track
Record special feature is required. These programs perform
such functions as clear disk and generate addresses, supply
output for file protection purposes, display disk storage
on the printer, change data or addresses in disk storage,
and on 1311 Disk storage create the label track or remove
the label track, and enter, delete, change, display, and
punch disk labels.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K 1440 system (8K required
if Track Becord format is used) with...
1442 Card Bead
Punch 1I0del 1 or 2 or a 1442 Card Reader IIdl 4 and a 1444
Card Punch ••• 1443 Printer ••• one 1311 Disk Storage Drive
or one 1301 Disk Storage Array ••• and one 7335 lIagnetic
Tape Unit (tape programs only).
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up ••• Specifications •••
Operating Instructions.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL nOGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Listings and flowcharts.
!!ACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGBAII NU!!BEB 14110UT041
PROGBAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTB*
CPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIBEIIENT
00
none
none
1450-PB-2aI
----uCaENTBY PROGRAII SUPPOBTS 1450 PANK DA'IA PROCESSING
~!~TI~---
PROGRA!! NUMBER 145ilFB20X
PBOGBlII tIUIIBEl<
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
EXTENSION
TYPE
CODE
~
----- ------- ---- ---- ---- ------
DESCRIPTION - This program supports the 1450 Bank Data
Processing System, which is a product entry for the small
bank industry. The 11150 uses the 1259 Eleven Pocket
Reader/Sorter. The 1440 Mortgage Loan Accounting (144,IJPB-il4X), 1440 Savings Accounting (1440-FE-85X), and 1114il
Delland Deposit Accounting (14110-FB-83X), Pinancial
Applicaticn Programs, are availal:le for use on the 1450
Bank Data Processing System.
(1450-PB-82X) • The program
is to be used in conjunction with the 144il Demand Deposit
Program (14I1e-I'f-03X) to convert IIICE paper documents to
<1 isk records in f:he forma t required to accomplish the
complete Demand Deposit Application on the 1450 system.
FEATURES - Establishes and maintains control over all items
that enter the processing operation.
Proves each batch of items with its batch control
slip.
Sorts good IIICR items into predetermined pockets.
segrega tes rejected items for subsequent correction
and re-entry.
Segregates (no on-us) items.
Verifies account numbers.
Verifies transaction codes.
Captures valid !!ICR i tell information on disk packs.
Prepares batch proof listings.
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREMENT
99
none
none
DESCRIPTION - The primary concept of this system is to
support a type~riter-like terminal for text processing.
Information is entered from the terminals in either free
or fixed form.
It can be corrected, modified, or
rearranged. Output formats are flexible and may te
specified from the terminal. Output may be transmitted
to any terminal, stored on disk or tape, printed by an
on-line printer, written as card images on tape, or punched.
Stored inforllation may be recalled for further processing.
FEATURES - Data correction, modification, and rearrangement by backspacing and retyping during entry ••• retyping
beginning with a Farticular work... replacing a word
or phrase ••• adding to a line or text unit ••• deleting
a' line or other text unit ••• moving of groups of lines
or text units ••• gathering of stored data in any
sequence ••• copying of information by transmission
to the originating terminal.
storage and retrieval of data froll disk files cr tape.
Transmission of data to any terminal.
output format controlled from the terminal by - limiting
free-forll text line length... justification of righthand margin ••• intermix of free-form text with fixed
format information ••• placing specified heading and
footing lines on all pages of a document ••• automatic
page numbering ••• controlled vertical spacing •••
Halting to allow operator intervention for text insertion or change of print elements.
Desk calculator functions - addition, subtraction,
multiplication, division, roots, powers, factorials,
evaluation of simple algebraic expressions.
Users may add programs to do simultaneous Feripheral
operations such as simple tape-to-printer and card-totape functions.
An improved disk storage organization scheme will give
improved terminal response on requests involving
permanent disk storage.
1301 Disk Pile implementation significantly increases
permanent storage capacity.
Improved storage reporting facilities.
Prinoipal application areas of the Administrative Terminal
System are technical manual preparation, proposal writing,
test reFort ~Ieparation, financial credit reporting,
statistical typing, and similar areas.
The system may
also be used for source data entry, capturing data directly
from a typewriter keyboard. This has particular
significance in the computer programming area where program
deck control cards and test decks may l:e selected, modified,
combined and made available for running directly from a
t~~minal.
!he system, when properly instruc+ed, can s~ve
every keystroke made by the operator. To a~ter tbe text
the operator directs the system to locate the characters
to be chany~u dnd ~nstructs it in What manner these are
to be altered.
If a copy of a docume'nt is requested, the
system will produce and transmit it to the terminal.
PROGRAIIMING SYSTE!!S - The source program language is
1401/11148/1469 Autocoder (on disk).
PBCGBAIIIIING SY STEMS - IBII 144il Sort 5 (111110-SM-03il).
!!INI!!UM SYSTEM BEQUIRE!!ENTS
16K 1469 with - Bit Test,
Console Attachment, Direct Seek, Disk Storage Control,
Indexing and Store Address Register, Transmission Control
Unit Adapter on the 1441 Processing Unit !!odel B6 and an
appropriate !!odel 11161 Input/Output Control ••• One 1311
Disk Storage Drive !!odel 1 Direct Seek... 1447 Console
Model 1 with Sense Switches ••• 1447 Console 1I0del 4 •••
1448 Transmission Control unit with the 1050/1060 Attachment
feature and RPQ E38485 and, as required, COllmon carrier
Adapter Sets or Line Adapter Sets ••• a 111il2 Card Read Punch
!!odel 3 is required unless another 1491/1440/1460 system
is available to load the program on a 1316 Disk Pack.
1I1NIIIUM SYSTEII REQUIBE!!ENTS - 1441 Processing unit Model
C4 with catle connected 1259 Beader/Sorter ••• 1442 Card
Bead Punch !!odel 1 ••• 14113 Printer Model 3 or II with
additional Frint positions ••• 1447 Console Model 1 or 2
with sense switches ••• two 1311 Disk Storage Drives, one
OPTIONAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Translate feature on the
1441 Processing Unit ••• one to four 1311 Disk Storage
Drives Model 2 with Direct Seek and Seek Overlap (at least
one 1311 !!odel 2 is strongly recommended) ••• one to five
modules of 1391 Disk storage (one 1311 !!odel 2 is
USE - The program is to be used in place of the 1440 Demand
Deposit Conversion run when using the 1450 Bank Data
Processing System.
IBM PllOGllAMS
PAGE 1129
1461l
CONTINUED FBOM PBIOB PAGE
required) ••• one to six 729 lIagnetic Tape units Model 2,
4, 5, 6 or 7331l I!agnetic Tape units ••• 14112 Card Bead Punch
1I0del 3••• 14113 Printer I!odel 2 or 3 with the Print Storage
feature on the 1461 Input/Output ContUll and BPQ 1!13491l •••
line group features and llPQ 811391l, as required to attach
more than 11l lines to the 1448 Transmission Control unit.
If uppercase and lowercase printing with 121l characters
of Courier type (matching the courier 72 printing Element
on the, terminals) is desired using a 14113 Printer I!odel
2, BPQ'S 813148 and 8181129 on the 1461 Input/Output
Centrol ••• BPQ'S 8121l33. E12934. 898~59. 33 each of BPQ
E33255. and part 823381l (the chain) on the 14113 I!odel 2 •••
BPQ 8181119 on the 1441 processing Unit.
TEBI!INAL BEQUIBEIIENTS - 2741 Communication Terminals (uP
to 49), with Courier 72 Standard Selectric Printing
Elements, and line adapters if required. ATS supports
only the correspondence code 2741 Terminals without the
Interrupt feature.
BASIC FBOGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - Application Directory ••• Application
Description, H21l-1l129 ••• 1:erminal Operators I!anual,
H21l-~185 ••• Programmers Manual, H21l-1l228 ••• Console
Operators Manual, H21l-1l227.
I!ACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTICNAL FEOGEAI! PACKAGE
tOCUI!ENTATION - Systems lIanual (Frogram Flowchart~.
I!ACHINE BEADABLE - 141l1j1441l/1461l Autocoder (on Disk)
output file.
CBDEEING INFOEI!ATION:
PROGBAII NUIIBER 1469CI98I
PROGRAI! NUMBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIEUTION IIEDIU!'!
TYPE
CODE
USER YOLUIIE
REQUIBEMENT
BASIC
none
DTR*
1'1111
none
CPTIONAL
none
1316
52
92
PAGE 030
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
COlIITRIBUTED PROGRAIIS
14lill
14lil1
PAGE 831
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR COLUMN
DOCUIIEliTATIOli - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
AUTHOR:
OPTIOliAL PROGRAII PACKAGE DOCUIIENTATIOlll - None.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code.
C.L. Borstad
C.H. Williams
u.s. Bureau of Public Roads
61lil East Fifth Street
vancouver, Washington
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
DESCRIPTION - RAP was written primarily to eliminate the
intermediate punching of cards when assembling SPS II
programs on a card input-output 14lil1 system. Provision
was made to obtain an object listing, with or without an
object one-per-card deck and with or without a condensed
deck, at the time the program is being assembled. Duplicate
labels are detecte·d and printed during the first pass and
at conclusion of the second pass a dump of labels and
addresses and uUl:eferenced labels is made. The one-per-card
object deck may be asselDbled as a source deck and may be
listed without assembly. A mnemonic of EQU has been added
to equate a label to a label previously defined.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 14lill card system with Advance
Programming ·package, Print Control Additional, High-LowEqual compare and Sense switches.
EASIC FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATIOli - Write-up on lIicrofiche only.
IIACHIliE READABLE - 1I0ne.
ORDERING IliFORIIATIOll:
PROGRAII NUMBER 14lil1911935
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EITENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
9lil
none
OPTIOliAL
none
DTR*
88
none
14lil1-91.1.1iJ36
SPS~
!! !1!E!!Q!IDJ
=
AUTHOR:
~1i
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
= !1i~.ll1rn1M
H. J. Koekkoek
DIRECT TECHNICAL IliQUIRIES TO:
H. J. Koekkoek
IBII 14lil1 Users Club
Systems Dept.
P.O. Box 9999
Amsterdam, The Netherlands
DESCRIPTIOli - Two pass assembly of source prcgrams directly
into condensed cards. Pre-and postlist included. No
restrictions. extended error checks. Undefined, etc.
labels printed after pass 1.
PRO GRAil lIUIIBER 14lil1811lil17
Indicate liE 11 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program lIumber
in columns 4-13 on the IBM Program Order Form.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS Language.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 4K affords possibility for
usage of over 25lil labels per iteration, SK of over 89lil.
No special features needed. 4K-SK-12K-16K, 14lil2, 1493.
AU~HOR:
R. B. Rosenberger
BASIC PROGRAK PACKAGE
DOCUIIEliTATION - write-up.
IIACHIliE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
E. E. Rosenberger
IBII Corporation
52lil Boylston Street
Boston 16, lIass.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORKATION:
DESCRIPTIOli - This program will assemble source programs
with restrictions outlined below, on 1481 systems with
only two tape units. It provides for unlimited
reiterations, and produces an assembly listing and a program
deck in the Autocoder condensed format.
PROGRAK NUKBER 14lil1lil11lil36
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EITENSIOli
DISTRIBUTIOli IIEDIUK
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1481 Autocoder.
IIINIKUK SYSTEK REQUIREIIEliTS 1. 14lill with 4K or larger
storage. 2. 1492. 3. 14lil3 with 132 print positions.
4. Two tape units (729 or 733lil). 5. High/Low/Equal Compare
feature. 6. Advanced Programming feature.
PROGRAK NUIIBER 1491911918
PROGRAII lIUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION KEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
CPTIONAL
none
liT
liT
7/556
7/S99
Robert Stern
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Robert Stern
'
IBII Corporation
4lil Saw lIill River Road
Hawthorne, New York 111532
OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUKEliTATION - None.
lIachine Readable - Source code.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
1491-91.1.939
- - PRE-LIST !Q!! !!!TOCill!.ll!! SOURCE DECK
AUTHOR:
EASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEliTATION - Write-up.
IIACHIN! READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
USER VOLUftE
REQUIREII!NT
USER VOLUKE
REQUIREKENT
99
none
22
24
91
III
DESCRIPTION - This program will make a thorough check on
an Autocoder source deck listing each statement and printing
any errors found in that statement on the same line. In
addition the program will print at the end of the listing
a symbol table indicating undefined operands unreferenced
and duplicable labels. It will check for page/line out
of sequence, invalid label, invalid operation, column 19,
flag all non-standard mnemonics as macros, test for all
logical errors in the operand and compare columns 73 75 to blank.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder.
1491-lil1.1.lil35
---1U.ll g111.ll12 LOADER
AUTHOR:
R. A. Pescevich
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
R. A. Pescevich
IBII Corporation
24lil Broadway
Paterson, New Jersey
DESCRIPTION - The Tape system Loader perllits the 14lill user
to place several programs on one system tape. The system
loader can-select a program for loading, add a new program
to the system from condensed cards or from Autocoder
loadable tape, delete a program from the system, list all
the header control records of the programs on the the
system, place itself on the system tape, and duplicate
the system ontc another tape.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEK R!QUIREMl!lITS - Requires 8K storage, Advanced
Programming and High-LOW-Equal Compare.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEN~ATION - Write-up.
IIACHIliE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL FROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUKENTATION - None.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code.
OBDERING INFORIIATICN:
PROGRAII NUIIBER 141119111139
PROGRAM NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
CA.RDS
OPTIONAL
none
DTR*
PROGRAIIMING SYSTEIIS - Written in 1491 tape Autocoder.
MINIIIUM SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - SK system with the features
and equipment for tape Autocoder. However, it can be
easily modified for a 4k 14lil1 by changing several modify
address instructions.
BASIC FROGRAM PACKAGE
11191-91.1.943
-~UTOCODiR R!!.ll=!1111
AOTHOR:
H. A. lIiller, Jr.
DIRECT TECHNIClL INQUIRIES TO:
15
USER VOLUME
REQUIREIIENT
none
none
COBTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS
1491
14111
PAGE 1132
COBTIBUED PROI! PRICR CCLUIIN
COBTIBUED FRCII PRIOR PAGE
B.A. I!iller, Jr.
IBII Corporation
1129 Connecticut Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C.
DESCRIPTION - Audits basic Autocoder stateaents for pageline sequence, identification, valid anemonic or actual
operation including standard Autocoder/IOCS macros, valid
symbolic or actual operands including valid D-modifier
to mnemonic relationship, logical instruction length,
blanks in card columns 73 - 75, and duplicate or undefined
labels within the limits of storage.
The source deck being assembled is read tvice. The first
reading sets up an internal label table, the second time
through a ccndensed deck is punched and the listing printed.
A label table is also printed vith unreferenced and
duplicate labels indicated as such. IIA, SAR, SBR, IIIZ,
I!CII, BBE, and indexing cannot be assembled with this
program. Tape, disk, and drum instructions of any type
cannot be assembled. There is a maximum number of labels
that can be processed and this varies from 224-252. DSA.
DS, DC and DCW cards are placed in memory vhere they appear
in the source deck.
PROGRAIIIIIBG SYSTEI!S - Written in SPS.
PROGRAI!IIIBG SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder.
I!INIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREI!EBTS - A 4K 14111 (any model). 14112,
and 1493 with no special features is required.
1I1NIIIUII SYSTEI! REQUIREIIEBTS - Requires 4K 14111, 1492, 14113
lIod. 1 or 2, High-Lov-Equal Compare. and Advanced
Programming. Label capacity is 666 for 8K, 1333 for 12K
and 211011 for 16K. Program has 887 Autocoder source
statements occupying 3976 positions of storage.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATIOB - Write-up.
IIACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
ORDERING IBFORI!ATIOB:
OPTIONAL PRCGRAII PACKAGE - None.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATION - None.
MACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered.
ORDERING IBFORI!ATIOB:
PROGRAII BUIIBER 1401011043
PRCGRAII BUI!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTIOB IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
----------none
OPTIONAL
none
DTR*
none
1401-01.1.051
---l'iiilL1!!§~ PACE PRE-ASSEIIBL Y CHEC! AND
AUTHOR:
!.!!ll
931115
PROGRAIII!ING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1491/1460 system with a
minimum storage of 4,990 positions, 1-1311, High-Lo-Equal
Compare and Advanced Prograllliing.
BASIC FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1401011051
DISTRIBUTICB IIEDIUI!
TIPE
CODE
BASIC
none
CARDS
15
none
CPTIOBAL
none
DTR*
09
none
AUTHOR:
PAS1j
none
DTR*
none
none
1401-111.1.956
-~4111/14.!!!
AUTHOR:
1111
none
none
lH!ll ~YSTEII/36! BAS1£ AESEIIBLY 1!!!GUAGE
W. H. Barbee
27603
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIRElIlBT
!~gIlBLER
Robert E. "arden
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TC:
Robert E. lIarden
The Putnam I!anagement Co.
60 Congress Street
Eoston, I!assachusetts 02101
DESCRIPTION - This program was designed specifically for
4K card systeas, and completely eliminates the card for
card punching normally associated with card assemblers.
No special features are required to use this program.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in Basic Assemtly Language.
IIINIIIUI! SIS TEll REQUIREIIENTS - A 4K 1401/1440 vith indexing
and Store Address registers, 1402/1442 Card Reader.
1403/1443 Printer, and one (1) 1311 Disk Drive.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGRAII NUftBER 1401011056
PROGRAII BUIIBER
EXTENSIO',lI
DISTRIBUTION liED lUll
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
00
none
none
1401-01.2.003
THRll 1!El:! SORT E!!£2!!ll
AUTHOR:
PROGRAII BUIIBER
EXTENSION
1401-01.1.052
BASIC
OPTIONAL
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIEBT
R. Zuidhof
DIRECT TECHBICAL INQUIRIES TO:
R. Zuidhof
Bataafse Inter. Petrol. lIaatschappij
Data Processing Center
The Bague
Netherlands
OFTICNAL FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - None.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code.
-----ill-~INGL!
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
DESCRIPTIOB - This program edits System/360 Basic Assembly
Language on 1401/1440. It produces a program listing,
literal listing, and label listing. The program processes
BAL statements; it lists BOS and DOS IOCS macros and job
control stateaents as comments. Error messages are
interspersed in the program listing_
DESCRIPTION - PACE brings to the 1491/14611 user an efficient
and meaningful diagncstic program. It viII check and edit
1401 Autocoder and Autocoder/IOCS source programs by
detecting undefined labels, format and parameter errors,
coding errcrs and key punch errors. The printed output
provides a label table in alphabetical order followed by
a listing of the source program with errors underlined
by significant special characters. An edit is also
performed on DIOCS and DTF entries for acceptability and
spelling. There are three checks of Autocoder statements
pertaining to labels, operation codes and operands. The
checking results are equal to an Autocoder assembly.
Printed output options are available with sense switches.
PACE viII allow programmers to become more productive by
minimizing program testing. Since it averages betveen
195 and 265 cards per minute depending upon the machine
configuration, it will also eliminate a substantial amount
of machine time previously used for assembly and program
testing.
ORDERING IBFCRIIATION:
PROGRAII NUI!BER
EXTENSION
DIRECT TECHBICAL INQUIRIES TO:
W. B. Barbee
IBI! Corporation
P. O. Box 9266
Raleigh, Borth Carolina
E. N. Averkamp
DIRECT TECHNICAL IBQUIRIES TO:
B. N. Averkamp
IBI! corporation
23 Hitchcock way
Santa Barbara, California
PROGRAII BUIIBER 149111111152
DESCRIPTION - To provide a sort program for 1401 systems
using 3 magnetic tape units. The program consists of four
phases and may also be used for merging two tape files
which are already in ascending order.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEI! REQUIREIIENTS - 41100 positions of core
storage, Advanced Programming feature, High-Low-Equal
Compare feature, Sense Switches feature. three (3) tape
units (7330 or 729 II or IV).
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up on lIicrofiche only.
IIACHIBE READABLE - None.
ORDERING IBFORIIATION:
PROGRAI! NUIIBER 1401012003
Indicate "B N 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Bumber
in columns 4-13 cn the IBII Program Order Form.
CONTRIBUTED PROGRAMS
11181
1481
PAGE 833
CONTINUED FROft PRIOR COLUftN
AUTHOR:
A. C. Forlenza
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
A. C. Forlenza
IBft Corporation
228 Church Street
New York 13. New York
EXTENSION
TYPE
BASIC
none
DTR·
CODE
REQUIREI!ENT
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
11181-81.2.823
-----"IBII 1481t1448.l.1mL1lli DISK SORT
DESCRIPTION - This prograa will sort fixed length. fixed
blcck records on a two-tape 1481 provided the control
fields are numeric only. Input and output are on tape.
User specifies his record size. control fields. etc •• on
a single control card. Portion of documentation of program
is built into listing using comaents and coaaents cards.
Up to 5 numeric control fields are allowed. Maximum input
volume is one reel of tape. therefore. actual number of
records which can be sorted will vary with block size and
record length. ftaximum input block size is 1288 characters.
PROGRAftMING SYSTEftS - written in SPs.
MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREftENTS - 4K memory size is needed
and sense switches are desireable for use of an operating
option in the read error routine. No other special features
are required.
AUTHOR:
A. E. Seymour
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
A. E. Seymour
IBft Corporation
2888 S. W. First
Portland. Ore. 97281
DESCRIPTION - This program is a generalized disk sort and
will run on 1448/1468/1481. Darts-2 will sort fixed length
hlocked or unblocked records in sector mode and fixed
length records in track mode. Darts-2 will sort ascending
or decending alpha or numeric. Darts-2 will provide exits
for job to job linkage. monitor linkage. inquiry linkage.
can reside on disk or tape. and uses a very small work
area. Input and output areas may be physically the same
or addressed the saae.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up.
I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRA!!ftING SYSTEMS - Written in 1481-1448 Autocoder and
consists of 2 Programs.
OPTICNAl PROGRAft PACKAGE - None.
ftINlftUM SYSTE!! REQUIREMENTS- 8K. Advanced Programming.
Hi-Lo-Eqaul. 1311. 14112-1482.
ORDERING INFORftATION:
PROGRAI! NUftBER 1481812812
PROGRAft NUI!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUI!
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLUftE
REQUIREftENT
EASIC
none
DTR·
none
CPTIONAL
none
none
none
BASIC PROGRAI! FACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.
ftACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOlUl PROGRAI! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
PROGRAM NUI!BER 1481812823
PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION
11181-81.2.818
--£!j]~Y§l
AUTHOR:
P. B. ftayo
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREI!ENT
BASIC
none
DTR·
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
--------- . - - - - - - .
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
P. B. ftayo
5622 7th Road South
Arli ngton. virginia
1481-81.2.825
- - ~!1 ~ORT 1 ::. .D.11 111.§! LOA11
AUTHOR:
DESCRIPTION - This is a card collating program designed
to sequence check. sequence check with selection. merge.
merge with selection. match. and match with selection.
A maxiaum of 16 parameter controlled fields may be utilized.
PROGRAMI!ING SYSTEI!S - Written in Autocoder.
ftINIMUM SYSTEI! REQUIREI!ENTS - A 1481 with 11K. Hi-Lo-Eq
Ccmpare and Advanced Programming features. a 1482 with
Punch Feed Read and Read Feed Stacker Delay features and
any model 1483.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up on lIicrofiche only.
IIICHINE READABLE - None.
CRDERING INFORIIATION:
DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUft
TYPE
CODE
F. P. Welch
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
University of California
Group A8-7
Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory
P. O. Box 1663
Los Alamos. N.I!. 875411
DESCRIPTION - Sort 7 may be loaded from disk as well as
from tape or cards. In this way. a disk drive can be used
in place of a fifth tape unit. and Sort 7 may reside on
the same disk pack with other programs.
I!INIftUI! SYSTE!! REQUIREMENTS - Saae as for Sort 7. except
an IBft 1311 Disk Storage DriVe is used instead of fifth
tape unit.
PROGRAM NUI!BER 1481812818
Indicate "E N 1" in coluans 1-3 and the Program Number
in columns 11-13 on the IBft Program Order Form.
BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - write-up on fticrofiche only.
I!ACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INFORftATION:
PROGRAft NUftBER 11181812825
11181-81.2.822
---~! THREE !APE ~!IT I!ERGE
AUTHOR:
Indicate "B N 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Number
in columns 11-13 on the IBI! Program Order Form.
F. Oberembt
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
F. Oberembt
St. Joseph Indian School
Chamberlain. S.D.
11181-81.3.883
GENERA! ~~Q~J;; :!}B-B!f!
PROGRA~
AUTHOR:
DESCRIPTION - The purpose is to provide an alphanuaeric
sort program for 1481 system using three magnetic tape
units. It is a modification of 1481-£1.2.883. Input is
fixed length blocked unblocked records. output is ascending
sequence cnly.
PROGRAftllING SYSTEftS - Written in Autocoder.
I!INII!UM SYSTEI! REQUIREftENTS - Advanced Prograllming. HighLow-Equal Compare sense switches. three tape units (7338
or 729 II or IV.) and 8888 positions of core.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up.
I!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INCUIRIES TO:
B. T. Smith
The Warner Brothers Company
325 Lafayette Street
Bridgeport 1. Conn.
DESCRIPTION - To provide tabulations or listings of summary
cards or initial data cards for control and verification
purposes. This prograa may have the following 1. Card
A up to ten. eights coluan add field descriptions. 2.
Card B A/uP to ten positive. ten coluan add fields. or
up to ten negative. eight column add fields. Bj up to three
classes of comparing of not Bore than ten columns for each
class of comparing. Cj up to four classes of totals. 31179
core positions are required for this program.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
ftINII!Uft SYSTEII RI!QUIREftEHTS - 4K. 1481 card system. with
the Advanced Progra.ming package. and 1483 Printer.
PROGRAI! NUftBER 11181812822
PRCGRAft NUMBl!B
DISThIBU:(i.jN ftEDIUM
USER VOLUME
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
CO.TRIBUTED PROGRAMS
PAGE 834
1481
1481
CO.TINUED FRCM PRIOR PAGE
CONTIN~ED
I:OCUMENTATION - Write-up on Microfiche only.
MACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
FROM PRIOR COLUMN
each job instead of an entire program. This program can
tate the place of many programs for listings and
tabulations. Listing, tabulating, and group indicating
fields cannot be greater than fourteen fields. Maximum
counter size is ten digits in all cases. Minor,
intermediate and major breats are each controlled by one
field of thirty columns maximum.
PROGRAM NUMBER 1481813883
Indicate "E N 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Number
in columns 4-13 on the IBM program Order Form.
PROGHAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.
AUTHOR:
MI.IMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 1481 with 4,888 positions
of storage and Hi-Low-Equal Compare, 1482 and 1483 Model
1 or 2. Uses 3,988 positions of storage. 275 lines per
minute output during a listing job and 488 cards per minute
during a tabulate job on a 1481 system without print
storage.
B. Bardin
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
B. Bardin
New Yort University
Enginee'i:ing Research Division
Data Processing & Computation Lab
233 Fordham Landing Road
Bronx 68, New Yort
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Bone.
DESCRIPTION - To provide a compact card listing program
for use on a 188 or 132 position printer, with the carriage
being restored at the start of the job and on forms
overflow. Operating procedures place dect to be listed
behind program card in read hopper. Load program. To
bring. last card, press start.
ORDERING INFORMATICN:
MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Any 1481 Model with 3 index
registers.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
I:OCUMENTATION - Write-up.
MACBINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRAM BUMBER 14B1813822
PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSIOB
DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
none
OPTIOIAL
none
none
none
1481-81.3.824
--1!!!~&! PBI!! HRGE fONSECUTIVB BUI!BERa .QJ! 1!!!')g~
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
AUTHOR:
CRDERING INFCRMATION:
DIRECT TECHNICAL INCUIRIES TO:
Paul K. Duerr
IBM Corporation
Dept. 317
owego, New York 13827
PROGRAM NUMBER 1481813811
PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
CPTIONAL
none
none
1481-81.3.818
----~iLF CENTERING
AUTHOR:
USER YOLUME
REQUIREMENT
88
USER YOLUME
REQUIRUENT
Paul K. Duerr
none
none
2!!ill REP!!!!:! .12.!!lCKIEl
N. T. Redfern
DESCRIPTION - The program was designed specifically to
explode the size of consecutive numbers to be printed on
inch high labels, but any numbers of from one to nine
digits may be printed. The numbers printed are all slightly
less than 7/8 inch in height. Only digits "8 n through
"9" and blanks may be printed. A control card is needed
for each application. User routines may be easily included.
!lIBIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMEBTS - The program may be run on
any 1481 or 1468. Core size is 1329 locations and no
special features are required.
DIRECT TECHNICAL IRQUIRIES TO:
N. T. Redfern
Pactage Machinery company
338 Chestnut Street
East Longmeadow, Mass. 81828
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATIOB - Write-up.
MACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DESCRIPTION - Produce quict geometrically spaced printed
report without designing a sFecific layout, as a listing
or tabulation, with or without summary punching, onto one
of three specified sizes of paper widths (8 1/2 in., 18
5/8 in., 14 7/8 in.) according to field definition and
field control established by preparation of simple control
cards.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
PROGRAM BUMBER
PROGRAM BUMBER
EXTEBSIOB
1481813~24
DISTRIBUTIOB MEDIUM
TYPE
CODE
USER YOLUME
REQUIREMENT
B1SIC
none
DTR·
none
OPTIOBAL
none
none
none
AUTHOR:
W. J. Teagarden
PROGRAI!!ING SYSTEMS - Written in SPs.
MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMEBTS - A 1481 with 4K storage.
Bo special features required, bowever, equipment with less
than 132 Frint Fosi tions cannot specify use of 14 7/8 in.
width paper.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATION - Write-up.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOBAl FROGRAII PACKAGE - Bone.
ORDERIBG IBFORMATION:
PROGRAM BUMBER 1481813818
PROGRAM BUMBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTIOB MEDIUM
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR·
CPTIONAL
none
none
1481-81.3.822
-----~"Q.!!!l
= ~PUR
AUTHOR:
88
USER YOLUME
REQUIREUBT
none
none
Q! !!!~ '!!Q!!EBT REPORTING
G. W. Junkin
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
G. W. Juntin
IBM Corporation
6988 Fannin Street
Houston, Texas 77825
DESCRIPTIOB - Provides an easy and quick means of producing
a printed report from card input. This permits a short
response time for one-time requests and provides a stopgap program to allow additional time for programming a
specific job. Saves program storage space for it is only
necessary to retain a maximum cf eight setup cards for
DIRECT TECHNICAL INCUIRIES TO:
W. J. Teagarden
Southern Permanente Services
143 South Alvarado Street
Los Angeles 57, California
DESCRIPTION - A utility program which provides rapid
conversion of 684, 602, and 528 jobs to the 1481. This
load and go program also may be used to reprcduce cards
as well as gang punching, selective reproducing, sequence
numbering, listing or combinations of these operations.
Two card routines and end-of-file routine may be developed.
The effective working storage of the object program is
comprised of 28 counters and 28 Storage Units of ten
positions each. Multiplication and division can be executed
only from counters. Approximately 1888 positions of core
are available to build the three routines of 1,888
positions, 588 positions and 388 positions.
MIIIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMEBTS - 4K 1481. Punch Feed Read,
Multiply-Divide and High-Low-Equal Compare features are
required if prcgram is co.pletely used.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATIOB - Write-up on Microfiche only.
MACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INFORMATICN:
PROGRAII BUMBER 1481814818
Indicate nB B 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Number
CONTRIBUTED PROGR1IIS
1481
nl1
OPTIOBAL
in columns 4-13 on the IBII Program Order Porm.
1481-81.4.812
-----SCOOP 1 !
AUTHOR:
11
PAGE 835
CONTIBUED PROII PRIOR COLUIIN
CONTINUED PRCII PRIOR P1GE
!1!
=SIIIFLIPIED COIVIRSIOI Q! fTHER RYICHES
1481-81.4.854
REPRO-REPRODUCER
AUTHOR:
Louis P. Poulin
none
none
~IMULlTOR
none
ROUTINE FOR TIH! 11l!! .1'i!1
R. Weber
DIRECT TECHNICAL IBCUIRIES TO:
R. Weber
IBII corporation
1933 W. Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee 3, Wisconsin
DIRECT TECHNIC1L INQUIRIES TO:
Louis P. Poulin
California-Western State
Life Insurance Co.
2121 1 Street
Sacramento 4, California
DESCRIPTIOI - To provide a simple method of converting
98 column cards in descending sequeliCe to 88 column cards
(or lIagnetic Tape) in ascending sequence.
PROGR11IIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in RPG.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1481 with 4,888 positions
of storage and Column Binary device. Scoop 11 requ~res
the ldvanced 'programming package. The Interchangea~le
Brush Block (RPQ 10. 899287) is not requ~red when using
SCOOP.
DESCRIPTIOB - T~is program simulates the 514 Reproducer
by assembling within core a program to do such operations
as (1) Adding Holerith information to the card; (2)
Reproducing and shifting fields of information; (3) Skipping
over columns; (4) sequentially numbering cards; (5) Moving
zones from one column to another; and (6) Adding of zones
to the desired columns.
PROGRAMIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS.
IIINIMUM SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - 1481 Model B, with 1482
Reader punch, no special features.
B1SIC PROGR11I PACKAGE
DOCUIIENT1TION - Write-up.
1I1CHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUIIENT1TION - Write-up.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL FROGR11I PACKAGE - None.
OPTIOBAL FReGRAII PACKAG'E - Bone.
ORDERING INPORIIATION:
PROGR11I BUIIBER 1481814812
FROGRAII NUIIBIR
EXTENSIOB
DISTRIBUTIOB IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPT;[Ol'lAL
none
none
ORDERING IBFORMATIeN:
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIEBT
88
Jerry Kimball
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
none
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUME
REQUIREIIEBT
none
81l
none
1401-81.4.856
GENERALIZED !ABULATE AND/OR SEQUENCE CHECKING !,ROGRlM
1481-81.4.1122
1J1'] UPDAll UTILITY 1'!!lGRAII
AUTHORS:
PROGRAII BUIIBER 1481814854
PROGRAII BUMBER
EXTENSIOB
lIarvin Bader
AUTHOR:
L. R. Debuys III
DIRECT TECHNICAL INCUIRIES TO:
L. R. Debuys 111
IBII Corporation
P. o. Eox 19627
2648 canal Street
Bew orleans, Louisiana
DIRECT TECHBIC1L IIQUIRIES TO:
Jerry Kimball
U. S. lrmy Strategy & Tactics Anal. Group
4815 Rugby Avenue
Bethesda 14, lIaryland
DESCRIPTION - To update a BCD tape of B files, whose records
are less than 888 characters. Entire files, or individual
records within a file may be deleted, changed, or inserted
by the use of control cards and the sense switches.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIRBI!ENTS - lIemory 4K 1I0del C 1481 with
two Tape Units, 1483 Printer, Advanced programming,
Multiply-Divide, and High-Low-Equal Compare.
DESCRIPTIOB - To eliminate the necessit'y for many individual
programs required at a 1481 installation to take control
and balance totals. To provide a rapid means of checking
sequence of a file of cards prior to a long 1481 program
run.
PROGRAIIMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.
BASIC FROGR1M PACK1GE
DOCUMEBT1TIOB - Write-up on lIicrofiche only.
1I1CHIIE READ1BLE - None.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEM REQUIREIIEBTS - 1481-1.4K, 1482, 1403 Model
1 or 2.
ORDERING IBPCRIIATION:
BASIC PROGRlII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRAII BUMBER 1481814822
Indicate "E N 1n in columns 1-3 and the Program Number
in columns 4-13 on the IBII Program Order Porm.
OPTIO,BAL PROGRAII PICKAG! - Bone.
ORDERING IBPORIIATION:
1481-81.4.851
---~j1.!CTIvE REPRODUCE
AUTHOR:
= GUI~
PROGBAII NUIIBER 1481814856
PROGRAII NUMBER
EITENSIOB
PUBf!! POR IJ!] 1481
R. G. Harmon
DIRECT TECHNICn IHQ01BIES TO:
R. G. Harmon
D. C. Government
Pinance Division
Municipal Center
3rd & Indiana Avenue N. W.
Washington, D. C.
DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLURE
REQUIBEIIENT
88
none
none
1481-81.4.858
TAPE~~!!
AUTHOR:
DESCRIPTION - SELRP is a card to card reproduce/gang punch
routine with provisions for column splitting. The master
gang punch card must be placed behind the program deck
whether gang punching or not.
IIINIMUII SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - 1488 core storage positions,
no special features required.
G. Estep
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
G. Estep
American Airlines M&E Center
Management Research Division
2888 Borth Ringo Road
Tulsa, Oklaboma
DESCRIPTIOB - To search tape files for specific records,
and emit via printer, card and/or tape any or all such
data contained within the selected records in an organized
usable format.
BASIC FReGRAII PACKAGE
tOCUIIEl'ITlTIOB - Write-up.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE - Bone.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.
CRDERING INPCRIIATICB:
BASIC
PROGRAII NUMBER 1401814051
PROGBAII NUIIBEB
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTIOB KEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
none
DTR*
88
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREMENT
none
IIINIIIUM SYSTEM REQUIREIIEBTS - 8-16K, 2 tapes, Hi-Lo-Equal
Compare, Advanced Program.ing.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
COBTRIBUTED PROGRA!S
1481
1481
PAGE 836
CONTINUED lRO!! PRIOR COLU!!N
COBTINUED lRO! PRIOR PAGE
!!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING IN10R!ATION:
PROGRAII NU!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
AUTHOR:
OPTIONAl PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
PROGRA! NU!BER 1481814858
USBR VOLU!B
REQUIREIIENT
none
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
none
AUTHOR:
DESCRIPTION - This program will print-out the whole meaory
in bands of 188 positions, with numbering of locations.
The printout format is easily readable and well suited
for debugging.
!!INIIIU! ·SYSTE! REQUIREIIENTS - 4K, 1482, 1483 !odel 1.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
PROGRAII NU!!BER 1481814863
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
n!~~
USER VOLU!E
REQUIRE!EBT
88
none
none
TESTING. AND CONDEliSING
lrank T. Boy
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
lrank T. !oy
Raytheon Co.
Equipment Division
Surface Radar and Navigation Operation
Wayland, !assachusetts
DESCRIPTION - APTCO is a load-and-go program designed to
minillize programaing, testing. and debugging time required
for business programs and yet provide the flexibility to
handle a wide variety of problems for a card systea 1481,
from siaple listings. reproductions and gangpunchings to
coaplicated reports requiring extensive use of logic
operations. APTCO will autoaatically handle up to 5 heading
lines. 9 total levels. and 198 syabolic labels. In one
pass. APTCO will print a listing of the control cards with
error indications. print a core duap if desired. and test
generated program or run actual details. APTCO will
autoaatically generate multiply/divide subroutine when
required and will handle punch feed read problems.
PROGRAII!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in actual (condensed).
PROGRA! NU!!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
OPTIONAL
1481-81.4.894
ll!£Q _ AUTO!ATI£
QPERlTION
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Uri J. Shafir
IBII Israel Ltd.
P. O. Box 2881
Tel-Aviv, Israel
PROGRA! NU!!BER 1481814871
PROGRl!! NU!BER
EXTENSION
none
88
Uri J. Shafir
ORDERING IN10R!!ATION:
ORDERING IN10R!ATICN:
USER VOLU!E
~EQUIRE!ENT
88
!INI!U! SYSTE! REQUIREIIENTS - 4K storage - Additional
storage capacity is entirely available for object prograll.
none
none
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Write-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
1481-81.4.868
!U!.frulDUCE, E!IT, ]1I!!I1!!I!L M.flillmlQ
---jjl!
=
AUTHOR:
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TC:
Evan J. Staudt
E. I. du Pont de Neaours
Film Departllent
Programming Group
Brandywine Bldg.
Wilmington 99, Delaware
&
PROGRA!!!ING SYSTEIIS - Source language is 1481 SPS.
!INIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIRE!!ENTS - High-Lov-Equal Compare,
Advanced Programming package.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
£OCU!ENTATION - Write-up on lIicrofiche only.
!ACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING IN10RIIATION:
PROGRA! NU!BER 1481814868
Indicate liE N 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Number
in columns 4-13 on the IB! Program Order lorll.
1481-81.4.871
-----£Qi!--~~ rul~TIN~
Robert J. Speck
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Robert J. Speck
IB! Corporation
Civil Progralls, FSD
1111 Connecticut Avenue
Washington 6, D. C.
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
1481-8'.4.896
UNIVBRSAL
AUTHOR:
88
none
none
!E!!Q~ g~1!!
DIRECT TECHNICAL lNQUIRIES TO:
Louis J. Copi ts
IBII Corporation
378 W. 1st Street
Dayton, Ohio
DESCRIPTION - This prograa is designed to provide a legible
(DOT) memory print. It will autoaatically modify itself
to run on a 1481 of any memory size. Only the 88 bank
must be printed from the console. Core from 881 to the
upper limit of the object machine is then printed.
PROGRAII!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in Absolute and SPS.
8INI!!I!! SYSTE!! REQUIREIIENTS - 1481, any model. 1492. 1493,
80del 2. No 1481 special features are required. contains
322 SPS instruction and cOllment cards in 1 per card format.
The condensed object deck contains 96 cards. Checked out
on 4K, 8K and 16K systems of varying configurations. A
single high order core position (i. e. 3999 on 4K system.
15999 on a 16K system) is destroyed. but a work mark there
is unchanged.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up.
!ACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING IN10R!ATION:
PROGRA!!!ING SYSTE!!S - Source - written in SPS.
IIINIIIU!! SYSTE! REQUIRE!ENTS - 1481 with Advanced prograaaing
and High-Low-Equal Compare.
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREIIENT
Louis J. Copits
DESCRIPTION - This is a subroutine which enables the user
to take core dumps under program control while testing
his program. Thus, a special prograa does not have to
be loaded into the machine each tiae a core dump is needed,
nor is it necessary to aanually duap the read and punch
areas. Test time is thereby aore efficiently utilized.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up.
PROGRAII NU!BER 1481814894
PROGRA!! NU!!BER
EXTENSION
Co.
DESCRIPTION - This program will reproduce cards, emit
characters into output card colullns, eliminate input card
columns from output car.d columns, and re-arrange input
card columns to output card columns.
AUTHOR:
ORDERING IN10R!!ATION:
Evan J. Staudt
PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1481814996
PROGRA! NU!BER
BXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
98
USER VOLU!E
REQUIRE!!ENT
none
none
COB'lRIBUTED PROGRAIIS
1481
1481
PAGE 837
CONTINUED PRO II PRIOR COLUBN
R. J. Hoynes
IBII Corporation
285 Whitney Avenue
New Haven 18, Connecticut
1481-81.4.183
RELOCATlBLE ~ ~
AUTHOR:
J. L. Bannasaith
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
J. L. Bannasaith
IBB corporation
188 south Wacker Drive
chicago, Illinois
DESCRIPTION - The prograa traces tape, card RABAC, binary
and standard 1481 commands. It shows steps, data, address
registers and index registers. Output is printed on t.he
1483 with one line per program step executed. This line
contains 1. The location of the step being executed, 2.
The actual step, 3. Up to 15 characters of the B field
before taking the step, 4. The B field after taking the
step,S. The contents of the A and B address registers
after the step, 6. The contents of index registers 1,
2, and 3 at the tiae of eXEcution. The trace prograa
follows an object program one step at a time by extracting
your steF, placing it in the appropriate trace analysis
routine and actually executing your step within the area
occupied by trace.
PROGRAIIIHNG SYSTEIIS - Written in machine language.
DESCRIPTION - To duplicate BCD or binary tape records from
13 to 2388 characters in length. with the setting of sense
switches it will duplicate single or multiple files, and
write a trailer label. The tape to be duplicated is mounted
on unit 1 and file protected. The output tape is mounted
on unit 2 with a Pile Protect ring. Sense switches are
set for the oFtions desired. Tape one is read into core,
tested for size, headers, trailers and noise records and
written on tape two. The program will not copy records
greater than 2388 characters or less than 12 characters.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in 1481 Autocoder.
IIIII:IIIU!! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - A 1481 !!odel C, 4K systemwith two tape units, 1482, 1483, Advanced Programming and
binary features (optional).
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAB PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPOR!!ATION:
IIINIBUB SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1. 8888 positions of core,
2. Advanced Programming, 3. Any features or devices
called for in the object program.
BASIC PROGRUI PACKAGE
J)OCUBEB'llTION - Write-up.
BACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRAB NU!!BER 1481814188
PROGRA!! NU!!BER
EXTENSION·
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OFTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
88
none
none
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORBATION:
PROGRAB NU!!BER 1481814183
PROGRAB NUBBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
1481-81.4.124
!!ODIPI~ DU!!P
USER YOLU!!E
REQUIRE!!ENT
88
none
none
1481-81.4.187
---STA£!
~!ORAGE Q! TAPE !!l ABRIDg £ARD KEEPING
=
AUTROR:
AUTHOR:
W. A. Delchamps
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
W. A. Delchamps
General Electric Co.
Apollo Support Department
P. O. Eox 294
Huntsville, Alabama
DESCRIPTION - This routine is the standard IBB 1481 DUIIP
modified to provide the following additional conveniences-
I. A. Epp
1. Logic indicators included in printout.
2. All group .arks are changed to lozenges.
3. Blank blocks of memory (X88-X99) are not printed.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
I. A. Epp
IB!! corporation
3424 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles 5, California
IIINIIIU!! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - positions 1-88 initially and
81-399 after contents have been printed.
DESCRIPTION - A set of three prograas designed to a1n1m1ze
punched card storage by stacking card files on aagnetic
tape. Size and format of card files are virtually
unlimited. The equivalent of up to ten cases of cards
.ay be placed on one 2488-foot reel of tape at 556 cpi.
The set consists of1. Card to Tape program (CTTAP).
2. Update program (updat). In addition to adding,
deleting, or replacing files, this program will
copy the input tape and will furnish a list of
the file-titles with the nu.ber of records in the
files.
3. Search program (SERCH) to retrieve files in punched
and/or printed form.
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - Write-up.
BACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAB PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORBATION:
PROGRAB NUIIBER 1481814124
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUB
TYPE
COtE
USER YOLUIIE
REQUIRE!!ENT
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
88
BINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREl!ENTS - Update - 1481 8K, 2 tapes.
Search and Card-to-Tape - 4K, 1 tape. All 3 programs
require 1482, 1483, sense switches, Advanced programming
and High-Low-Equal Compare features.
AUTHOR:
R. J. Evans
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE REAJ)ABLE - AppropriatE material delivered.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INCUIRIES TO:
R. J. Evans
lIedical Service Association of Pennsylvania
Camp Hill, pennsylvania 17811
none
none
PROGRABIIING SYSTE!!S - Autocoder with IOCS.
OPTIONAl PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - None.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INPORIIATION:
PROGRAB NUIIBER 1401814187
PROGRAB NUl!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
USER YOLUIIE
REQUIRE!!ENT
BASIC
none
DTR*
88
none
OPTIONAL
none
DTR*
88
none
AUTHOR:
B. J. Hoynes
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
DESCRIPTION - To print decision tables on 1483 Printer.
The principle benefits of this method are the ability to
quickly update and produce decision tables which are
suitable for photographic reproduction. The input cards
(one or two per line) identify the line as a title, setup,
condition or action line. The decision table to be printed
aay contain any number of lines and allows for 15 rules
and an else rule. If less than 9 entries are all that
are needed, only one card need be prepared per line.
Extended or limited entry may be used.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in 1481 Autocoder.
BINIBUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - This program uses 1485
positions of core storage. 4K 1481, Hi-Lo-Equal Compare,
Advance Programming features, 1482 Card Reader punch, 1483
Printer with 132 positions.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - write-up on lIicrofiche only.
IIACHINE REA tABLE - None.
CORTRIBUTED PROGRA!S
PAGE 038
1401
1401
CONTINUED PRO! PRIOR PAGE
ORDERING INPOR!ATIOR:
CONTINUED PROII PRIOR COLUIIN
PROGRA! RUSEER 1481814'26
required for this program. A m1n1mum of 4K 1481 card
systell with the Advanced Programming package and 1483
Printer.
Indicate liE N 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Number
in columns 4-13 on the IBS Program Order Forll.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
AUTHOR:
T.
o.
Hiltabidle
ORDERING INFORSATION:
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
'I. O. Hiltabidle
IB! corporation
2330 St. Paul Street
Baltimore 18, Saryland
DESCRIPTION - This program will machine docullent the logic
of a 1481 or 1418 symbolic program written in the Autocoder
Language. The diagrammer consists of two passes. Pass
1 builds up a symbol table from the source cards, pass
2 prints the diagram. The maximuK number of labels in
the source program being diagramlled varies according to
object machine size, from a minimum of 125 labels for 1
4K machine to a maximum of 875 labels in a 16K machine.
The program analyzes mneumonic OP codes only. !acro
instruction analysis cannot be guaranteed correct.
PROGRASSING SYSTESS - written in 1481 Autocoder.
SINIftUS SYSTES REQUIRESENTS - This program lIay be run on
any 1401 or 1418 card system with a minimum of 4K storage
and one tape drive. Also necessary are the Advanced
Programming, Bigh-Low-Egual Compare, Expanded Print special
features. Sense switches are required to process 1418
source cards. The program will use all of the available
memory space in the object machine.
BASIC PROGRAS PACKAGE
DOCUSENTATION - Write-up.
SACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
CPTIONAL PROGRAS PACKAGE
DOCUSERTATION - None.
SACHINE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INPORSATION:
PROGRAII NUMBER 1481814131
PRO GRAil NUMBER
EXT EllS ION
DISTRIBOTION SED IUS
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
1481-81.4.133
TRAg !.!!!!
AUTHOR:
NEE~
!li!
~~H!1
USER VOLUIIE
REQOIREIII!NT
none
88
none
nATURES
!.N. David
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
II.N. David
IBM Ireland Ltd.
28 Pitzwilliam Place
Dublin 2, Ireland
DESCRIPTION - This track program is an aid for debugging
programs. It can be used on a basic 1481 system, through
a program using lIost special features can be traced. It
is specifically lIeant for systems without Advanced
Programming, as there is no other trace program for these
systems. It will print out the I address, instruction,
the contents of the a field, and the contents of the B
field both before and after every instruction in the program
to be traced. Procedure description the methed involves
placing each working area, and printing out the contents
of the A and B fields for every prograll involving data
transfer.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in SPS.
directly in machine language.
It can also be used
PROGRAS NUSBER 1401814128
FROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION SEDIUM
TYPE
CODE
OSER VOL USE
REQOIREMENT
EASIC
none
CARDS
15
none
OPTIONAL
none
CARDS
15
none
IIINIMOII SYSTE! REQOIREIIERTS - Basic 1481 DPS; no special
feature required. Requires 788 to 1,380 core locations
depending on refinements.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-Up.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAS PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPORMATION:
AUTHOR:
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUM
TYPE
COD!
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
H. E. Thompson
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
H. E. Thomt:son
Beacon Sanufacturing COllpany
Swannanoa, North Carolina
DESCRIPTION - This one card program will list 88 column
cards, test for overflow conditions and skip forms to
carriage channel 1 if a 12 has been sensed in the carriage
tape.
SINIMUS SYSTES REQUIREMENTS - Any 1481 configuration will
accomplish these results.
BASIC PROGRAS PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Write-up on Sicrofiche only.
ftACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INPORSATION:
PROGRAS NUSBER 148'014130
Indicate "B N 1" in columns 1-3 and the Frogram Number
in columns 4-13 on the IBS Prograll Order Porm.
1481-01.4.131
---f~!!ID!I-g~ g.@ FORIUT I!l !.lIT.Q!;!l!!.!l.!! CARl: FORMAT
AUTHOR:
OSER VOLUIIE
REQUIRE!ENT
80
none
none
1481-81.4.136
WRII.!! AND ill!! :Ill! CHECK
AUTHOR:
PROGRASMING SYSTESS - (This one program, of necessity,
was written in actual language utilizing no present program
procedures or packages.) The user must press HALT key
to stop the 1481.
PROGRAS NUMBER 1481014133
PROGRAII NOIIBER
EXTENSION
Perry Pasquale
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Perry Pasquale
8888. Pirst Avenue
Horth Bergen, N.J.
DESCRIPTION
workability
reading and
tape drives
- This program may be used to classify the
of tapes and/or give an indication of the
writing temperament of a tape unit. 1 to 6
lIay be used. It will-
1. Ilea sure tape from reflective spot to reflective spot.
2. Print errors in feet and inches from load point.
3. Print tape nUllber-3 position-and unit number cn which
errors has cecurred.
4. Store 15 errors for each reel. If there are lIore than
15 errors, they will print out as they occur.
5. Print out as they occur with sense switch B on before 15
errors.
6. Print a listing of errors at the end of each reel.
7. Rewind after writing and halt. Rewind and unload at
the end of reading.
Richard A. Powers
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Richard A. Powers
325 Lafayette Street
The Warner Brothers Co.
Bridgeport 1, Conn.
DESCRIPTION - TO convert programs previously punched in
SPS to Autocoder. Similar routines. IBII 4 tape Autocoder.
!.!!
The program will begin by writing a record of 1807
characters - part of which will be the program and the
remainder in periods A8821. High density reads or writes
556 characters per inch. Inter-record gap is 3/4 inch.
556 x 3 1/4 inches is 1887 characters plus 3/q inch interrecord gap. Thus each time a record is read or written
it passes 4 inches of tape making it possible to measure
tape and indicate position of error.
PROGRAIIMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1481 eard Autocoder.
!!INIIIOM SYSTE!! REQUIREIIEHTS - 1481 .. 808 core positions
min. Sense switches, High-Low-Equal Compare; indexing.
MINIMUII SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1481 with the Advanced
Progralllling package. 2,088 positions of storage are
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCUS!NTATIOR - write-up on !!icrofiche only.
CONTRIBUTED PROGRlllS
1481
CONTINUED PRO!! PRIOR COLU!!N
1I1CRINE READ1ELE - None.
ORDERIBG INFORlllTION:
IBII Corp.
1512 Genesee Street
Utica, N.Y.
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1481814136
Indicate nE N 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Number
in columns 4-13 on the IB!! Program Order Form.
DESCRIPTION - A program designed to convert 1481 symbolic
programs to the Autocoder format. Input-output commands
and DSA'S will nct be converted. Special attention should
be paid to SS and CC commands to see that their format
is acceptable to the Autocoder for a specific machine.
output maybe printed only, or printed and punched. All
special nop" codes will be converted so that the output
should be ready for an Autocoder assembly once the I/O
commands and DSA's are changed. The program should take
care of about 98 percent of the conversion effort. This
program was designed primarily for 1481 card systems, but
should be helpful in the conversion of tape and RA!!AC
systems if the programs were written in SPS.
1481-81.4.145
---g1J!!;I .Il!.n RETRIEVAL SYSTE!!
AUTHORS:
R.A. Regan
K.P. Swallow
DIRECT TECHBICAL INQUIRIES TO:
R.A. Regan
Organization & !!ethods Div.
Standard oil Co. of California
225 Bush st.
San FranCisco, Calif. 94128
PROGRAftllING SYSTB!!S - Written in SPS.
!!INI!!U!! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1481-A3, 1482, 1483 (!!odel
2 for full printout), sense switches.
DBSCRIPTION - Retrieve information from magnetic tape
files. It will (s) earch, (e) xtract and sort, (1) ist,
(e) dit, (c) ount and (t) otal. seafch,. extract and sort,
list, edit, count and total. It ~mpiles an ~xtract program
and a report writing program and
mbines the~ with sort
to form a complete system. Permit up to nine reports
from one pass of tape file with up ·to 5,£88 characters
in the input record. Peatures- English language
specification statements, multiple re~orts per pass,
automatic editing, fast compiler, unlimited levels of
criteria, multi-reel files, single or blocked record, with
or without labels, good diagnostics, automatic security
check, restart procedures, users exits.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
BASIC
none
!!INI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - An IB!! 1481 with 8K memory,
Adv. Prog., HI-LO-EQ, and 4 tape units.
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1481814145
BASIC
-------------------
OPTIONAL
none
DTR
DTR
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!!
CODE
TYPE
88
7/556
7/888
USER VOLU!!!
REQUIREIIENT
-----------
22
24
none
none
none
------------------------------------------!!
1481-81.4.158
----GENERAL gURPOSE TAPE DU!!P
AUTHOR:
ORDERING INPOR!!ATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBBR 1481814168
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
AUTHOR:
PROGRAII NU!!BER
l!XTl!BSION
------------none
DTR·
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENT1TION - Write-up.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIRE!!ENT
none
88
none
1481-81.4.165
--.§QfHISTICAT!!l SPS !Q AUTOCODE~ £Q.!!VERTER
OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATIOB - None.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
P1GE 839
1IJ81
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR P1GE
D. L. Weimer
C.F. Wilkes
DIRECT TECHNICAL INCUIRIES TO:
C.F. Wilkes
1558 Elmsford AVenue
La Habra, Calif. 98632
DESCRIPTION - Two programs are included. SPSAC is deSigned
to convert a program in the SPS source language tc a program
in the Autocoder source language, which is compatible with
the basic Autocoder produced by the IB!! Dallas Data Center.
An extremely sophisticated Autocoder program is produced,
designed to be as close as possible to a program originally
written in Autocoder. CONAC is desig~ed to reproduce an
SPS condensed card format object program into an Autocoder
condensed card format object program, when no source
language program is available, and it is desirable to have
all object programs in only one format.
PROGRA!!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in SPS source language.
tIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
D.L. Weimer
E. S. Preston & Assoc., Ltd.
1628 E. Broad Street
Columbus, Ohio 43283
!!IHI!!U!! SYSTEII REQUIRE!!ENTS - 1481 4K, card system.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!BNTATION - write-up.
!!ACHINB READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DESCRIFTIOB - This operation will print in a highly legible
format the contents of BCD tape records. A maxi mUll of
a hundred characters on a line are printed with periods
defining left and right margins. The core capacity of
the computer is determined at object time and a maximum
of (memory size) 959 characters can be dumped from each
tape record. Tbe character count of each record is
displayed alongside the printed record and a record count
is displayed upon each end-of-file. Sense switch options
permit arbitrary suppression of printing and halts on endof-file. Parity error diagnostics are very complete.
When a record cannot be correctly read after a cleaning
procedure has been utilized, it is printed as it read into
core along with an error warning message.
OPTIONAL PROGRl!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - None.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INFOR!ATION:
PROGRA!! NUIIBER 1481814165
PROGRA! BUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLU!!E
REQUlREI!ENT
BASIC
none
DTR·
Ii'
none
OPTIONAL
none
DTR·
88
none
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in Autocoder.
_
IIINIIIUII SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!l!BTS - One magnetic tape drive •••
1483 Printer - (132 positions) ••• 1482 Card Reader •••
additional Sense Switches ••• High-LOW-Equal Compare •••
4K or greater core ••• Advanced Program.ing ••• !!odify-Add
Instruction ••• 1487 Inquiry station (optional).
EASIC FROGRAII PACKAGE
tOCUIIl!BTlTION - Write-up on lIicrofiche only.
IIACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING IBPOR!!ATION:
PROGRAII NUftBER 1481814158
Indicate "B N 1" in columns 1-3 and til. Program Number
in columns 4-13 on the IBII Program Order Porm.
AUTHOR:
1481-81.4.176
1!!!1L1111 !!ISK !.Il.Ilg.§.§ !!TILITY
AUTHOR:
R.J. Taylor
DIRECT TECHNICAL IHQUIRIES TO:
R.J. Taylor
IBII Corp.
1776 John F. Kennedy Blvd.
Philadelphia, Pa. 19183
DESCRIPTION - This program was written to handle 1311 disk
maintenance requirements not covered heretofore in any
library program, but which occur in most 1311 installations.
With the use of this program, it is nov possible to change
the addressing structure of a disk pack to any natural
or unnatural range without altering the data written on
the pack. Unnaturally addressed packs, such as the system
pack for Autocoder, 1481-AU-888 may now be copied; label
tracks may also be copied. The standard disk utility
programs do not provide these operations.
James W. Harper
J:InCT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
James W. Harper
Options elected by control cards are·- Change addresses
without disturbing data, - Change addresses and clear
data,- Copy one disk pack to another, and- Compare one
CO!TRIBUTED PROGRA!S
1491
1481
PAGE 848
CONTINUED FRO! PRIOR COLU!!
CONTINUED FRO! PRIOR PAGE
PROGRA! NU!BER
EXTENSION
disk to anothe:r.
PROGRA!!ING SYSTE!S - W:ritten in Autocode:r.
!INI!U! SYSTE! REQUIREBENTS - 14K system with High-Low-Equal
Compa:re and Advanced Programming featu:res and will copy
a full pack in app:roximately six minutes.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU~ENTATION - W:rite-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - App:ropriate aaterial delivered.
ORDERING INFCR!ATION:
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
none
DTR*
none
none
AUTHOR:
PROGRA! NU!BER 1481814176
PROGRA! HU!BER
EXTENSION
BASIC
OPTIOBlL
1491-81.4.187
.!ll1 mg RECQru1
OPTIONAL PROGR!! PACKAGE - None.
USER YOLU!E
REQUIRE!ENT
EASIC
none
DTR*
none
CPTleNAL
none
none
none
AUTHOR:
Sidney Wald
DISTRIBUTION !EDIUS
TIPE
CODE
USER YOLU!E
REQUIRE!ENT
98
nODe
none
mm
S. Wald
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
S. Wald
1826 Spring Avenue
Elkins Park, Pa. 19111
DESCRIPTION - To search an IB! 1311 Disk File for records
whose control field matches a search argument punched in
a control card. Each such record, together with its disk
sector address, is printed in block style. Records must
be fixed length, multiples of 5 characters and up to 125
characters long. The control field may range in length
from 1 to 64 consecutive characters.
PROGRA!!ING SISTE!S - Written in Fixed/Float Language.
ftINI!U! SISTE! REQUIRE!ENTS - Approximately 5,989 positions.
An IB! 1491 with 1493 Printer, 132 print positions. one
1311 Disk Drive with Direct Seek feature.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Sidney Wald
Fischer and Porter Co.
7826 Spring Avenue
Elkins Park, Pa. 19117
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCUftENTATION - Write-up on !icrofiche only.
!ACHINE READABLE - None.
DESCRIPTION - To alter the contents of a 1311 Disk Sector,
using a .control ca:rd which contains -a The disk address
of the sector, -b The low o:rder position of the portien
of the sector to be changed, -c The number of characters
to be altered~ and -d The replacement data. Any number
of such changes may be made with one loading of the program.
Control cards may be in any order.
PROGRA!!ING SISTE!S - Written in Fixed/Float Language.
OPTIONAL FROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
PROGRA! NU!BER 1481814181
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
AUTHOR:
= 88188
REPRODUCE !ll!! LAST CARD lli1
T. J. Carney
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
T. J. carney
9th D.P.P. H & S Co.
2nd Serv. Bn.
2nd Bar. Div.
Camp LeJeune. North Carolina
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Write-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRA! NOBBER
EXTENSION·
PROGRA! NU!BER 1491914181
Indicate "B N 1" in cclumns 1-3 and the Program Number
in columns 4-13 on the IB! Program Order Form.
1491-"1.4.188
Q!1i! Q£: ORE
!INI!U! SISTE! REQUIRE!ENTS - 1688 position, IB! 1481 with
1483 Printer, 1402 Card Reader and 1 - 1311 Disk Drive.
ORDERING INFOR!ATION:
ORDERING INFOR!ATION:
USER YOLU!E
REQUIRE!l!BT
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
CPTIONAL
none
none
none
DESCRIPTION - This one card program reads a card and moves
the data into the punch area before it punches insuring
that the first card out is a valid reproduction of the
first data card in. The program does not have to be
reloaded if more reproducing is desired. This one card
program contains a list card test that will process the
last card and give a program halt, eliminating the continous
cycling of the 1492.
!INI!U! SYSTE! REQUIRE!ENTS - NO special features required
Speed is 192 cards
::~ :~::t~~lY 499 p,0sitions of storage.
AUTHOR:
!. A. !oore
DIRECT TECBNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
!. A. Boore
IB! Corp.
286 !ain St.
Johnstown, Pa.
DESCRIPTION - The Disk Loader provides the user with means
of storing his programs on disk and calling them into core
for execution with one card. This card is a one card
program which brings in the Loader from disk, which in
turn brings in users program from disk. The Loader is
almost identical to the Condensed Card Loader except that
the Loader reads disk records in the condensed format
instead of cards, also it is not relocatable. Ove:rlays
are handled the same as with the Condensed Card Loader.
Approximately 9 sectors of disk storage are needed for
every 809 core positions of program. P:rograms and Loader
need not be on the same pack. Loading is 25 percent faster
than with Card Loader. one call ca:rd replaces object deck.
Leader uses core lccations 1-339 and read, punch and print
a:reas can be cleared after program has been loaded. There
is no group mark wo:rd ma:rk :restriction. Call card is
compatible with job stacking because a seldom used special
character, card code 8-6-8, is in column 89.
PROGRA!!ING SISTE!S - Written in 1481-1311 Autocoder.
!IBI!U! SYSTE! REQUIRE!ENTS - 1491 with !odify Address
instruction - at least one 1311 - Printer - 1492 Reader
Punch. If !odify Address feature is not available, program
modification is necessary.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Write-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
CRDERING INFOR!ATION:
PROGRA! NU!BER 1491914186
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Write-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORftATION:
PROGRA! NU!BER 1491914188
PROGBA! NU!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TIPE
CODE
USER VOLU!E
REQUIRE!ENT
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
1491-91.4.189
149111449L1!§! RESEQUENCE AUTOCODER SOU!£~ fRQGRA~
AUTHOR:
*!
=!!llf-
U. Sinclair
DIRECT TECHNICAL INCUIRIES TO:
U. Sinclair
programmer-Data Processing Division
Pocket Books. Inc.
One West 39th Street
New York. New York 19818
DESCRIPTION - At various times. it becomes necessary for
a resequenced source program deck to be obtained. RASP
was devised to permit resequencing before. and competely
independent of. valuable assembly processing time. RASP
uses 31 core storage positions for actual prog:ram operation
as well as the read and punch storage areas.
The resultant output deck contains the original source
card information from column 6 through 12 and the new
sequence numbers in columns 1 through 4. starting with
"9181" in the first. or "job".
COBTRIBUTED PROGRAIIS
1481
MIBnUB SYSTEM REQUIREMEBTS - 1481/144111 or 1468 with no
special features.
EDB-Centralen
Gyldenloevesgade 15
Copenhagen K, Denmark
BASIC PROGRAIl PACKAGE
DOCUMEBTATIOB - Write-up on Microfiche only.
MACHIBE READABLE - Bone.
ORDERIBG IBPORMATIOB:
PAGE 841
1481
CONTINUED PROIl PRIOR CCLUMB
COBTINUED PROM PRIOR PAGE
DESCRIPTIOB - ABTIC translates condensed cards of either
Autocoder or SPS into Single-instruction print. Constants
are - to a high degree - separated fro. instructions.
OP-Codes are translated into Autocoder or SPS mnemonics,
addresses converted to indexed number and - in Autocoder
- some digit modifiers are built into the mnemonics - BCV,
BW, BSS, BPCB, A. S. o.
PROGRAM BUMBER 1481814189
Indicate "B B 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Bumber
in columns 4-13 on the IBM Program Order Porm.
PROGRAIl!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in Autocoder.
11181-81.4.198
---BuiTi=PiiRPOSE 88-88 REPRODUCIBG
AUTHOR:
MIBIIIU!! SYSTE!! REQUIREIIEBTS - 4K 1401 1I0dei 3, 1482 Reader,
1403.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATIOB - IIrite-up.
IlACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
R. E. Descheneaux
DIRECT TECHNICAL IBQUIRIES TO:
R. E. Descheneaux
IBIl company Ltd.
1255 Laird Blvd.
Ilontreal, P. Q.
Canada
OPTIOBAL PROGRAI'I PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPOR!!ATION:
PROGRA!! BU!!BER 11101014198
PROGRA!! BU!!EER
EITENSION
DESCRIPTIOB - This 88/88 Reproducing Program will reproduce
each input card into one, twc, or three output cards and
staker select the output cards. This is an advantage over
single card reproducing programs since the handling time
for getting several copies out of an input card deck is
considerable reduced. Execution time is 73 CPM read in
when triple reproducing, 1811 CPM read in when double
reproducing and 288 CPM read in when single reproducing.
DISTRIBUTIOB !!EDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIOBAL
none
none
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIRE!!ENT
88
none
none
1401-01.4.205
SPS !Q !!!~ POR 148111468
--CABO
PROGRAIlMIBG SYSTEIlS - Language used - Absolute.
AUTHOR:
ftINII'IUM SYSTEM REQUIREftENTS - Any size 1481 central
processing unit with Sense switches and a 1482 Card Read
Punch.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
CRDERIBG INPOR!!ATION:
PROGRA!! NUIlBER 1481914198
PROGRA!! BU!!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
N. E. Patton
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
N. E. Patton
IB!! Corporation
1330 Sum.it Avenue
Port Worth, Texas
USER VOLUI'IE
REQUIREMENT
DESCRIPTION - This progrma will convert 1401 SPS source
statements to 11101, 14110, or 1460 full Autocoder. SPS
source must be in standard SPS source format. It prints
a source listing of the SPS statement and the new Autocoder
statement side by side, and punches the Autocoder statement
with a new sequence no.
PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTE!!S - IIritten in 1481 Autocoder.
88
none
none
!!INI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1481 or 8K 1468, 1402,
14113 with no special features. Program occupies 3285
positions. There are 576 source statements.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!EBTATIOB - Write-up.
MACBIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
AUTHOR:
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
II. J. Barry
ORDERING IBFORMATIOB:
DIRECT TECBNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
II. J. Barry
IBM corporation
Seven Penn Center Plaza
Philadelphia, Pa.
PROGRAM BU!!BER 1481814285
PROGRA!! NU!!BER
EITEBSION
DESCRIPTION - A program designed to assist in the
reprogramming of 1481 SPS symbolic programs into 5/368
Basic Assembler Language.
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUM
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIOBAL
none
none
PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTEIlS - Written in 1481 Autocoder.
AUTHOR:
I!:INI!!U!! SYSTE!! REQUIREMENTS - 111111 or 11168 ••• 811011
positions ••• Advanced Prog ••• Hi-Lo-Equal... Sense
switches ••• 1402 Card Read/Punch ••• 1483 Printer.
DIRECT TECHBlCAL lNCUIBIES TO:
L. E. Cohen
IB!! De !!exico, S.A.
Insurgentes Sur 100
!!exico, D.P.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
tOCU!!ENTATION - IIrite-up.
IlACHINE READABLE - App~opriate material delivered.
PROGRAIl NU!!BER 141111114195
DISTRIBUTION MEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLUME
REQUIRE!!ENT
EASIC
none
DTR*
80
none
OPTIONAL
none
DTR*
00
none
1401-01.11.198
----iNTIC-!l1TI QI £Q!DENSE!; CARDS
AUTHOR:
B. Enemark
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
B. Enemark
none
none
L. E. Cohen
DESCRIPTION - This is a powerful debugging, documentation
and teaching aid that accurately simulates the functioning
of the 11191 under control of any object program and p~ints
out complete information about what the program is doing
in an easy-to-read format.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.
!!ACHIBE READABLE - Source code.
PROGRAIl NU!!BER
EXTEBSION
08
----------------------------------------------
Translation is made of common 111111 statement into their
5/368 equivalent, with flags inserted if generation is
questionable.
ORDERING INPORMATION:
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREMENT
The instruction address, A and B address register contents
at the beginning of the execution phase, the instruction,
index register contents and up to 18 positions of the Afield and the E-field both before and after instruction
execution are given on a single print line. RST operates
more rapidly than other similar programs by calculation
the A-address only when necessary. !!inimum restrictions
apply to the traced program. Loaders supplied permit use
of trace object program in standard load card or tape
formats.
PROGRA!MING SYSTE!!S - Basic Autocoder 2K.
processor can be used for assembly.
Any Autocoder
MINI!!UIl SYSTE!! REQUIREMENTS - 1385 core positions, HighLOW-Equal and Advanced programming. Can be used with 4K
machines.
COBTRIBUTED PROGRABS
1481
1481
CONTINUED PROft PRIOR PAGE
1481-01.9.221
RBPRODru;;ll .2.!!1l £m!!!
BASIC FROGRAft PACKAGE
1l0CUftENTATION - Write-up.
ftACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
AUTHOR:
OPTIOBAL PROGRAft PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPORftATION:
PROGRAM BUftBER 1481814287
PROGRAM BUftBlR
EXTENSIOB
DISTRIBUTIOB nDIUft
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
AUTHOR:
J. E. Cain
USER VOLUftE
REQUIREftEBT
none
8 iii
none
DIRECT TECHBICAL IBQUIRIES TO:
D. E. Erickson
189 Fercliff Lane
Henersonville. North Carolina
DESCRIPTION - To reproduce only certain card columns using
the 1482 as a versatile auxiliary card reproducer. There
are no restrictions on this program. Any nUllber of columns
up to and including 88. adjacent or non-adjacent. can be
reproduced by using a control card. This prograll is set
up so that you can reproduce a series of decks. When one
deck has been reproduced. place another deck with the
proper header card in the read hopper and press start.
OPTIONAL PROGRAft PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORftATION:
DESCRIPTION - This program will perform the collator
functions of sequence check. straight merge. lIerge selecting
equals. merge replacing equal. lIerge equals only. match
equals. or pull equals. The control field is designated
by a lead card. It may be broken down into 18 sub-fields
which may contain 81i1 columns of a card in any order. Both
files are sequence checked. and the control fields may
be alphabetic.
ftIBlftUft SYSTEB REQUIREftENTS - 3.244 positions of storage.
Hi-Lo-Equal Compare. Punch Feed Read. and the Read Stacker
Select Delay device. RPQ No. W92218.
BASIC FROGRAM PACKAGE
1l0CUftEBTATION - Write-up.
ftACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate lIaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL FROGRAft PACKAGE - None.
PROGRAft NUBBER 1481914212
PROGRAM NUftBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUM
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
OPTICNAL
none
none
none
1491-91.4.229
---1.!!!1ii'iiii1!L1.!!~ JOB ~ 1!0BIT.Q] !l1!
PROGRAII NUMBER 1481814221
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTEBSIOB
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLUftE
REQUIREftENT
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
1491-1i11.4.225
]TILITY- R!!!!IT f!!Q!!ll.!!
PROGRAftMING SYSTEftS - Written in Basic Autocoder 2K.
AUTHOR:
!l1! THE IBft .1.!!!.1
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUftENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DIRECT TECHBICAL INQUIRIES TO:
J. E. Cain
IBft Corporation
Box 3467
Santa Barbara. Calif. 93195
ORDERING INFORftATION:
~
D. E. Erickson
USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT
mE.!
AUTHOR:
J.
s. Williams
DIRECT TECHBICAL INQUIRIES TO:
J. S. iilliaas
Bemorial Sloan-Kettering
444 E. 68th Street
New York. New York 18821
DESCRIPTION - This prograa allows the user to detail list
any card file in any desired print format. print edit any
or all card fields, accumulate any or all printed fields
for: (a) Totaling on control break. (b) overall totals
at end of job. including a card count. sequence check input
file. print headings on page overflow. extra space after
printing. bypass detail list and print minor summary totals
on control break and page overflow on control break. Print
capacity - no more than 99 positions of output per line.
Card field capacity - maximum of eight (8) fields of
printing from card. any number of card columns per field.
Sequence checking requires Hi-LOW-Equal Compare feature
and control break on one of eight fields.
BINlftUII SYSTEM REQUIREIIENTS - 4K 1491 with High-LOW-Equal
Compare.
N. E. Patton
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUftENTATION - Write-up.
ftACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
N. E. Patton
IBM Corporation
P.O. Box 1939
Fort Worth. Texas
OPTIONAL PROGRAft PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
DESCRIPTION - .lOBCO is a program that resides on 1311 Disk
Storage. .lOBCO can monitor user program execution by the
use of control cards. .lOBCO loads user programs on disk
in core-image form in the area assigned by the user and
can control 1311 Disk Drive on the system and uses file
protected addresses to prevent destruction of user programs
on disk. JOBCO uses the high order 689 positions of core
storage for permanent and transient routines. These
routines have the ability to load programs on disk. call
programs from disk. delete programs on disk. simulate the
load button for execution of card deck programs. and print
a core dump as directed by the user. Cylinder overflow
is handled by JOBCO. .lOBCO allows stacked jobs to be
executed as directed by the user.
PROGRAMMING SYSTEBS - Written in Autocoder.
BINIMUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 1491/1449/1460 systems that
have 8. 12. or 16K with Hi-La-Equal. indexing. store
registers with at least 1 card reader. 1 printer. and 1
1311 Disk Drive.
BASIC FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORI!ATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1491014229
PROGRAft NUMBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION ftEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
99
USER VOLUftE
REQUIREMENT
none
none
PROGRAM NUftBER 1481014225
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION MEDIUI!
TYPE
COilE
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREftENT
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
AUTHOR:
E. Staudt
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
E. Staudt
Avisun Corporation
River Road
New Castle. Del. 19729
DESCRIPTION - The purpose of the program is to eliminate
the necessity for many individual programs required at
a 141i11 installation to tabulate control and balance totals
and to provide for up to three control fields total
indications as well as a final total. A maximum of five
fields per any given card file can be tabbed with or without
control field totals and a final total. The user may
specify up to three control field levIes. The user may
also list each card (control fields) with the associated
tab fields.
PROGRAftllING SYSTEIIS - written in Basic Autocoder for 4K
1491. compiled with AU-985 with Condense 2.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATIOB - Write-up on Microfiche only.
I!ACHINE READABLE - None.
CONTRIBUTED PROGRABS
14111
14111
ORDERING INFORMATION:
PAGE 1143
CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUBN
CONTINUED FRCB PRIOR PAGE
PROGRAM NUMBER 141111114226
MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K. 12K or 16K 14111 or 14611
with at least one. and up to five. tape drives. a 14112
Card Reader and Punch. a 14113 Printer with 132 print
positions, and High-Equal-Low Compare.
Indicate "B N 1" in columns 1-3 and the Prograa Nuaber
in columns 4-13 on the IBM Program Order Form.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOBlL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
AUTHOR:
E. Giegler
ORDERING INFORMATION:
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
G. Kinble
Director of Data processing
Carleton College
Northfield, Minn.
DESCRIPTION - VARILIST - A load and go processor for
generating fast running listing programs. Uses a single
contol card plus heading cards.
=
AUTHORS:
T. Reifsnyder
!Q GRADE
l
J. T. Ferro
tIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
T. Reifsnyder
IBM Corporation
9945 Lincoln Blvd.
Los Angeles. Calif. 99945
DESCRIPTION - Description of a set of two 1491 programs
which require only 4K of core and no special features.
The first program takes input from edited English text
punched into cards· and produces an intermediate deck.
The second program uses the intermediate deck as input
and embosses Grade 2 Braille directly on a 1493 which has
had the ribbon removed and the hammers covered with a strip
of soft material. If editing and keypunching are correct,
perfect Grade 2 Braille is produced wi thout post-edit.
Once a translation has been made, any number of copies
of translating and embossing books of text.
PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - IIritten in SPs.
MINHUM SYSTEM REQUIREMEliITS - IBM 14111/1469 with 4,9911
positicns of core storage. 1492 Card Read/punch. 1493 with
132 print positions.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENT ATION - IIrite-up.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL nOGRAM PACKAGE - None.
ORDERIBG INFORMATION:
PROGRAM NUMBER 14919142311
FROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION
BASIC
OPTIONAL
1491-01.4.232
----~ENERAI.
AUTHOR:
DISTRIBUTIOB MEDIUM
TYPE
CODE
DTR*
none
none
AUTHOR:
PROGRAM NUMBER 14111914227
=
none
1111
USER VOLUME
REQUIREMUT
DESCRIPTION - To assemble', condense, and list programs
written in Autocoder Language in one compact and speedy
routine. Comparison to SPS 1 & 2- after loading CAUTO.
two passes of the symbolic source program (the first. at
up to 8110 cards per minute. to load the label table - the
second. at up to 31111 cards per minute. to punch condensed
cards and print a program listing) take the place of five
passes with SPS 1 & 2. (The first. at up to 31111 cards
per minute. to edit the source program about tp be
assembled. The second, at up to 259 cards per minute.
to create intermediate cards which will be discarded after
pass three. The third, at up to 250 cards per minute.
to punch single instruction absolute cards. The fourth,
at up to ,31111 cards per minute, to print a program listing.
The fifth. at up to 61111 cards per minute, to condense the
absolute program). Comparison to Autocoder AssemblyCAUTO takes from 1/2 to 3/4 for the time required for an
Autocoder Assembly, and supplies all the diagnostics
supplied by Autocoder with the exception of the alphabetic
label sort and the unreferenced label listing. CAUTO has
the advantage of not requiring any tape drives to assemble
Autocoder programs.
PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1491 SPS.
MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - SK 1401 with the Advanced
Programming package for assembly of up to 268 labels. in
programs up to 15.999 core positions. 12K 14111 with the
Advanced progra.ming package for assembly of up to 713
labels, in programs up to 15,999 core positions. 16K 140
1 with the Advanced Programming package for assembly of
up to 1157 labels. in programs up to 15.999 core positions.
A minimum of 7,999 positions of storage are required for
this program. A minimum of 8K. 14111 card system, with
the Advanced Programming package and 14113 Printer. This
program gives to the 14111 card system user an assembly
prbgram with the flexibility and speed of a 14111 tape
system assembly program.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - write-up on Microfiche only.
MACHINE READAI!LE - None.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
none
Indicate nB N 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Number
in columns 4-13 on the IBM program Order Form.
PROCESSING UTILI!.! !,ROGRAM
none
Bernard T. Smith
-----------------------------------------none
CARDS
15
none
none
none
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Bernard T. Smith
Warner Brothers compo
325 Lafayette Street
Bridgeport 1. Connecticut
Indicate nB N 1n in columns 1-3 and the Program Number
in columns 4-13 on the IBM Program Order Form.
1491-91.4.2311
BASIC
OPTIONAL
USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT
14111-112.11.1113
---ciiinmOCODBB PROG~!i SYSTEM (CAUTO)
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - IIrite-up on Bicrofiche only.
MACHINE READABLE - None.
----TIlli}!§! ]ll!AILLE
!!!!1!
!!!!NSLATE ENGLISH
!!lll.!.!.'! AI!!l EMBOSS Q! ! 1493 fRINTER
DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
TYPE
CODE
------------------
BINIMUB SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1491 with sense switches,
Expanded Print Edit. and 129 print positions.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
PROGRAM NUMBER 14111014232
PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION
none
.!!!
W. Buffa
PROGRAM NUMBER 1411102111113
1401-02.0.1117
AUTOBLOCK II
AUTHOR:
11. C. Milihoff
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
W. Buffa
IBM Corporation
112 E. Post Road
White Plains. New York 196111
DIRECT TECHNICAL INeUIRIES TO:
W. C. Milihoff
IBM Corporation
1955 The Alameda
San Jose. California
DESCRIPTION - The General ProceSSing Utility Program
performs many simple utility jobs often called for in a
computer installation and is intended to reduce the number
of individual utility programs that have to be maintained,
each of which performs only one or a few of these jobs.
It does card to card, card to printer. card to tape, tape
to tape, tape to printer. and tape to card operations in
a total of twenty-six options each of which is called for
by a combination of sense switch settings. The program
is card or tape loadable and is self-initializing between
jobs without re-Ioading.
DESCRIPTION - AUTO BLOCK II automatically produces crossreference tables and a documented block diagram. using
new symbols in accordance with AS II standards. It provides
three different tables. one of which is the branch-from
table, and accepts an unlimited number of branch points.
since the program takes full ~dvantage of core size. In
addition to the common instructions. AUTOBLOCK II handles
IOCS. Macros. Overlays. and the execute instruction.
AUTOBLOCK II is an extension and revision of AUTOBLOCK
I.
PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.
PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1491/1460 Autocoder
Language and has been assembled on the 14611 Disk Autocoder
Processor.
MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K minimum. four-tape.
Advanced Programming. High-Low-Equal-Compare.
CONTRIBUTED PROGRA!S
1481
1481
PAGE 844
CONTINUED FRO! PRIOR COLU!N
CONTINUED FRO! PRIOR PAGE
BASIC PROGBA! PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - Write-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - None.
BACBIN! READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OBDEliING IBFOR!ATION:
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR*
CPTIONAL
none
DTR*
AUTHOR:
none
DTR*
none
DTR*
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIRB!ENT
none
none
J. R. Euchert, Jr.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
J. R. Buchert, Jr.
IBB Corporation
112" Connecticut Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 2"836
DESCRIPTION - This 14"1 program will produce a printed
flowchart with block text, cO.lents, block labels, and
decision block connector conditions. The program processes
single card entries for each block and is capable of
producing successive charts of fifty (5 by 18) blocks.
A simplified coding systel is elployed which produces flew
charts of ASA approved sy.bols for any programming system
in a form lIuch like 7074 Autochart.
PROGRA!IIING SYSTEBS - Written in 14"1 Autocoder.
D. L. Pernandez
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
D. L. Fernandez
IB! corporation
Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, California
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K with 1I0dei
and Advanced Programming feature is required.
DESCRIPTION - FARGO One-Sixty-G for the 1481, 1468, and
1481G is a greatly expanded new version of a load and go
report generator which gives all the capabilities of Basic
FARGO plus - (a) Up to six header lines which can be
modified at any time within object time.
(b) !ultiplyDivide with or without the feature. (c) !ultiple and/or
if/not conditions in defining up to ten card types.
(d)
Sequence check of input file at any level (if High-LowEqual is installed). (e) Up to four split control fields
with or without stripped zones for defining each of four
total level.
(f) Total force heading or heading force
total, divorced minor and supress co.pare of a card type
at any total level. (g) And lore ••••• the program is fully
compatible with the FARGO-porty program by C. P. Doolittle,
the latest version of FARGO for the 1448.
BASIC PReGRA! PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFOR!ATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1481828822
PROGRA! NU!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
AUTHOR:
ORDERING INPOR!ATION:
FROGRAII NU!BER 14"182""18
DISTRIBUTION !EDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
!T
!T
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIRE!!NT
88
none
22
24
81
81
1481-02.0.819
---AUTO!ATIC ll..!l!9!!!!! TECHNIQUE
AUTHORS:
F. D. Lewis
!.!!
W. N. Boll
I:IRECT TECBNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
f. D. Lewis
IBII corporation
Dept. 867
Neighborhood Road
Kingston, New York
R. Steffanson, Jr.
DESCRIPTION - By inserting this change into the 1481 FORTRAN
II Compiler, programs coded in FORTRAN may be compiled
and run on 1401 machines not having the lIultiply-Divide
special feature. The only programming consideration
necessary is that the address in the parameter card should
be approximately 1800 positions less than the machine core
capacity. Operating convenience is not seriously affected.
These advantages of the FORTRAN Compiler are retained:
Rapid compile time (around 2 minutes) ••• Diagnostics •••
Compile-ang-go capability ••• Optional punched object deck
(ready to use) ••• Compiler may be on cards or tape. Core
required for the subroutine reduces by approximately 1808
IIINIBUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - PORTRAN with this change
requires 8K, Hi-Lo-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming,
reader-punch, and printer.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up on lIicrofiche only.
IIACHINE READABLE - None.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1481828025
Indicate "B N 1" in celumns 1-3 and the Prograll Number
in columns ij-13 on the IBB Program Order Form.
1481-92.8.031
AUTOCHART
IIINI!UII SYSTE! REQUIREIIENTS - 1481 4K, two magnetic tapes
and Advanced Programming feature.
AUTHORS:
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUBEN'IATION - write-up.
IIACHIN! READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DIRECT TECHNICAL IHeUIRIES TO:
Josephine S. Carter
IBII Corporation
40 Saw Bill River Road
Hawthorne, New York
OPTIONAL PRO GRAil PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - None.
!ACHIN! READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRAII NU!BER 14"182"819
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYP!
CODE
none
none
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in FORTRAN.
PROGRA!!ING SYSTE!S - written in Autocoder.
PROGRA! NU!BER
EXTENSION
88
positions the core available for compiling the source
program.
DESCRIPTION - A program which produces flowcharts from
a language similar to 1400 series Autocoder. All
information pertaining to one symbol is contained on one
keypunch form line. Free form coding of text information
is used. The program floats and centers the text within
the symbol, thus relieving the writer of this tedious task.
Page and connector numbers are aSSigned automatically by
the program. Twelve unique symbols are available, all
of which have been approved by the American Standards
Association. Flowcharts produced are machine independent.
By use of special comment cards, line text information
may be produced with options for centering, left, right
a full justification.
ORDERING INFOR!ATION:
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
1401-82.0.025
.!1!
FORTRAN-!ODIFICATION WHICH ELIBINATES THE BULTIPLl-DIVIDE
SPECIAL FEATUR~UIRiiiiN~-- -------
DIRECT TECHNICAL IN~UIRIES TO:
R. Steffanson, Jr.
Potlatch Forests, Inc.
Lewiston, Idaho
PROGRA! NUIIBER
EX'IENSION
Printer
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Listings.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code.
7/556
7/8"1l
"Il
=
AUTHOR:
88
none
none
14"1-82.8.822
FLOG EN
l1H! 1481 FLOWCHART Q!BERATOR
PROGR!! NU!BER 148182"817
PROGRAB NUIIBER
EXTENSION
BASIC
OPTIONAL
USER VOLU!E
REQUIRE!ENT
Josephine Carter
Peter Fondis
William Johnson
Hedy Stoy
DESCRIPTION - This program gives 1481 users the atility
to produce flowcharts similar to those which currently
can only be produced on the IBB 7870/7ij. The program has
ten phases plus a supervisor. It will also accept input
prepared for the IBII 7878/74 Autochart programs. File
maintenance of the input has not been included in the
programs. Initial timing runs indicate that the production
COR~RIBU~ED
PROGRABS
1481
CON~INUED
PAGE 845
148'
CONTINUED PRO!! PRIOR COLUBN
FROB PRIOR PAGE
of each flowchart takes approxillately one~half minute.
including printing. Restart procedures are included so
that the program can be interrupted at the end of any phase
:~:o c~:~~:::g. at ~:e l;;~~r!!m:;es si:!e:u~~~:a~~e~!!~:a!:
for input. It is an easily learned language and is machine
independent. ~he output is a printed chart. standardized
for clarity and readability and suitable for reproduction.
~his is a tool to help the user maintain better program
documentation by providing flowcharts which conform to
both IBB Corporate Standards and to the proposed American
Standards lssociation Flowchart Standards. It is also
very useful in producing various types of graphics and
other charts.
This program can be of great value when converting from
1481 to IB!! System/36". Input may be any Fargo program
which conforms to the specifications in Fargo for IBII 1481
(C24-1462). output consists of System/36" !!ode1 28 RPG
specification cards and a listing of Fargo specifications
which were not converted by the programs.
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in 14"1 Autocoder.
!!IRIBU!! SYSTEB REQUIRE!!ENTS - The object program requires
16K. Advanced Programming feature. and 2 tape units.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up.
BACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRABBING SYSTEBS - Written in Autochart Language.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - Rone.
BINIBUB SYS~EB REQUIREBEN~S - It requires an 8K 1481 with
four tape drives, 1482, 1483. Advanced programming pack,age.
Sense Switches. High-Low -Equal compare. and Bultip1yDivide features.
BASIC PROGRAM PICKAGE
DOCUBEN~ATIOR - Write-up.
BACHIRE READABLE - Assellbly output for object deck
and listing. sample problem input data. and source
code.
ORDERING IRFOR!!ATION:
PROGRAB NU!!BER 148'828"36
PROGRAM NU!!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!!
~YPE
CODE
BASIC
none
!!T
BT
OPTIONAL
none
none
7/566
7/8"8
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREBENT
22
24
8'
8'
none
OPTIONAL FROGRAB PACKAGE - Rone.
ORDERING INFORBITION:
PROGRIB RUBBER 1481828831
PROGRA!! NU!!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBU~ION
~YPE
!!EDIU!!
CODE
-------------EASIC
none
-------------------
OPTIONAL
none
none
AUTHOR:
liT
liT
7/556
7/888
22
24
1481-82.0.839
SYSTEBS f!,Q!
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
----------81
81
none
AUTHOR:
~HARTE!!
Br. D. L. Fisher
DIRECT TECHNICAL INCUIRIES ~O:
Br. D. L. Fisher
IB!! Corporation
!!onterey & Cottle Roads
Bldg. 851
San Jose, California
DESCRIPTION - The program is a '6K 1481 systems flow
charter. The machine must have (1) Index Registers. (2)
Hi-Lo-Eq Compare. (3) Advanced Programming (4) 1402. (5)
, 483 and (6) , Tape (using card program) or 2 tapes using
loadab1e tape. The program will draw systems flow charts.
create a nSystems table and program-file cross-reference n •
The symbols drawn are Clerical operation. Storage Bin.
Wide Program. Off-Page Connector. Adding Bachine.
Transmittal Tape. Bultiple Card File. ~ape. Random File.
Card. Document. Graphic Display, Terllinal. Keyboard. Paper
Tape. Comments and Sequence of File. The program has been
successfully emulated on an IBB 5/368 Model 38. Easic
'4'" Autocoder was used execpt for the TOVL Y macro. The
program is tape loaded using the tape generated by the
Autocoder Assembler.
IIr. R. Backinnon
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
IIr. R. A. lIackinnon
IBII corporation
112 East Post Road
Whi te Plains. New York 18681
DESCRIPTIOR - This group of 4 programs was written to
assist documentation and conversion efforts where the user
hasonl! an object deck from which to work. It converts
an object program into meaningful Autocoder source
statements. suitable for assembly or flowcharting.
PROGRA!!IIING SYSTEKS - Written in Autocoder.
KINIKUII SYSTEB REQUIREMENTS - program requires a '481 with
'6K !!emory. Advanced programming. SBR and indexing, sense
switches. two tapes. a '483 Printer and 1482 Card Reader.
The final output is a listing (a punched deck is optional)
in which the statements are labelled as required in the
form BX-BXXXXX for instructions. referencing the OP Code
location. and CX-CXXXXX for constants. referencing the
units position. The instruction operands reference these
labels.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUBENTA~ION - Write-up.
KACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRAII!!ING SYSTEIIS - Source - written in Autocoder.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
MINI!!UB SYSTE!! REQUIREIIENTS - An 8K 1481/1468 with 4 tape
drives, Sense Switches, Advanced Programming. High-Low
-Equal Compare. a 1482 Card Read/Punch. and a 1483 Printer
with 132 print positions. If a larger machine is available.
the fourth program (Phase III) can be reassembled to take
advantage of the larger core. thus cutting down the
processing time. The program will Utilize a 1487 if one
is on line. but does not require it.
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCUBERTATION - Write-up.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL FROGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFOR!!ATION:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
BASIC
none
BT
!!T
OPTIONAL
none
none
AUTHOR:
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUII
TYPE
CODE
--------------
-------------------
EASIC
none
BT
!!T
OPTIONAL
none
none
7/556
7/888
22
24
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREMENT
----------81
81
none
'481-82.8.836
---I!ii1 FARQQ 1Q g~ML368 RPG !!OD!1l! ~!VERSIQ! PROGRAl!
AUTHORS:
Fred II. Haney
S. Edmonston
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUB
CODE
~YPE
7/556
7/888
USER VOLUBE
REQUIREIIENT
22
24
8'
8'
none
148'-83.8.818
~~~ !!QQ1 §J!!!!!QUTI.!1l
PROGRA!! NU!!BER 1481828835
PROGRAB NUBBER
EXTENSION
PROGRAM NUBBER '48'828039
PROGRAM RU!!BER
EXTENSION
Stephen II. Lichter
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
!!r. Gus Conoscente
IEB Corporation
338 Badison Avenue
New York. New York
Richard C. Barker
DIRECT TECHRICAL INCUIRIES TO:
Richard D. Barker
ITEK corporation
Lexington. Bassachusetts
DESCRIPTION - This program will calculate the square root
of any six-digit number.
!!INI!!U!! SYSTEB REQUIRBBENTS - 688 positions are required
to store the prograll. 483 of these positions are used
to store the divide subroutine. '48' - Any lIodel.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTA~ION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRIII PACKAGE - Rone.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBER 148'830818
NUMBER
EXTENSION
PROGRA~
DESCRIPTION - This program converts IB!! 1481 Fargo control
cards to System/368 lIode1 2" RPG specification cards.
.!~
DlSTRIBUTION BEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREBENT
CONTRIBUTED PROGRA!S
14111
PAGE 1146
141111
CONTINUED FROB PRIOR PAGE
CONTINUED FRO! PRIOR COLU!N
EASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
nC'lne
none
none
111111
none
irrespective of where decimal point is located in the
number. Routine has been used on sample problems and a
wide range of customer data.
PROGRAftllING SYSTEI!S - 1Iritten in SPs.
14111-113.11.1111
*!
-gLCULATE NU!BER QI DAYS !!ET1IEEN TIIO DlTE~ SUBROUTlNE-DTCALC
AUTHOR:
lIilliam B. !organ
!INIIIUB SYSTJ!II REQUIREftENTS -,262 positions of core.
Operates on any 14111.
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCUftENTATION - 1Irite-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
lIilliam B. !organ
IBII corporation
99 Park Avenue
New York, New York
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - Bone.
ORDERING INFORIIATIOB:
DESCRIPTION - This subroutine calculates the number of
calendar days between two dates providing accurate
accounting for leap year day. Dates may be in separate
adjacent centuries, but cannot be more than 199 years and
365 days apart.
PROGRAII NUIIBER 1481113111115
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREItENT
none
11111
none
PROGRAB!IBG SYSTE!S - Source language is SPS.
!INI!U! SYSTE! REQUIREIIEBTS - 395 positions plus 24
positions for each time a subroutine is used. 14111 - Any
model, no special features are required.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
tOCU!EBTATION - 1Irite-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DISTRIBUTION !EDIUB
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
14111-113.11.1114
AUTHOR:
~RCH
R. T. Steffanson
PROGRAII BU!BER 14111113111111
PROGRA! BUIIBER
EXTEBSIOB
---~UAR1! !!.QQ:! SUBROUTIBE
n!!!!! SEARCH ftAC!!Q
AUTru;ODER
AUTHOR:
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
R. T. SteffansoD
Potlatch Forests, Inc.
Lewiston, Idaho 83581
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - Bone.
ORDERIBG IBFOR!ATION:
1481-~3. 111. 1136
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIRE!ENT
none
1111
none
!!Elli ODD INTEGER !ETHOD
Burr Preston
DIRECT TECHNICAL INCUIRIES TO:
Eurr Preston
IBII Corporation
5211 North Dearborn Street
Chicago 111, Illinois
DESCRIPTION - Binary Search is a highly efficient method
of table look-up and has nothing to do with column binary
or binary arithmetic. Search ftacro generates an open
subfoutine to conduct a binary search of a table. Search
does not set up the table, it merely searches the table
and exits to the next sequential instruction if the data
record is matched, or exits to an address supplied as a
parameter if the data is not matched. Index register 3
contains the address of the table entry which compared
equal. Emphasis is on ease of use. Search uses a lIacrogenerateci address table to divide the table of entries
into successively smaller halves and does not require the
ftultiply-Divide special feature. All entries must be of
same length and in ascending sequence. Size and number
of entries in the table is restricted only by core storage
available.
PROGRAft!ING SYSTE!S - Written in Autocoder.
DESCRIPTION - This generalized, closed subroutine extracts
the square root of any non-negative number. If the argument
is negative, the square root of the absolute value of the
argument is generated, and control transfers to the main
program via an error return. The argument size is variable
and limited only by available core. The root contains
half an many digits as the argument. An extremely general
and easy to use linkage allows the programmer to have no
knowledge of the work areas or symbolic labels used by
the subroutine.
IIINI!O! SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 285 positions are required
for a 111 digit argument. In general, 255 & 31 positions
are required for an argument of length 1. Advanced
programming (index registers, !ove Record, Store A and
E Registers), High-LOW-Equal Compare, and 1I0dify Address.
The latter two features may be eliminated by minor program
modifications.
ftINIIIUft SYSTEII REQUIREBENTS - Storage requirellent=: - varies.
Typical requirements are 187 positions for 31 entry table,
149 positions for 4895 entry table. 8 additional positions
if ftodify Address is not available. Equipment
specifications - Advanced programming, Hi-Lo-Equal Compare.
Assembly requires 1481 Autocoder system.
BASIC PROGRAft PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - 1Irite-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORftATIOB:
PROGRA! BUftBER 14111838836
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTIOB liED lUll
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
BEQUIREftl!NT
811
none
none
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - 1Irite-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
1481-83.8.1141
14111L1468 g1!ULTANEQ.!!.§ .!!J!LTIPL! DIVID]! m!!!::!lQUTINJ!
OPTIONAL FROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFOR!ATION:
PROGRAII NUBBER 1411111311814
FROGRlft NU!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
AUTHOR:
II.
oJ.
1111
AUTHOR:
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIENT
none
E. D. Spraker
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
E. D. Spraker
IBft corporation
1439 Peachtree Street, N. E.
Atlanta, Georgia
none
Kenny
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
II. oJ. Kenny
IBII Corporation
7321 Lake Street
River Forest, Illinois
DESCRIPTION - A closed SPS square Root Routine using no
execution time estimated at 211 to 3111 mille seconds depending
on the sum of digits in radicand. Bethod of successive
subtractions based on formula S (N) equals (N. N & N) 2.
Fixed point arithmetic giving a six significant digit
answer. Range, largest number is 9999988111111111136,
DESCRIPTIOB - This programmed sub-routine provides the
ability to multiply and divide simultaneously in one
operation with algebraic sign control and decimal control
up to five additional places. Both the multiplication
and division in any combination is accomplished in
approximately half the time it takes to use two separate
multiply and divide routines. This routine allows use
of either multiplication, or division or the combination
with complete linkage to users program. It provides for
the multiplicand, divisor and multiplier/dividend to be
up to 18 positions each and supplies a 28 position signed
answer and 18 position remainder.
BIBIRU! SYSTEft RJ!QUIREBEBTS - Oses less than 268 Fositions
of any 1481-1468 with Advanced Programming.
BASIC PROGRAft P ACKAGI!
DOCUftElI'.rATIOB - Write-up.
RACBINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
COBTRIBOTBD PROGBlIIS
1481
1111il1
DESCRIPTIOB - A Two Pass 1481 FORTRAB Program that will
accomodate eight independent variables.
OPTIOBAL FROGRAII PACKAGE - Bone.
ORDERIBG IBFORIIATIOB:
PAGB 847
CONTIBUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIB
COBTIBUED PROII PRIOR PAGE
PROGRAII BUIIBER 1481838841
PROGRAII BUIIBER
EXTEBSIOB
DISTRIBUTIOB IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIOBAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREIIEBT
none
88
none
1111111011 SYSTEII REQUIREIIEBTS - 14111 8K syste..
Easily
modified to increase the nu.ber of variables for use on
a larger syste. 14111 8K.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATION - Write-up.
IIACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered.
OPTIOIAL PRCGRAII PACKAGE - Bone.
1481-115.8.883
;:~!!!;E
AUTHOR:
ORDERIBG IBFORIIATION:
SIIIULTABEOUS EQUATIO!
H.~.
!!~
IlATRIX IBURSIOB
PROGRAII BUIIBBR 1411111681182
PROGRAII BUIIBER
EXTEBSIOB
DISTRIBUTIOI liED lUll
TYPE
CODE
lIyers
DIRECT TECHBICAL IBQUIBIES TO:
H. J. lIyers
IBII corporation
2338 st. Paul Street
B.altimore 18, lIaryland
BASIC
none
DTR.
OPTIOBAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQOIBBIIEBT
none
1111
none
1481-86.8.883
DESCRIPTIOB - Up to 37 si.ultaneous equations are solved.
lIatrices up to 38 x 38 .ay be inverted as will be the
coefficient matrix of the simultaneous equations. All
calculations are carried out in eight-digit precision.
No rounding is performed.
PROGRAIIIIIBG SYSTEIIS - written in Autocoder.
IIIBIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - The program requires the
High-Low-Egual Compare, lIultiply-Divide and Advanced
Progra •• ing features and 4, 8, 12 or 16K positions of core
storage.
BASIC FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCOIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIACRIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRAII BUIIBER 1481858883
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTEBSION
DISTRlllUTIOB IlEDIUII
TYPB
CODB
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIB
REQOIREIIENT
118
Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City
DIRECT TECHBICAL IBtUIRIES. TO:
Research Department
Pederal Reserve Bank of Kansas City
Pederal Reserve P. O. Station
Kansas City 6, lIissouri
DESCRIPTION - A multiple regression analysis designed to
handle up to 111 variables. co.putes partial regression
and standardized partial regression coefficients, standard
errors, T values, partial and .ultiple correlation
coefficients, and the Durbin watson ratio.
BASIC. PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATIOB - Write-up.
IIACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
none
OPTIOIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
none
ORDERING INFCRIIATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBBR 141111169£113
PRO GRAil NOIIBER
EXTEISIOB
1481-116.11.8111
--- .§EASOUL ADJUSTIIEBT .Q! IIOBTHLY lIIIE .§ERIES
AUTHOR:
J!!QU.§ilQ! PROGBAII
IIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - 14111 card system with 8K
memory, lIultiply-Divide, Indexing, Store AddreSs Register,
Hi-Lo-Equal Compare, Expanded Print Edit.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDEBlBG IBPORIIATIOB:
IIOL~
AOTHOR:
Fabio Tomchinsky
EIRECT TECHBICAL INQOIRIES TO:
Pabio Tomchinsky
IBII Corporation
238 S. 15th Street
Philadelphia, pennsylvania
DISTRIBOTIOB IIEDIOII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIOBAL
none
none
OSER VOLUIIE
REQOIREIIEBT
none
1111
none
1481-86.8.1184
IIULTI:PLE !.1!!!! REGBESSIQ! !IALYS.!.§
DESCRIPTIOB - Computes a preliminary seasonally adjusted
series following the conventional ratio to .oving average
technique. Then it utilizes a weighted fifteen-.onth
.oving average as the esti.ate of the trend cycle curve
used to obtain the final seasonally adjusted series.
Computes the irregular, cyclical and seasonal co.ponents.
The progra. will handle up to 15 years of .onthly data
with one data card for each year. Bach card .ust have
information for all 12 months of a calendar year.
PROGliAlIlIIBG SYSTEIIS - Written in SPS.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQOIRBIIEBTS - Card 1481-4K; no special
device; SHISKIB .ethod.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCOIlEBTATIOB - Write-up.
IIACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered.
AUTHOR:
lIary Ann Fisher
DIRECT TECHNICAL IBQUIRIES TO:
Charles Yurasek
IBII Corporation
578 Broad Street
Newark, lew Jersey
DESCRIPTION - This program is designed to acco.plish a
regression analysis of up to 14 independent variables on
the s.allest 1481 with PORTRAN capabilities. It sacrifices
speed and elegance to acco•• odate larger problems than
any other such progra. now available. Easily .odified
by user with PORTRAI knowledge. The method used is least
squares and statistics ate calculated for the evaluation
of overall fit and individual components. Data format
may be modified by user.
PROGRAIIIIIBG SYSTEIIS - written in FORTRAN.
OPTIOBAL FROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIlEBTATION - Bone.
IIACHINE READABLE - Source code.
IIIBIIIOII SYSTEII REQUIREIIEITS - Requires 8K 14111 with FORTRAB
features.
ORDERIBG IBPORIIATIOB:
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIlf!ITATION - write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRAII BUIIBER 14818681181
PROGRAII BUIIBER
EXTEBSIOB
DISTRIBUTIOB IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
DTR·
1!!.ft1::.ftb.L..@..@l
1IBEAR REGRESSIO! !!.!1.ll!.§
AOTHOR:
88
OSER VOLUIIE
REQOIREIIEBT
none
OPTIOIAL PReGRAII PACKAGE - lone.
ORDERIBG IBPORIIATIOB:
none
PROGRAII BUIIBER 14811161111114
PROGRAII BUIIBER
EXTEBSIOB
DISTRIBOTION IIEDIOII
TYPE
COtE
BASIC
none
DTR.
OPTIOBAL
none
none
1111
USER VOLUIIE
REQOlREIIEBT
none
none
II. Turoff
DIRECT TECHBICAL IBQOIRIES TC:
II. Turoff
IBII Corporation
528 Boylston Street
Boston 16, lIassachusetts
14111-86.8.1185
IIULTI:PLB CORRELATIOB
!Q!1!
AUTHOR:
= VARIABLES
Dr. J. R. Johnson
!1l
.Q! IIIPORTABCE
J)ETE1lIlIBE~
COB~RIBU~ED
PAGE "48
14"1
CONTINUED PR08 PRIOR PAGE
DIREC~
PROGRA8S
14"1
CONTIIUED PR08 PRIOR COLU8B
TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Dr'. J. R. Johnson
Industrial Engineering Dept.
R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co.
Winston-Salea, Borth Carolina
DOCU8ENTATION - Write-up on lIicrofiche only.
8ACHINE READABLE - Bone.
ORDERIBG IRPOR8ATIOB:
DESCRIPTI~B - To deteraine the order of iaportance of the
independ.ent variables in a aultiple correlation problea,
to find the coefficients of aultiple correlation for the
variables as they are introduced, to find p-tests of
significance of these coefficients, to find the coefficients
of the regression equation for the variables selected,
and (if deserved) to calculate predicted values of the
dependent variable. Wherry-Doolittle 8ethod. This progra •.
is intended to replace a siailar prograa of identical title
dated June, 1963. Up to 1"S variables with 22"
observations, where the nuaber of observations aust exceed
the variables. By changing the diaension stateaent in
phase 1, one can add tvo observations for every variable
not needed.
8IBI8U8 SISTE8 REQUIREBEITS - Storage requireaents - 16,S"S
positions. Bodulus is 5 and 8antissa is B. Equipaent
Specifications - IB8 14"1, 16K with the following features:
Advanced Prograa.ing, High-Low-Eq¥al Coapare, and 8ultiplyDivide, three tape drives, 14"2 Card Reader and Punch,
14"3 Printer, and high-speed sor~er. I card reproducer
is helpful.
PROGRA8 RU8BER 14B1B6SS"7
Indicate "B R 1" in coluans 1-3 and the Prograa Ruaber
in coluans 4-13 on the IB8 Prograa Order Porll.
L. E. Hanneaan
AU~HOR:
DIREC~
TECHNICIL INQUIRIES TO:
L. E. Hanneaan
IB8 Corporation
2116 Grand Avenue
Des 80ines 12, Iowa
DESCRIP~ION - REGIR cOBputes siaple correlation coefficients
and perforas a linear regression analysis utilizing a
ainiaua aaount of core space. The prograa handles up to
one hundred observations, and accepts up to eight
independent variables and one dependent variable.
PROGRAII8IRG SISTE8S - Written in SPS.
BASIC PROGRA8 PACKAGE
DOCU8EB~ITIOI - Write-up on 8icrofiche only.
81CHIBE BEADABLE - Bone.
ORDERIBG INPOR8ATIOI:
8IRI8U8 SISTE8 REQUIRE8ERTS - A 4K 14S1 with Advanced
PrograaBing is required. The prograa instructions occupy
core positions S1BB-3S98. ~he lIatrix occupies positions
31"B-3999. positions B1SS-"132 are cleared before printing
occurs.
PROGRA8 IU8BER 14S1S6S"S5
Indicate "E I 1" in colu.ns 1-3 and the Prograa Buaber
in colullns 4-13 on the IB8 Progra. ·Order Pora.
BASIC PROGRI8 PACKAGE
DOCU8ERTITIOR - Write-Up.
8ICHIR! READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
14S1-S6.S.11116
OPTIOBIL PROGRA8 PACKIGE
DOCU8ERTATION - Rone.
BACHIR! READABL! - Source code.
---~RLB TH:lBUll VlRUBLE ~illll CORREL!!!£!
AUTHOR:
Rupert J. Lissner
ORDERIRG IRPOR8ATIOR:
DIRECT TECHBICAL IBQUIRIES TO:
Rupert J. Lissner
Post Office Box 7256
Stanford University
Stanford, California
BASIC
DESCRIPTION - CORLB vill correlate up to thirteen variables
and print the correlation coefficients along with headings
specified by the user. Through header cards, the user
specifies nUliber of variables (12-13), title of each
variable (for identification on printed report), and data
card location of variables. An optional header card viII
print up to 7B coluans of inforaation at the top of the
report. lUBber of data cards cannot exceed 99,999. If
input data is not on cards, the' SPS language source deck
should be requested, as aodifications vill be necessary.
PROGRI88Il1G SISTE8S - Written in SPS.
811118U8 SISTE8 REQUIREBEBTS - !B8 14"1 with 8ultiply-Divide.
14S1 Card Reader/Punch, 14S3 Printer. 4K core storage.
EASIC PROGRAB PICKIGE
i:OCU8EBTATION - Write-up.
8ACHIIE READIBLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DISTRIBUTION BEDIU8
TYPE
CODE
none
------------------ DTR*
n
none
DTR*
14"1-"6. i.SS9
~ll !!h!~~!!!
1m!§ PROGRI8
AU~HOR:
=
USER VOLUIIE
BEQUIREftEBT
----------none
SS
none
~
~
8ETHOD !.h X-9 VERSI.Q!...
~
E. C. Christ
DIRECT TECHNICAL IRQUIRIES TO:
E. C. Christ
Pederal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia
Departaent of Research
Philadelphia, pennsylvania
USER VOLU8E
REQUIRE8ENT
PROGRA8 NU8BEIl 14S1S6SSS6
PROGRA8 NU8BER
EXTENSION
OP~IORIL
DISTRIBUTION ftEDIU8
TYPE
CODE
--------------
DESCRIPTION - To adjust seasonally monthly time series
and to provide additional lIeasures as aids to analyzing
the data. The basic procedure aay be found in Electronic
coaputers and Business Indicators by Julius Sbiskin,
published by the National Bureau of Economic Research as
Occasional Paper 57. The X-9 Version is generally described
in Business cycle Developments, !larch 1962, published by
the Bureau of the Census, U. S. Department of Congress.
8aximum of 15 years of monthly data. Each year must be
coaplete, with no ainus or zero values. 80nthly values
not to exceed 6 digits. Any consecutive 12 aonths must
total less than 1B,SSS,SSS.
OPTIOIIL FROGRA8 PACKAGE
DOCU8EBTATION - None.
BACHINE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INPOR8ATION:
PROGRIB BUBBER 14S1S6S"SB
PROGRAII RU8BER
EXTERSION
BASIC
none
DTR*
SS
none
PROGRA811ING SISTE8S - Written in Pixed/Ploat Relocatability.
OPTIONAL
none
CARDS
15
none
8IWI8U8 SYSTEB R!QUIRE8ERTS - 4K, 132 Print Positions,
card system, no special feature.
14S1-S6.S.SS7
-REGR!~1Q!f ANALIS~ COBPUll!!! ~
AUTHOR:
Joseph J. ott
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Joseph J. Ott
U. S. Department of COlilierce
Bureau of Public Roads
Washington 25, D. C.
BASIC PROGRI8 PACKAGE
DOCU!lEBTITION - Write-up.
8ACHIR! READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONIL PROGRI8 PACKAG! - Wone.
ORDERING INPOR8ATION:
BASIC
DESCRIPTION - To provide a program for the solution of
siaple and lIultiple regression equ'.ltions involving froa
2 to 26 variables and from 2 to 9999 observations. Data
to be entered aust be in 1S digit form with the decimal
point assumed to be between the fifth and sixth digits.
No Check is aade of the matrix to see if there are identical
rovs or coluans
IIIBI8U8 SISTE8 REQUIREIIENTS - 16S"S positions of core
storage. IB8 14S1 (or with Co.patibility Switch). Advanced
Prograaming package. Pour tape units.
BASIC PReGHAII PACKAGE
OPTIORAL
~YPE
none
DTR*
-------------none
14S1-"6. S.S1S
DISTRIBUTION 8EDIU8
CODE
------------------SB
USER VOLU8E
REQUIRE8ENT
-----------
none
none
none
.!.§
~ll IDJUSTI!!!U
SHORT f~!.!1
AUTHOR:
PROGRA8 NUBBER 14S1S6"SS9
PROGRI!I RU8BER
EXTENSIOR
CENSUS IIETHOD l!.L X-9 Vl!RSIOl!.& .!L.
E. C. Christ
DIRECT TECHNICAL IRQUIRIES TO:
E. C. Christ
COBTRIBUTED PROGRl!S
1481
1481
CONTINUED PRO! PRIOR PAGE
PAGE 849
CONTINUED PRO! PRIOR COLO!N
Pederal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia
Departaent of Research
Philadelphia. Pennsylvania
OPTIONAL PROGRAB PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPOR!ATIOR:
DESCRIPTION - To seasonally adjust aonthly tiae series
and to chart the original and the seasonally adjusted data.
The basic Frocedure aay be found in Electronic Coaputers
and Business Indicators by Julius Shiskin. published by
the National Bureau of Econoaic Research as Occasional
Paper 57. The X-9 Version is generally described in
Business Cycle Developaents. !arch 1962. published by the
Bureau of the Census. U. S. Departaent of Congress. !axiaua
of 15 years of aonthly data. Each year aust be coaplete.
with no ainus ox: zero values. !onthly values not to exceed
6 digits. Any consecutive 12 aonths aust total less than
111.1Ul8.81111.
PROGRA! NU!BER 14111868812
PROGRA! NU!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLOI!E
REQUIREI!ERT
BASIC
none
DTB*
none
OPTIORAL
none
none
none
1481-116.8.814
.2!!=!!!
AOTHOR:
lHlLYS~
Q! .!!n!!9
!. !. Johnson
PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTE!!S - Written in Pixed/Ploat Relocatability.
DIRECT TECHnClL INQUIRIES TO:
!. !!. Johnson
The Bendix Corporation
PioneeX:-Centx:al Division
Hickox:y Gx:ove Road
Davenport. Iowa
!!INI!U! SYSTE! REQUIRE!ERTS - 4K. 132 Print Positions.
card systea. no special features.
BASIC PROGRlI! PACKAGE
DOCU!ERTATIOR - Write-up on !icrofiche only.
!ACHIR! READABLE - None.
ORDERING IRPOR!ATION:
DESCRIPTION -Coaputation of "P Rati0 8 for One Way Analysis
of Variance. The px:ogx:aa is designed for both variable
and constant saaFle sizes per coluan.
PROGR1!! NU!BER 1411186811111
Indicate 8B R 1" in coluans 1-3 and the Prograa Nuaber
in coluans 4-13 on the IB! Prograa Order Pora.
PROGRA!!IRG SYSTE!S -' written in PORTRAN.
!!INI!UM SYSTEB REQUIRE!!ENTS - The prograa is liaited to
a aatrix of 99 coluans and 999 x:ows. Equipaent
specifications - 8K 1481 card systea with a 132 position
printer. and standax:d PORTRAR configuration.
AUTHOR:
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Write-up.
!ACHIRE READABLE - Appx:opriate aaterial delivered.
J. W. Syrotchen
DIRECT TECHRICAL INQUIRIES TO:
J. W. Syrotchen
IB!! Corporation
771111 Second Boulevard
Detroit. !!ichigan
OPTIONAL PROGRAB PACKAGE - None.
ORDERIRG INPOR!lTION:
DESCRIPTION - This prograa explains in detail the basic
concepts and requireaents of a console operations loq.
specifically oriented to 14111-14111 systeas. but is general
enough to be adapted for any installation. To suppleaent
the method outlined. three 14111 4K prograas are provided
to enable a aeans of analyzing the cards punched fro a the
log. Eight reports are illustrated.
PROGRA!MING SYSTE!S - Written in Basic SFS.
!INI!UM SYST!! REQUIRE!!NTS - No special features or devices
are used except sense switches and 132 print positions.
Basic systea configuration necessary to utilize prograas.
4K 1481. 14112 and 1483.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATIOR - Write-up.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Rone.
MACHINE READABLE - Source code.
CliDERING INPOR!!ATION:
PROGRU NU!!BER 14"18681111
PROGRA! RU!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLUME
REQUIRE!!ERT
EASIC
none
DTR·
88
none
CPTIONAL
none
DTR.
88
none
1481-86.8.1112
---INALYSI~ S1l: !lRUNCE. 1 1Q I.!ll! ! ~ PACTORIAL DESIGN
AUTHOR:
Dr. J. Robert Jchnson. Jr.
DIRECT TECHnCAL INQUIRIES TO:
Dr. J. Robert Johnson. Jr.
Industrial Engineering Departaent
R. J. Reynolds Robacco Coapany
Winston-Salea, North Carolina
DESCRIPTION - Analysis of variance of data for a 2 to the
N power factorial design. As given in aanual of
Experi.ental Statistics by Preund, Liveraore. and !!iller,
Prentice - Hall, 19611. Por N. the nuaber of factors. 2
less than N less than 5. The Dumber of replications must
be aore than one and less than 26. (Thex:e is aaple rooa
in storage for expanding the li.its on the x:estrictions.)
93811 positions. !odulus is 5, aantissa is 8.
~
PROGRA!! NU!BER 14811168"14
PROGRA! NU!BER
EXTENSION
~ISTRIBUTION
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
TYPE
!EDIU!
CODE
118
EASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCO!!ENT1TIOR - Write-up.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivex:ed.
none
none
14111-117.11.883
*!
POLYRO!IlJ, £!!l!!1l XlI POR ECOROBIC !!~ lRD !QRECASTINGAUTHOR:
Lawrence Salzaan
DIRECT TECHRICAL IN~UIRIES TO:
Lawrence Salzaan
IBB Corporation
598 !adison Avenue
Rew York, Rew York 18822
DESCRIPTION - This prograa is written in PORTRAN for a
16K-1481 and is coapatible with the 16K-1481 version of
the Data Transfer Prograa for Census !ethod II. No.
116.11.813. These two prograas in conjunction with the 4K1481 versions of Census !ethod II No. 86.8.889 fora an
autoaated package for forecasting. This prograa takes
time-series data and fits a first. second and/or third
degree polynoaial to the series. It coaputes the function.
fitting points to the eguation and subtracting and dividing
the fitted froa the observed data. This gives the
deviations about an assuaed trand which tends toward the
cycle for those series that have a cycle. As an option.
the trend can be projected 24 tiae periods into the future.
i.e •• if aonthly data are used this gives a 2-year
projection. The coefficients are coaputed by the least
squares technique. The calculations utilize PORT RAN
Ploating Point. Arithaetic. A modified Gaussian eliaination
technique is used to solve the resulting set of linear
equations.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - 1Iri te-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPOR!ITION:
PROGRA!! NUMBER 1481878883
PROGRA!! RUBBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
OPTIONAL
none
none
none
PROGRA!!ING SYSTE!!S - written in PORTRAN.
!!IRI!U!! SYST!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - 1481. 12K or 16K. with the
following features - Advanced Prograaaing. High-Low-Equal
Compax:e. and !ultiply-Divide - cax:d reader and punch 14113 Printer.
USER VOLU!E
REQUIREI!ERT
1481-89.2.887
!!IGHWlY ~Q!!!
AUTHOR:
~ANTITIES
lRD DESIGN DATA
David Denzer
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
David Denzer
State of Illinois
Division of Highways
USER VOLU!E
REQUIRE!!ENT
COB'lRIBUTBD PIIOGIIAIIS
PAGB 858
1481
COITIIUBD PIICII PIIIOIi PAGB
COITIIUED PIIOB PJlIOB COLUIIB
Eureau of Besearch & Planning
State Office Building
springfield. Illinois
in colu.ns 4-13 on the IBII progra. Order Por ••
DBSCBIl'TIOI - The purpose of the progra. is to co.pute
cut an4 fill quantities. aass diagra. ordinates. and
critical tea plate offsets and elevations. for such projects
as hig •• ays. levees, and channels, fro. ground cross
sections expressed either by rods and offsets or by
elevations and offsets, a profile grade line. and a roadway
te.plate of not aore than 28 points on each side of
centerline. Two cut slopes and three fill slopes of any
selected rate of slope aay be used. All teaplate points
are difined by vertical and horizontal offsets fro. the
preceding point, so that the di.ensions of any point aay
be changed at any cross section station without affecting
the relative position of other unchanged points on the
teaplate. The pr~raa aay be used for .ultiple roadways
~~ !~:~l:~e o:~~~i!: width can be defined by not aore than
BIIIBUB SISTBII IIEQUIBBIIEITS - IBII 1481 coaputer systea
with 16K lIeaory.
AUTHOR:
K. Ki.ball Bolland
DIRECT TECHIIClL IIQUIRIBS TO:
K. Kiaball Ro-lland
Barrows Ball
Oberlin College
Oberlin, Ohio
DESCRIPTION - 1491 Inventory lIanage.ent Siaulator is a
s.all size basic inventory manageaent siaulator which
offers an easy aethod of siaulating the behavior of various
inventory policies using historical sales data. lIany
different policy options are available and the routines
are easily .odifiable.
IIINIBOII SIS TEll REQUIRE!BBTS - !eaory 4K 1481 processor;
1482 Card Reader/Punch; 1493 (132 Print Positions).
BASIC PBOGRIII PACKIGE
DOCUIlEITITIOI - Write-up on lIicrofiche only.
BACBIIE ilEA DIBLE - Bone.
ORDEBING IIPOB8ATIOI:
1481-18.2.883
IIVERTOIII BUIGEIIE,!! SnULITOR
BA,SIC PROGlIl1I PICKAGE
DOCU!EITlTI1l1 - Write-up.
BACHIIE REIDIBLE - lppropriate aaterial delivered.
PIiOGIIlB BUUEII 1481892887
OPTIOBAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - lone.
Indicate "'B B 1" in colu.ns 1-3 and the Prograa Buaber
in coluans 4-13 on the IBB Prograa Order Pora.
ORDBlIIIG INPOR!ITIOR:
PROGRIII 10llBER 1491182883
PlIOGRl1l 10llBBR
E%TEBSIOB
AUTROII:
II. Cabell
DIRECT TECIiIICAL IBQUIRIES TO:
S. Cabell
EBB Corporation
6218 Borth Atlantic Avenue
Cocoa Beach, Plorida
DISTRIBUTIOB IIEDIUB
TIPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIOIlL
none
none
1491-18.2.886
1I0RTGAGE Ill0RIZlTIOR
AUTROR:
OSER VOLOIIE
BEQOIREBENT
88
none
none
~
Bartley Predrickson
DBSCBIPTIOI - The prograa aaxiaizes a linear objective
function of B variables, subject to II constraints. The
values for II & I aust be specified by the user for each
prablea. The Siaplex aethod is used, l:ut is revised to
perait the hasis to be carried as only a coluan aatrix.
DIRBCT TBCHIICIL INQUIBIES TO:
Hartley Predrickson
IBII. CQrporation
348 East South Teaple
Salt Lake City, Utah
PBOGRABBIBG SISTEIIS - written in SPS-2.
DESCRIPTION - This prograa will be written to aaortize
a mortgage and print a schedule of this a.ortization.
The printed iteas for a given date would include - date
of each payment, and nuaber of reaaining payaents. It
the end of the prograa is will print the a.ount of principal
and interest paid. The variables that the user can specify
will be - principal aaount- interest rateaaount of payaent,
and date of first pay.ent. The prograa will have the
abili ty to stop it on a certain date, after a certain
a.ount of pay.ent is reached. Or until the aortgage is
co.pletely aaortized. Extra principal pay.ents .ay be
included is desired.
BIBIBUII SISTBII REQUIREIIEITS - The progra. requires 1588
positions. 1481 CPU 2K, 4K. BK, 12K, or 16K. 1482 Card
Beader, 1483 1I0del I or 1I0del II Printer. Bo special
features are required.
EISIC PJI0GRlII PACKAGE
DOCUIIBI!ITIOB - Write-up.
IIACHIBE RBIDIBLE - lppropriate .a.terial delivered.
OPTIOBIL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEI!ITIOB - lone.
IIACHIBE BBADIBLE - Source code.
ORDEBIBG IIlPORIIATIOB:
!IIII!IOB SISTBB RBQUIREIIEBTS - 4K 1491 High-Low-Equal
Co.pare, lIult. & Divide and 132 print positions.
PIiOGlIllI BUIIBBlI 1481181882
osn VOLOIIE
REQUIREIIEBT
BASIC PROGIIAII PICKAGE
DOCUIIEITlTIOB - Write-up.
BICHIBE READABLE - lppropriate aaterial delivered.
PiOGBAB BUIlBER
BtTEISIOB
DISTRIBUTIOB liED lUll
TIPE
CODB
BISIC
none
DTR.
88
none
OPTIOIIL PROGBIII PACKIGE - Bone.
OPTIOBlL
none
DTR.
88
none
ORDERIBG IBPORlIlTIOB:
IUTROII:
Dr. J. Robert Jchnson, Jr.
DIRECT TECH,ICAL IBQUIRIES TO:
or. J. Robert Johnson, Jr.
lndustrial Engineering Departaent
a. J. Reynolds Tobacco Coapany
1inston-Salea, Borth Carolina
DESCRIPTIO. - To solve a general linear prograaaing problea.
REvised Si.plex aethod, prcduct fora of the inverse.
POIITRAB. Op to 188 equations with any nuaber of unknowns.
Storage re~uireaents 16888 positions. 1I0duius is 5 and
aantissa is 8.83 ainutes or 21 equations in 53 unknowns
the nuaber of variables involved and of the nuaber of
iterations than of the nuaber of equations.
811IIIUII SISTEII REQUIIIEIIElTS - 1481. 16K with the following
features: Advanced prograaaing. 8igh-Low-Bqual Coapare,
and lIultip1y Divide- three 7338 Tape Drives - card reader
and punch - 1483 Printer. 1482 Card Bead/Punch.
BISIC PBOQkAII PACKAGE
DOC08:PTlTIOI - Write-up on IJicrofiche only.
Bl¢BltE IIB1DlBLE - Bone.
ORDEBIIG IIPOII1I1TIOB:
PIIOGB11I IpllBBIi 1481181 •• 4
Indicate "E I 1" in colu.ns 1-3 and the Prograa luaber
PROGBlII IUIIBER 1481192986
PlIOGRl1I BOIIBBR
E%TERSIOI
DISTRIBUTIOB IIEDIUII
TIPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIOBIL
nODe
none
OSER VOLUBE
REQOIREBEBT
99
1481-18.2.887
!U1GEBEBT DECISIO!! 1I1KIBG LlBORITOR! IUTOIllTIC PLO!!IBG
~
AUTROB:
none
none
.8
!iF"
Stephen B. Lucas
DIRECT TECRIICIL IIQUIRIES TO:
Stephen B. Lucas
IBII Corporation
529 B. Dearborn
Chicago, Illinois
DESCRIPTION - IIIDIIAP is a prograa utilizing history and
decision cards fro. each period of play to auto.atically
generate nine graphs of laboratory results on the 1493
Printer. By using this progra., the Decision Baking
Laboratory Ad.inistrator eli.inates the need for personnel
to aanually graph results. Any co.bination of graphs can
be selected by sense switches and additional copies aade
without reloading the progra. or data. 1481 requireaents
are the sa.e as those for the IBB 1481 Banageaent Decision
lIaking Laboratory. The object prograa can be on cards
or tape. Graphs available are-- price by area, .arketing
by area. total aarketing, total dollar sales and unit
COITRIBUTED PROGRIIIS
1481
1481
sales. research and develop.ent and unit cost. production
quantity and production as percent of capacity, inco.e,
assets and return on assets. In addition. a su ••ary report
of inco.e, assets, and return is also lIritten for the use
of the adainistrator.
PROGRAIIIIIBG SYSTEIIS - written in Autocoder
IIIIIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIRBIIEBTS - 1481 Processing Unit lIith
4111111 positions of storage, Advanced prograa.ing feature,
Hi-Loll-Bqual Co.pare feature, Sense Switches feature,
"ultiply-Divide feature. 14112 card-Read/Punch; 14113 Printer
- 729 or 73311 lIagnetic Tape units (2).
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEITATIOB - Write-up.
IIACRIBE READABLB - Appropriate .aterial delivered.
OPTIOIAL PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATIOB - Bone.
IIACRIB! READABLE - Source code.
ORDERIBG I.PORIIUION:
PROGRAII NUIIBEB 14111111211117
DISTRIBUTION "EDIU"
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
1111
none
CPTIOBAL
none
DTR·
IiJIiJ
none
OSER VOLU"E
REQUIREltEBT
141iJ1-HI.2.1111iJ
.11
COIIIIERCIlL !1!1l SAVINGS :!ELLER gllULlTION USI!Q HABAC .!rn!H!!J. V. Spikes. Jr.
Robert Sykoba
DIRECT TECHNICAL IlIQUIRIES TO:
J. V. Spikes. Jr.
IBII corporation
112 East Post Road
White Plains. Nell York 11iJ681
DESCRIPTION - Prograa si.ulates teller operation. providing
suaaary statistics lIhich reflect levels of custoaer service
and teller utilization. 1I0del lias developed by lIABAC.
The si.ulator utilizes lIonte Carlo technique of rando.
selection in the assignaent of transaction type and
processing tiae to si.ulated custo.ers. custoaer arrivals
are generated assu.ing arrival lIithin tiae period fits
a poisson distribution function. The user is allolled a
aaxiau. of 5 lIindoll types, total windows not to exceed
31iJ. and .axi.u.s of 29 tiae periods. 21iJ transaction types,
queue length of 9. Progra. reguires IIABIC'S Teller
Perfor.ance Standards to deteraine process inC} ti.e for
each custo.er by transaction type. It is suggested that
data on custoaer arrivals and transaction aix be gathered
by a separate prograa. Teller Si.ulation Data Conversion
and Su •• arization Progra. for IBII 141iJ1.
PROGRAIIIIIBG SYSTEIIS - Written in 14111 Autocoder IOCS.
IIIUIIUII SYSTFII REQUIREIIUTS - 8K. 1481. 2 tape drives,
111112. 111113. Advanced Progra.aing, H-I-E. lIultiply Divide.
RINIIIUII SYSTEII RFQOIREIIENTS - IBII 8K 1481 with Advanced
Progra •• ing. lIultiply/Divide. 141iJ2 and 141iJ3.
BASIC PROGRlII PICKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
"ACRINE RBADABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORIIATICN:
CPTIOIllL nOGRAII PACKAGE
COCU"ENTITIOIi - lIone.
IIACHIB! READABLE - Source code.
PROGRAII BURBER 11111111iJ21111iJ
PROGRAII BUI!B!R
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTIOB IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLUIIE
REQOIRBIIEIT
ElSIC
none
DTR·
IiJIiJ
none
OPTIONAL
none
DTR·
IiJII
none
DISTRIBUTION IIBDIUII
TYPE
CODB
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
AUTHOR:
141iJ1-111.2.1iJ11
.11
TECHBIQU! gllOLlTOR
AUTHOR:
----- - - - ------ -
~
!ANlGEIIBE!
---
R. L. Risley
DIRECT TECBBIClL INQUIRIES TO:
R. L. Risley
l1liFon Division
General Rotors Corporation
Dept. 8895
Indianapolis. Indiana
USER VOLUn
REQUIBEltUT
81iJ
none
none
DEC~
IIUIBG LlBOFlTCRY
S. B. Lucas
DIRECT TBCHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
S. B. Lucas
IBII Corporation
521iJ N. Dearborn Street
Chicago. Illinois
DESCRIPTION - This progra. aakes available the lIanage.ent
Decision lIaking Laboratory on a 14111/1311 or 111111iJ/1311
disk systea. The prograa uses .the saae econo.ic aodel
and generates the saae reports as the present 141iJ1 tape
version. In addition. para.eters and initial history are
stored on disk. Prograa and running histo~ycan be stored
on disk or run lIith card input/output. Change card foraats
are used to easily alter paraaeters and history on disk.
The business index can be increased or decreased and
additional industry and confidential reports can be writtea
by sense switch selection. At the end of any decisioll
run. results stored on disk can be plotted, eli.inating
the need for post-laboratory graphing.
PROGRARlIIlIG SYSTEIIS - written in SPS.
IIINIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREIIENTS - The .ini.ua 1311 Syste.
consists of an 8K 141iJ1 or 1441iJ with Advanced progra •• ing.
High-LOll-Equal Coapare. and Sense SlIitches. One 1311 Disk
Drive and one 1316 Disk Pack for laboratories in progress
are required. 2569 source stateaents.
BASIC PROGRlft PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up
IIACHINB READABLB - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIOIIAL PROGRAR PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATION - lone
IIACHINE READABLB - Source code.
PROGRAII IIUIIBBR 141iJ111iJ21iJ12
PROGRAII NUIIBBR
EXTBBSIOI
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTB·
IiJIiJ
none
OPTIONAL
none
DTR.
IiJIiJ
none
USER VOLUIIE
RBQUlBEnrr
14111-1 II. 3. 1iJ1iJ2
LESS - LEAST-COST BSTIIIATIIG ABD SCHEDULIBG
~ .11&!~
AUTHORS:
----~illBTSIII - COIIPUTER ASSISTED PROJECT BY ALUlTIOll UD REVUW
PROGRAII NURBER 14811821111
PROGRlII NURBER
BXTENSION
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
BASIC PROGRlII PACKAGE
DOCUIIElITATIOB - Write-up.
IIACRIBE READABLB - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
ORDERIBG IBFORIIATION:
PROGRAlIlIIlIG SYSTEIIS - written in SPS.
1481-1Iil.2.1iJ12
141iJ1I1441iJ
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTEBSIOB
AOTHORS:
PAGE 851
COBTINUED FROII PRIOR COLORN
COITIIUBD PBOII PRIOR PAGE
ill
Lou Granato
Jia I!orden
-
Joe Rose
DIRECT TECHlIICAL INCOIRIES TO:
Lou Granato
IBII Corporation
631 Cooper Street
Caaden 2. lell Jersey
DESCRIPTION - This progra. is a high speed .ethod of
deteraining critical path and related infor.ation (float
ti.e etc.) for proble.s where scheduling is i.portant.
The prograa will .handle 8K .e.ory - 985 events (12K aemory
- 1555 events and 16K .eaory - 2125 events). Any nu.ber
of jobs (arrolls) can be handled. Length of the critical
path cannot exceed 7 digits (9999999). will handle 1111iJ1I
arrows in approxiaately 12 .inutes including card handling
ti.e. This is a three (3) phase. two (2) pass prog·ra ••
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in SPS II.
DESCRIPTION - To train personnel in the use of PERT network
as (1) A planning and control device fer co.plex projects.
(2) To ena1:le students to experience the siginificance
of ti.e-ccst trade-offs.
(3) To acquaint students with
the use of the co.puter as an aid to .anage.ent.
IIETBCD - A PERT network is read in followed by control
card follclIed by the student changes to the PERT network.
Analysis of the student changes is .ade. the PBRT network
is updated. the change in cost is co.puted and the network
is PBRTed and a negative slack sort is printed.
!!
-----
RINIIIUII SYSTEI! REQUIREIIEIITS - 1481 card systea with 8.
12 or 16K .eaory. lIultiply Divide feature. Hi-Lo-Equal
Co.pare.
BASIC PROGRAI! PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
"ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING IIFORIIATICN:
PROGRAII BURBER 148111iJ3111iJ2
CONTRIBUTED PROGRA!S
1481
PASE 852
1481
CONTINUED FROB PRIOR COLOBN
CONTIRUED FROB PRIOR PAGE
PROGRAB NUBBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
Washington, D. C.
USER VOLUBE
REQUIRE!!NT
none
88
none
1481-18.3.887
- - PERT -
DESCRIPTION - ASK is an inforaation retrieval prograa.
It will select records froa tape that satisfy ranges, and,
and not, or, or not, conditions. Free form inquiry format
is used and multiple inquiries may be processed with one
pass of the master tape. Significant features are the
ability to aake multiple inquiries, the use of free fora
inquiry, and the oaission of any necessity for control
cards.
PROGRABBING SYSTEBS - Written in SPS.
AUTHOR:
J. F. Borden
BINIBOB SYSTEB REQUIREBENTS - 4K, 1481, two tape drives,
Advanced prcgramaing package, Hi-Low-Equal Compare feature,
1482 Card Reader, 1483 Printer.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
J. F. Borden
IB! Corporation
Philadelphia Education Center
238 South 15th Street
Philadelphia 2, Pa.
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCU!'IENTATION - Write-up.
BACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
DESCRIPTION - To aid in the planning, coordination and
control function of projects where schedules are iaportant.
Evaluates and sequences jobs within the overall project
with respect to their effect on the overall project and
other jobs within the project. Siailar to the LESS prograas
for 1481 and also the existing PERT prograas. Provides
for the use of three (3) tiae estiaates hut does not
calculate PR, i.e., the probability associated with meeting
predeterained schedule dates.
OPTIONAL pROGRAB PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING IlIIFORBATION:
pROGRAB NUBBER 1481183889
PROGRAB NUBBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUB
TYPE'
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUBB
REQUIREftElIIT
88
none
none
pROGRA!BING SYSTE!S - Written in SPS; assembled with
Autocoder.
!INI!U! SYSTE! REQUIRE!ENTS - 1481 Bodel C-3,4,5 or 6 with,
Bultiply-Divide feature, Hi-Low-Equal coapare feature,
1482 Card Read/ Punch, 1483 Printer !odel 2, 729 !odel
II or IV Tape Units.
BASIC pROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCUBERTATION - write-up.
!ACHIn .READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
AUTHORS:
C. B. Lobron
D. H. Byers
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
C. B. Lobron
IBB Corporation
238 s. 15th Street
Philadelphia, Pa.
OPTIONAL FROGRAB PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORBATION:
1481-10.3.818
!l!!!; SYST:U
PROGRA! NUBBER 1481183887
USER VOLUBB
REQUIRE!ENT
DESCRIPTION - The six prograas, runs 1 through 6, together
with a prograaaing systems sort package, will permit the
preparation of a publication consisting of a bibiography,
KWIC Index, and Personal Author Index.
pROGRlII NUBBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIUB
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
none
pROGRABBING SYSTEBS - Written in sps II.
CPTIONAL
none
none
none
BINIBUB SYSTEB REQUIREBElIITS - IBB 1481 system - 4K memory,
6 Sense Switches, 2 tape drives, Hi-La-Equal Compare
feature, Advanced programming feature (Indexing, !!ove
Record, Store A and B), 1402 Card Read/Punch, and 1403
Printer.
1481-18.3.888
---iORiCiSTING II ~pOHEBTIl!. SBOOTHING
Jack F. Biess
BASIC pROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCOBElIITATICN - Write-up
BACHIlIIE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Jack F. Biess
IBB Corporation
1'. O. Box 1688
3411 W. Washington Avenue
!adison, Wisconsin
OpTIOlIIAL FROGR!B pACKAGl
DOCUlIENTATION - None
BACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
AUTHOR:
ORDEBIlIIG INFORlIlTION:
DESCRIPTION - This prograa is used to find the correct
saoothing parameter for each of a firas products and then
used to forecast monthly deaand for one, two, three, and
four months in advance for these products. The exponential
saoothing aethod of forecasting is used with optional
features of adjustments for seasonal variation and varying
number of days in a aonth.
pROGRAB NUBBER 1481183810
PROGBl! lIIUIIBER
EXTERSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTH·
OPTIONAL
none
DTR·
BINIBUB SYSTEB REQUIREBENTS - 1481 with 4K storage 14112
Bodel 1 14113 !'Iodel 2 (132 printing positions) no other
special features are required.
AUTHOR:
Henry II. Steele
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - Write-up.
BACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Henry II. Steele
IBB Corporation
2838 Victory Parkway
Cincinnati 6, Ohio
USER VOLUBE
REQUIREIIEHT
80
none
none
pROGRAB!ING SYSTEBS - written in 1481 Symbolic Language
and Fixed Point Arithaetic was used throughout.
OPTIONAl FROGRAB PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFCRBATION:
pROGRAB NUBBER 1401103888
pROGRAB NUBBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
80
1401- HI. 3.889
----~!=iiiF.QRftlTION RETHIE!!!. pROG!!!.!! fQ!! 1!!!
AUTHCR:
Donald Heraan
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Donald Heraan
Coapu ting Center
IBB Corporation
1120 Connecticut Avenue, N. W.
USER VOLUBE
REQUIREBENT
none
none
.1!J1
DESCRIPTION - A program for critical path scheduling on
any 1481 system with a 1402 and 1483. purpose was to use
a card input format compatible with the 1620 LESS program
and to expand and improve upon the 1481 LESS program.
Some of the aany changes to 1401 LESS include - Bissing
node numbers permitted, elimination of memory to nines
card preparation for ~hase 1. Elimination of header and
trailer cards for job card input decks, and many report
format changes. A four phase program. Phase 1 computes
late finish time. Phase 2 computes early start time.
Phase 3 computes early finish time. late start time, total
float, free float, and the critical path. Phase 4
accumulates project cost and edits fields into report
format. 'Restrictions and range critical path may not
exceed 99,,999 time units. The maximum event of node number
is 711 on a 4K system, 311 on 2K, and 191 on 1.4K.
PROGRAIIBIlIIG SYSTEI!S - written in sps.
BINIIIUII SYSTEB REQUIREBENTS - 1402 and 1483 on system.
special features are used. Written for a 4lt system,
but requires only four patches to phase 1 to operate on
1110
CONTRIBUTED PROGRAftS
141111
PAGE 11153
14"1
CONTINUED PROft PRIOR PAGE
2K or 1.4K system. Program requirements uses all storage
available on 1.4K. 2K. and 4K systems.
BA'SIC PROGBAft PACKAGE
tOCUftENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
AOTHOR:
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INPORtUTION:
PROGBAII NUftBER 1411111111311113
PROGRAft NUBBER
EX7ENSION
DISTRIBUTION BED lUll
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUlREBIBT
III"
none
none
Hll-ll11.3."15
!IECEWCB!::1!Y!Q!!! PlYROg
AUTHOR:
Charlotte Scott
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Charlotte Scott
IBII Corporation
425 Park Avenue
New York, New York
DESCRIPTION - The Inventory lIanagement Analysis Program
provides analysis and classification by investment value
and profit standing. Also. the program provides for the
calculation of EOQ, number of orders per year based on
order quantity. fixed order points and projected turnover
ratios. Individual analysis is made for each inventory
type, i.e., finished goods. purchases parts, manufactured
parts and raw material. This program provides a means
for selecting data for inventory management simulation.
by defining the area of greatest potential return.
stratification of inventory items may he made by correlating
demand, cost and net profit. There are many other factors
which should be considered for a complete analysis such
as storage capacity, obsolescence. shelf life, movement
inventory and seasonal demand.
lIarilyn II. Jensen
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
lIarilyn ft. Jensen
IBII Corporation
3223 Wilshire Boulevard
Santa 1I0nica, California
PROGRAl!!!ING SYSTEIIS - Written in Autocoder.
!!INIIIUII SYSTE!! REQUIREIIENTS - IBII 14"1 card system, 4K,
l!ult./Divide. 132 print positions.
DESCRIPTION - The Piecework-Timework Payroll Program, Phase
1, comFutes employee earnings to first gross, and prints
a preliminary payroll register for supervisory audit.
It provides for an emFloyee working a combination of
piecework with a special rate for every job, and timework
with either a special rate for every job. or with either
a special or regular time rate. Shift differentials are
calculated if the work was perfox:med on cther than first
shift- total hours worked (piecework plus timework) are
adjusted if unequal to timecard hours- and lost labor is
computer if productive earnings are less than guaranteed
earnings. Phase 2 produces the error register. Remaining
core may be used to develop more sophisticated error
diagnostic routines.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
PROGRABIIING SYSTEIIS - lIri tten in Autocoder.
IIINlftUII SYSTEft REQUIREftENTS - lIithout modification, the
program requires a 111"1 system with 8K. 2-7338 Tape Drives.
141115. 1487, lIultiply-Divide, H-L-I Compare. and Advanced
program.ing. Phase 1 requires 6643 positions of core and
111115 source statements. Phase 2 requires 2211 positions
of core with 369 source statements.
PROGRAII NUl!BER 1411111"3815
PROGRAl! NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTIOB IIEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
------------------------ ------------------none
none
DTR·
III"
OPTICNAL
none
none
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIRElIlNT
none
11101-18.3.816
URECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
P. A. Christopher
IBII Corporation
'H!Jl Grand Avenue
Oakland 18, California
PROGRAIIl!ING SYSTEIIS - program is Written in Autocoder.
IIINI!!UII SYSTE!! REQUIREIIENTS - lIritten fox: an 8K 1401 with
I!ultiply-Di vide, Advanced programming and Sense Switches.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTICNAL FROGRAl! PACKAGE - None.
PROGRAl! NUIIBEl< 1491183016
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUl!
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR·
none
none
none
DTR.
none
none
none
none
~NTO!!!
IIlBAGEl!EBT
J. D. Harty
O. W. Wight
!!1~Q! %E!!!~
G. 11. Plossal
w. J. Abramson
DESCRIPTION - Lot-siZe Inventory lIanagement Interpolation
Technique (LIl!IT) is a prograll which attacks the problem
of inventory carrying cost found in the classical EOQ
formula by distributing a departaent or plants setup hours
in a more reasonable manner. output is the best order
quantity for all tiaes withing the liaitation of a
prescribed setup cost and matrix for graphing showing the
relationshit: of inventory to set up cost for various points.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUl!ENTATION - Write-up on l!icrofiche only.
!!ACHINE READABLE - None.
DESCRIPTION - A 1401 program to calculate the rate of
return of an investment based on the discounted cash flow
method. This program provides a standard technique for
ranking proposed capital expenditures, ox:, the rate of
return may be compared with a minimum acceptable rate to
heop determine whether or not a proposed project should
be undertaken.
OPTIONAL
BASIC
OPTIONAL
14"1-18.3.824
1Q! SIZE
(LIl!ITI.
USER VOLO!!E
REQUIREl!ENT
IIINlItUl! SYSTEl! REQUIREl!ENTS - 4K, 1I0del 2 1483, lIultiplyDivide, Advanced Programming, and Hi-Low-Equal. Reference
Apics Research Project No. 1 for lIore details.
F. A. Christopher
PROGRAII BUl!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !!EDIUII
TYPE
CODE
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - written in symbolic language.
----cipl1ll1NVE~ENT !l!ill~ ~
ORDERING INPCR!!ATION:
PROGRAl! NUIIBER 14"118311123
PROGRA!! NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
J. D. Harty
Stanley Tools
111 Elm Stx:eet
New Britain. Conn.
OPTIONAL PROGRAl! PACKAGE - None.
AUTHOR:
ORDERING INFORl!ATION:
AUTHORS:
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
£OCUBENTATION - write-up.
ftACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
ORDERING IHFORIIATION:
BASIC PROGRAl! PACKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
8"
USER VOLUl!E
BEQUIREIIENT
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGRAK NUIIBER 14"11"3824
Indicate "B N 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Buaber
in columns 4-13 on the IB!! Program Order Forll.
14111-18.3.11128
.£!!!TICll R!%!!
AUTHOR:
11~!!!!
!l!!! Y;SOURCE
DIRECT TECHNICAL INCUIRIES TO:
R. J. Blair
IB!! Corporation
925" Wilshire Blvd.
Beverly Hills, Calif.
DESCRIPTION - This prograa performs two major functions.
First, it lists critical path output in any card fox:mat.
Second, it t:erforms preliminary analysis of resource
requirements prior to resource siaulation. This anlaysis
determines the reasonableness of the resource requirements.
These requirements may be revised as a result of this
analysis before proceeding with resource simulation.
none
none
!.!~
R. J. Elair
The program has four options:
CONTRIBUTED PROGRAftS
PAGE 854
1481
1481
CONTINUED FROft PRIOR PAGE
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
CONTINUED PROft PRIOR COLUftN
Include total float, free float, resource analysis.
Include total float, resource anlaysis.
Include total float, free float.
List input cards.
OPTIOBlL
none
none
none
1481-18.3.8114
The program options and data field locations are specified
by a control card. The program can handle stacked networks.
~~ ~
AUTHOR:
PROGRAftftING SYSTEftS - Source language is SPS II.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Write-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAft PACKAGE - None.
PROGR!! NU!!BER 14811831128
PROGBA! NU!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIUII
TYPE
CODE
I!lSIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREftENT
none
1111
Done
.£
DESCRIPTION - This program evaluates the progress of
projects by individuals with totals for individualS, groups
and the entire report. Completed projects can be entered
for history and man-days early or late are computed.
Puture projects can be entered for inforaation and are
picked up as current projects when the start date is passed.
Current projects are checked, warnings printed on condi tion,\
and prOjected co.pletion dates and aan-days deviation from
the scheduled coapletion date and calculated and printed
on another condition. Six monthly projections of man-day
work load are coaputed for current and future projects
for each individual.
PROGRAftftING SYSTE!S - written in Autocoder.
!INlftUft SYSTEft REQUIREftENTS - 14111 8K, ftultiply-Divide,
Advanced Program.ing package and High-Low-Equal Compare.
program uses 591111 positions of core. 14112 Card Reader;
132 position 14113 Printer.
14111-111.3.1135
--- ,Q!!ICK KWIC INDEX
AUTHOR:
~
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
!!r. E. E. Lambert
Computer Coordinator
Deere & Company
Boline, Illinois 61265
!INI!U! SYSTER REQUIRE!!ENTS - IBft 4K 1481 with Advanced
Progra •• ing, ftultiply/Divide, and a 1483 with 132 print
positions. Prograa storage requirements 3569 positions
of core used.
ORDERING INFOR!ATION:
!!EPO!rr
!!r. B. E. Lambert
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUftENTATION - Write-up on fticrofiche only.
ftACHINE READABLE - None.
J. II. Bain
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TC:
J. ft. Bain
IBft Corporation
1123 Beaver Hall Bill
!ontreal, Quebec, Canada
ORDERING INPORftATION:
PROGRA!! NUftBER 1411111131144
Indicate liB N 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Number
in columns 4-13 on the IB!! Prograa Order Form.
DESCRIPTION - This is a one pass program to produce a
si.ple KWIC Index fro. cards using only one card for each
entry to the index. Previous progra.s have generally
required several .achine runs to produce a KWIC Index.
PROGRA!!!!ING SYSTEftS - The program is written in Autocoder
and uses the full 4111111 .eaory positions.
BASIC PROGRA! PACKAGE
DOCU!ENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL FROGRAft PACKAG! - None.
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGRA! NU!!BEE 1411111131135
PROGRA!! NU!!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
EASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
AUTHOR:
!!rs. B. K. Pavelle
DIRECT TECHRICAL IH(;UIRIES TO:
S. !!. Bailes
IB!! Corporation
ASDD
2651 Strang Blvd.
Yorktown Heights, New York
!INIIIU!! SYSTE!! REQUIRE!!ENTS - The program requires a 4K
14111 with 14112 and 14113 and 4 tape drives. Advanced
Prograaming and High-Low-Equal Compare features are
required.
USER VOLUftE
REQUIRE!ENT
DESCRIPTION - The Skills Inventory System is an information
retrieval system which allows access to precoded data
concerning employee skills and background. The system
has the ability to select employees meeting the
qualifications for available positions. Statistical
analyses may also be perforaed. A file coded employee
inforaation is built which can be updated, searched and
retrieved in uncoded form (English rather than codes) •
none
1111
none
IIINI!UII SYSTEII R!QUIREftENTS - 8K 4-tape 14111 with Advanced
Prograaming package and High-Lo-Equal Coapare.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUftENTATION - Write-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - Ap.propriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
AUTHOR:
!!r. C. F. Wilkes
ORDERING INl'ORIIATION:
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
IIr. C. P. Wilkes
15511 Elasford Avenue
La Habra, California 911632
DESCRIPTION - A complete system of test scoring and
reporting. The system uses the IH!! 1481 Card Data
Processing Systea. The input source document is a marksense test answer card. !!ethod- basically, table lookup
and computation. Will score up to ten different tests
for an individual student, using all normal formulas or
scoring techniques. Up to sixteen raw score pOints
summarized into a single output card per student.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
BASIC
PROGRA!! NUIIBER 1411111131141
none
DTR*
1111
none
ftT
1/556
liT
1/8111l
CARDS
OPTIONAL
none
none
AUTHOR:
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
rOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up.
!!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
14111-1 11.3.1155
!!INI!!U!! SYST!II R!QUIREIIENTS - 4K storage, card systea,
Column Binary, Advanced programming, High-Low-Equal Coapare,
Sense switches, 14113 Printer lIodel 2, 1482 Card Read Punch.
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREIIENT
none
USER VOLUftE
REQUIREIIENT
111
111
none
22
24
15
--INDrvliiUll LEDGER 1!TRACT PROGRlII POR CREDIT
PROGRAIIIIING SYSTEIIS - Written in card Autocoder (Basic).
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGRAII NUIIBER 141111831149
PROGRAII NUIIBER
EXTENSION
none
UNIO~
J. A. Atkinson
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
J. A. Atkinson
IBft Corporation
lIonterey and Cottle Roads
San Jose, California
DESCRIPTION - This program produces member's statements
covering dividend accounting periods. At the start of
a new dividend period a new record is started for each
account with share and loan balances carried forward.
Dividents are calculated and posted. Insurance preminuas
are calculated. Program occupies 13141 positions and
locations 111113 to 184111 and 111666 to 111140 are used for
input - output. There are 1183 source statements. This
program should be used in conjunction with individual
!1!
COBTRIBUTED PROGRAftS
1481
1481
OPTIONAL PROGRIII PACKAGE - None.
ledger update prograa for credit unions.
PROGRAftllIBG SISTEIIS - Written in 1481 Autocoder.
ORDERING INFORftATIOB:
IIIBlftUII SISTEft REQUIREIIEBTS - The prograa requires 16K,
1481 Processor, 1482 Card Reader, 1483 Printer (132
positions), 3 tape units, High-Low-Equal Coapare, Advanced
programaing and Sense Switches.
BASIC PROGRlft PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATIOB - Write-up.
IIICHINE REIDABLE - Appropriate aateria1 delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRlft PACKAGE
DOCUIIEBTATIOB - Bone.
ftACHIBE REIDABLE - Source code.
ORDERING INFCRIIATION:
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIOBAL
none
none
IUTHOR:
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIBEIIUT
BASIC
none
DTR*
88
none
OPTIOBAL
none
DTR*
88
none
J. A. Atkinson
DIRECT TECHBICAL INQUIRIES TO:
J. A. Atkinson
IBft Corporation
1I0nterey and Cottle Roads
San Jose, California
DESCRIPTION - This prograa will post all transactions to
each aeaber's account. will automatically calculate
interest to prinCipal for loans repaid monthly. Provides
f.or share to share transfers if accounts involved have
the same basic serial nuaber. Prograa occnpies 12831
positions and locations 1514 - 1648 and 1138 11138 are
used for inpnt - output. There are 1183 source statements.
This prograa should be used in conjunction with individual
ledger extract program for credit unions.
PROGRlftftING SYSTEIIS - written in 1481 Autocoder.
IIIBIIIUII SYSTEII REQUIREftEBTS - Program requires 16K 1481
processor, 1482 Card Reader, 1483 printer, 132 positions),
3 tape units, High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming
and Sense Switches.
OFTIOBAI FROGRIII PICKAGE
DOCUIIENTITION - None.
ftlCHINE READABLE - Source code.
AUTHOR:
none
none
IIINlftUII SYSTER REQUIREftENTS - Can be run on 1481, 1448
or 1468 systeas, with 8K, two 1311 Disk Drives, Idvanced
Programaing, High-Low-Equal COllpare, Bit-Test, any
1481/48/68 I/O hardware, Coluan Binary or card Image
feature.
BISIC PROGRlft PICKAGE
DOCUftENTITION - Write-up.
IIACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRlft PICKAGE - None.
OPTIONAL
FBOGBlII BUftBER 1481183856
DISTRIBUTION ftEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
none
DTR*
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIBEIIUT
88
1481-18.3.865
88
none
D. G. Douglas, Jr.
DIRECT TECHNICAL INCUIRIES TC:
D. G. Douglas, Jr.
IBft corporation
518 Broad Street
Newark, New Jersey 81182
DESCRIPTION - The critical Path lIanageaent Game consists
of three prograas which can l:e used for teaching and
deaonstrating the technigues of less critical path
scheduling. At selected stages during the game participants
vary activity durations by manipulation of resources.
The objective is to complete project with minimum
expenditure. Phase I prepares a master tape used by Phase
III. Phase II computes project schedules with output
siailar to that produced by less programs. Phase III
simulates the gaae project and reports on the status of
all activities. The gaae project is restricted to 188
activities and ainor restrictions on node numbering and
maximua duration.
PROGRARRING SYSTERS - Written in FORTRIN.
IIIliIRUR SYSTEII REQUIREftENTS - Requires 12K, 1481 with
Advanced Programaing, ftu1tip1y-Divide, High-Low-Equal
Coapare, 1482 Card Reader, 1483 Printer and at least two
magnetic tape units. Phase III requires 11,152 positions.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
IOCUIIENTITION - Write-up.
IIACHIBE READABLE - Ippropriate aateria1 delivered.
PROGRIII NUIIBER 1481183863
PROGRAII BUftBER
EXTENSIOR
DISTRIBUTION ftEDIUR
TYPE
CODE
none
ftT
ftT
-------------none
------------------1/556
1/888
22
24
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREftnT
-----------
none
81
81
none
------------------------------------STUDENT SCH.!!DULI!§ SISTEII
none
AUTHORS:
DTR*
ftr. C. F. Wilkes
PROGRAllftING SYSTERS - Written in lutocoder.
BISIC
PROGBAII NUftBER
EXTENSION
none
88
DESCRIPTIOB - FAST programs accept FAST test answer cards,
vertically oriented one or two co1uan per side mark-sense
cards, on whiCh a test subject aarks his responses. These
will be scored within the. coaputer. Other input including
responses, such as the IBft 1238/31/32 must be interfaced
by a user prograa. In addition, keypunched or IBft 1238/534
punched raw scores can be used if item analysis not desired.
Regardless of input method, raw scores are converted to
derived scores, listed in various sequences, printed on
pressure-sensitive labels, and profile cards produced.
Statistical output includes a unit and a five point
frequency distribution, and a matrix of covariance
produced in three groupings-total group, plus upper and
lower 2' groups.
~
OPTIONAL
USER VOLURE
REQUIREIIENT
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
IIr. C. F. Wilkes
IBII corporation
11141 Georgia Ivenue
Wheaton, lIaryland
ORDERIBG INFORIIATICN:
BASIC nOGRAft PICKAGE
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIICHINE READABLE - Appropriate aateria1 delivered.
EASIC
DISTRIBUTIOB REDIUR
TYPE
CODE
PROGRAII BUftBER 1481183855
DISTRIBUTIOB IIEDIUII
TIPE
CODE
ORDERING INFORIIATION:
PROGRAII BURBER 1481183859
PROGRAR BUftBER
EXTEBSIOB
1481-18.3.863
- - PAST - PULLY IUTOftlTIC SCORING TECHliIOU~ ! ]B~RAII
PACKAGE---- -------- ------
PROGBAft NUIIBER
EXTEBSION
IUTHOR:
PAGE 855
COBTINUED FROft PRIOR COLUftB
COBTIBUED FRCft PRIOR PAGE
C. F. Wilkes
J. R. Cottrell
J. B. Kesselman
B. J. Nevil
II. N. Samuel
DIRECT TECHNICAL IHCUIRIES TO:
Charles F. Wilkes
IBft Corporation
11141 Georgia Avenue
Wheaton, Raryland
DESCRIPTION - Socrates provides an in-house systea for
scheduling secondary school students into classes of grades
seven through twelve. The system schedules periods zero
through ten for two regular semesters simultaneously, or
one split-week semester. Features include ability
groupings. teacher selection, grade range selection, sex
selection, alternate course requests, study hall scheduling,
blocked courses, and aaximull class balancing consistent
with ainimull rejects. Includes a coaplete series of
programs to sillp1ify data collection, corrections,
scheduling and analysis. Pile maintenance prograas permit
individual or mass changes. Output reports include
verification listings, simple tally, conflict matrix,
analysis of rejects, class load analysis in sequence by
room, tEacher, period and course, and students schedule
listing with card output option.
PROGRIR!ING SYSTEIIS - Autocoder on disk.
RIRIIIU! SYSTER REQUIRE!ENTS - Biniaum 8K 1481/48/68 with
Bit Test, High-Low-Equal Co.pare, Advanced prograaming,
one 1311 Disk Drive, and any I/O configuration.
BASIC PROGRAft PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - Write-up.
!ACHINE READABLE - Appropriate lIateria1 delivered.
OPTIORAL PROGRIR PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORIIITION:
PROGRAB BURBER 1481183865
COlTaIBUTED PBOGBAIIS
PAGE B56
14B1
14B1
CONTINUED FROII PRIOR PAGE
CONTIIUED FROII PRIOR COLUIIN
PROGBlII NUIIBER
EXTERSIOI
BASIC
DISTRIBUTIOI IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
-------------------------------none
22
11'1
7/556
7/88B
11'1
OPTIOBlL
none
USER VOLUIIE
REQUlBEl!l!BT
81
81
24
none
none
I!T
81
=
.ar. C. G. Badner
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
I!r. C. G. Badner
Nev Trier Tovnship High Schools
385 Winnetka Avenue
Win'netka, Illinois 68893
l.9J.1::.1B. 3.1167
I!ACHER-IIADE-Tl!ST EACKlGE
I!r. D. W. Taylor
24
1481-18.3.B78
TS88
SCOR! 1IID ANALYZE TEACHER-UDE TESTS
AUTHOR:
AUTHORS:
7/8BB
I!r. C. W. Cozad
DIRECT TECHIICAL INQUIRIES TO:
I!r. D. W. Taylor
IBI! corporation
525 So. Flover Street
Los Angeles, California 98817
DESCRIPTIOB - The purpose of this program is to take punched
responses from tests scored on an IBI! 1238 Test Scoring
lIachine and analyze and evaluate the test by .eans of a
1481 computer. Responses extracted are stored on disk,
then analyzed and evaluated.
DESCRIPTION - The Teacher-llade-Test program provides a
simple and accurate vay for the teacher to make use of
data processing facilities for the scoring and analysis
of tests administered in the classro.o.. The program not
only accollplishes the scoring function, but also the
preparation of meaningful test result analyses to aid the
teacher in determining individual and class needs. I!ultiple
choice and/or true-false types of objective tests of up
to 1118 questions can be processed. Input consists of one
lIark-sense test ansver card per student. Output consists
of 1. Score listing vith right or vrong response record,
2. Ite. count, and 3. Unit-point frequency distribution.
Program can also be used to analyze results of opinion
surveys and class elections.
Restrictions are- no .ore than 88 ite.s, .aximu. veighted
score - 7BB; speed - approxi.ately 1888 tests per hour.
PROGRAI!I!ING SYSTEIIS - written in
IIIBII!UI! SYSTEI! REQUIREI!ENTS - 1481 8K, 1482 Reader, 1483
printer, one 1311 disk, Indexing, and High-Lov-Equal
Co.pare.
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATIOB - Write-up.
I!ACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOBAL PROGRAI! PACKAGE ORDERING INFORI!ATION:
Autocoder.
14B1~48/68
IIINIIIUI! SYSTEI! REQUIREIIENTS - 8K, 1481/48/68 vith Coluan
Binary or Card Image, High-Lov-Equal Compare, Advanced
progra.ming, and one 1311 Disk Drive.
No~e.
PROGRAI! NOIIBER 1481183878
PROGRAII NUI!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUI!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
OPTIONAL
none
none
USER VOLUI!E
REQUIREI!!BT
none
88
none
BASIC PReGRAII PACKAGE
))OCUIIENTATION - Write-'up.
IIACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
1481-18.3.871
1.9!1 !!NIVERSIT!
OPTIONAL FROGRAI! PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFCRI!ATION:
PROGRAI! NUIIBER 14111183867
PROGBAI! NUIIBER
EX'lENSION
DISTRIBUTION I!EDIUI!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
CARDS
OPTIONAL
none
none
AUTHORS:
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIREI!EBT
none
15
none
INFORIUTIOB
SYSTE~
R. H. Glover
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
R. H. Glover
College Entrance Examination Board
475 Riverside Drive
New York City, Nev York 18827
DESCRIPTION - The 1481 University Admissions Information
system (UAIS) provides an effective and comprehensive means
of assembling applicant information, of retrieving
information in standardized report formats, obtaining
detailed descriptions of applicant qualifications,
assembling su.mary data, co.municating ad.issions and
financial aid decisions and records of college achieve.ent
to secondary schools, automatically sending notifications
of .issing information and decisions to applicants, and
furnishing access to applicant and class infor.ation for
longitudinal and comparative studies. Included in the
system is a generalized information retrieval program that
provides record selection and field selection to punch
a card, print a listing, or prepare a copy of formated
tape. The system has tvo update runs, creating an applicant
master file and a transcript master file, and seven report
runs which produce the outputs previously described.
1481-18.3.868
----!;Q9RllATIVE ADIIISSIO~ llFORIIATION 2YSTE~
AUTHOR:
!!1~
AOTHOR:
IIr. R. H. Glover
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
IIr. R. H. Glover
College Entrance Examination Board
475 Riverside Dr.
Nev York, Nev York 18827
DESCRIPTION - The system provides an effective and
comprehensive means of assembling applicant information,
retrieving the information in standardized report formats,
obtaining detailed descriptions of applicant academic
qualifications, assembling su.mary data, communicating
admissions and financial aid decisions and records of
college achievement to secondary schools, and furnishing
access to applicant and class information for logitudinal
and comparative studies. The system includes two update
runs, creating an applicant master file and a transcript
master file, and six report runs which produce the reports
previously described.
PROGRAI!IIIBG SYSTEI!S - Written in Autocoder language.
MINIMUI! SYSTEII REQUIREMENTS - 8K storage capacity, 1481
processing Onit, 1486 Core Storage Unit, Model 2, 4 - 729
or 733" lIagnetic Tape Units, 1 - 1483 printer, !!odel 2
688 lpm, 132 characters, 1 - 1482 Card Read Punch, Model
1.
PROGRAI!I!ING SYSTEI!S - The programs are written in Autocoder
Language.
FEATURES - Indexing ••• Storage Address Register ••• !love
Record ••• High/Lov/Equal compare ••• Sense Svitches.
IIINIIIO!! SYSTEII REQUIREII!NTS - 12K or 8K (depending on Data
Precessing runs) 1481 vi th Indexing, Storage Address
Register, 1I0ve Record, High-low-Equal Compare features •••
14116 Core Storage unit, lIodel 2 ••• 4-729 Tape Units •••
1483 Printer, lIodes 2 6811 LPII, 132 characters ••• 14B2 Card
Read Punch, I!odel 1.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUI!ENTATION - Write-up.
!lACHINE READABLE - Object code, source code and
sample problell.
OPTIOBlL PROGRAII PACKAGE - None.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
EASIC PRCGUI! PACKAGl!
DOCUIIENTATION - Write-up.
IIACHIN! READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
PROGRAI! NOI!BER 141'11183071
PROGRAII NUI!BER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION MEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
none
USER VOLUI!E
REQUIRE!!ENT
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.
I!ACHIBE READABLE - Source Code.
BASIC
-----------------------------------------none
DTR 7/556
none
22
ORDERING INFORI!ATION:
OPTIONAL
none
PROGRAI! NUI!BER
EXTENSION
BASIC
CPTIONAL
-------------none
none
DTR
PROGRAII NUMBER 1401183868
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUI!
CODE
TYPE
DTR
7/888
24
USER VOLUIIE
REQOIREI!J!NT
----------none
none
!!T
7/556
22
81
------------------DTR 7/556
22
7/888
24
1481-18.3.872
PIUNC!M, AID l!!1QjMATIQ! ~YSTEI! (LOAN gglll
AUTHORS:
AUTHOR:
R. H. Glover
none
none
CORTRIBUTED PROGRAftS
1481
14111
CORTIRUED FROB PRIOR PAGE
PAGE 857
CONTI RUED FBO!! PBIOB COLUftli
tIRECT TECHBICAL IBQUIRIES TO:
DIRECT TECHRICAL IRgUIRIES TO:
R. H. Glover
College Entrance Exa.ination Board
475 Riverside Drive
Rew York City, Bew York 1111121
BASIC PROGRI!! PICKAGE
DOCU!!ENTITIOR - Write-up.
ftACHIRE READABLE - Object code, source code and
sample proble ••
OPTIONII PReGRA!! PACKAGE - None.
DESCRIPTIOR - The Financial Aid Infor.ation System provides
colleges with an effective .eans of i.proving the student
personnel aspects of student aid progra.s, increasing the
utilization of student aid resources, and expanding the
.anagerial capabilities of those responsible for the
ad.inistration of student financial aid. The system
consists of two major seg.ents; the Loan Subsystem and
the Student Aid subsyste.. Since each subsystem is designed
to. operate independently of the other, the docu.entation
for each subsystem has been prepared separately.
The basic functi.ons perfor.ed by the Lean Subsystem include
the gathering of data on student borrowers and their loans;
the pr.oduction of periodic state.ents for students
su •• arizing their total borrowing; the generation of
periodic invoices for each borrower wh.o has a payment due;
the printing of a lean register detailing all loans
outstanding; the recording of pay.ents, cancellati.ons and
defer.ents and the pre duct ion of vari.ous supporting
docu.ents necessary for the ad.inistration, auditing, and
reporting of loan activitites.
ORDERING INPOB!!ITION:
PROGBA!! RU!!BER 141111831113
PROGBA!! NUftBER
EXTERSION
DISTRIBUTION ftEDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
--------------
-------------------
BASIC
none
!!T
ftT
OPTIONAL
none
none
1/556
1/81!J11
USER VOLUftE
REQUIREftENT
22
24
111
111
none
14111-11.8.885
~!!
AUTHORS:
TI!!I!!§ fROG!!!1! FOR !ID!
L. R. Debuys
.1!!1
J. F. Naughton
DIRECT TECHRICAL INQUIRIBS TO:
L. R. Debuys
IBft Corp.orati.on
2648 Canal. Street
New Orleans 19, L.ouisiana
PROGRA!!ftIRG SYSTEftS - The progra.s co.prising the system
al:e written in Autocoder progra •• ing Language. The progra.s
have underg.one extensive syste.s testing but have not been
used in an operati.onal environment as of the date .of this
release.
DESCRIPTION - The Reaction Timing Program for the IBft 1481
is designed pri.arily as a demonstration. Howevel:, the
pr.ogra. can be used to measure reaction time as a function
of waiting time.
!!IRIIIUII SYSTEft REQUIREI!!NTS - 8K storage capacity, 14111
Pl:ocessi~g Unit, 14116 Core Storage Unit, ftodel 2.
4129 or 73311 ftagnetic Tape Units, 1 - 14113 Printer, !!odel.
2 6118 l.p., 132 characters, 1 - 1482 Card Read Punch, ftodel
ftINI!!UII SYSTE!! REQUIRB!!ENTS - 1481 - 1.
desirable), 1482, 1483 !!odel 1 or 2.
PROGRAft!!ING SYSTEftS - Written in SPS.
4K (Sense .Switches
1.
BASIC PROGBAII FICKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up.
IIACRINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
FEATURES - Indexing ••• High/Low/Egual Co.pare ••• st.orage
Address Register ••• ftove REcord ••• Sense Switches.
BASIC FROGRAft PACKAGE
tOCUI!!BTATIOB - Write-up.
ftACHIRE BEADABLE - Object code, source code and
sa. pIe preble ••
OPTIONAL FROGRAII PlICKAGl - ·None.
ORDERING INFORIIATIOB:
DISTRIBUTION IlBDIU!!
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
OPTIORU FROGBA!! PACKAGE - None.
ORDEBIRG INFOBftATION:
PBOGB!! NUIIBER 14811831112
PROGBA!! NUIIBEB
EXTENSIOIi
DISTRIBUTION ftEDIUft
TYPE
~
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR
DTR
OPTIONAL
none
none
1/556
7/8118
USER VOLUftE
REQUIREftJ!llT
22
24
n.one
n.one
AUTHOB:
ill!M (STUDElIT AID SUBSYST!ft)
W.D. Van Dusen
DIRECT TECHNICAL IIIQUIRIES TO:
A.G. Sidar, Jr.
Director - Coll.ege Scholarship Service
415 Riverside Drive
New Y.ork City, Rew York 111827
DESCRIPTION - The Financial Aid Informati.on provides
colleges with an effective .eans of i.proving the student
personnel aspects .of student aid pr.ogra.s, increasing the
utilization of student aid resources, and expanding the
managerial capabil.i tes of those responsible for the
adminstration of student financial aid. The system consists
of two .aj.or seg.ents; the Student Aid Subsystem and the
Loan subsyste.. Since each subsystem is designed to operate
independently of the other, the docu.entation fer each
subsystem has been prepared separatel.y.
The basic functions performed by the student Aid Subsystem
includE the coll.ection and recording .of acade.ic, pers.onal,
and financial data on financial. aid appl.icants, the
collection and recording of infor.ation concerning student
aid funds and res.ources, the generation of student data
cards for use in deter.ining financial aid awards and in
counseling students, the generation of student rosters
fOI: applicants wh.o meet various selection criteria, the
generation of fund reports showing available funds and
funds co •• itted, the recording of financial. aid award
decisions, the genel:ation .of notification and reply letters
to be sent t.o aid recipients, and the production of vari.ous
su •• ary and statistical reports.
88
n.one
none
14111-11.8.11111
~ALLOUT
Thomas P. Callahan
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Tho.as P. Callahan
IBII corp.oration
181 West Broad Street
Bethlehe., Pennsylvania
DESCBIPTION - FALLOUT is a package .of demonstration programs
designed to e.phasize audience participation and visual
i.pact whil.e de.onstrating 1481 capabil.ities. FALLOUT
is designed to de • .onstrate 14111 capabilities to anyone,
particularly persons with no data precessing kn.owledge
whatsoever. So.e capabil.ities de.onstrated are output
printing speed, internal st.orage capacity, internal
arithmetic speed, decision-.aking ability, c.o.puter logic,
and co.puter flexibility.
PROGRAII!!ING SYSTEIlS - Source language - SPS.
IIINIRUII SYSTB!! BEQUIREIlENTS - 4K card 1481 with Sense
Switches required for basic package.
BASIC PBOGBAII PACKAGE
DOCU!!ENTATION - Write-up.
RICHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAII PACKAGE - N.one.
ORDERING INFOR!!ATION:
PROGRA!! BUIlBER 1411111""87
PROGRIII NUIlEER
BITERSION
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
IIIRIIIUI! SYSTEft RlQUIREftENTS - 8K storage capacity, 1481
Precessing Unit, 14116 Cere Storage Unit, !!.odel. 2, 4 - 129
or 7338 ftagnetic Tape Units, 1 - 14113 Printer, ftodel 2
688 lp., 132 characters, 1-14112 Card Read/punch, ftodel 1.
USER VOLUftE
REQUIREIIENT
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
OPTIONAL
none
n.one
none
AUTHOR:
Gunter Wenzel
PROGRAft!!ING SYSTEftS - The programs c.o.prising the system
al:e written in Aut.oc.oder progra •• ing Language.
FEATURES - Indexing ••• High/Low/Equal C.o.pare ••• storage
Address Register ••• ftove Rec.ord ••• Sense Switches.
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREft!NT
none
AUTHOB:
14111-18.3.1173
---iiRUCIA1 !~ IRFOB!!ATJO!!
PROGRA!! NUIlBER 1481118885
PROGBAII BUftEER
EXTERSION
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
Gunter Wenzel
IB!! Deutschland DP Basic Research
Internationale Buero !!aschinen GIlBH
Sindelfingen/Wurtte.herg, Germany
COITRXBUTED PROGRlIIS
P1GE 858
1481
1481
COITIIUED FRO! PRIOB COLU!!
COBTIIUED FRO! PRIOB P1GE
DESCRIPTIOB - This de.onstration program plays the ga.e
Bridg-it. It .ust have the first move and viII then succeed
in every case against the opponent. The winning strategy
is fro. Oliver Gross, Rand Corporation.
!INIBU! SYSTEB BEQUIBE!EBTS - 1481, 4K, no special features
reguired. The input choice betveen 1482 and 1487 is
possible.
B1SIC PROGR1! PACK1GB
DOCU!ElTATIOI - Write-up.
!ACHIBE RB1DABLE - lppropriate material delivered.
DESCRIPTIO. - Update SHIRE program tapes starting
with reel number 5. SHARI members may build tape 5 by
-duplicating distributions disseminated from the library.
The user is referred to the memorandum to SHIRE members
dated lovember 14, 1962. This program is the third in a
The tape to be updated is .ounted on unit two with a file
protect ring. This tape should be either blank or contain
the most current SHARE distributions. The input tape
containing the new -distributions is file protected and
mounted on unit one. Tape two is searched for a tape
mark, backspaced over the tape mark, and a tape to tape
operation is initiated. Tape one is input. Tape tvo is
output.
OPTIOB1L PROGRA! P1CK1GE - Bone.
PBOGR1!IIIIG SYSTEIIS - SPS assembled vi th lutocoder.
CBDEBIBG IBFOB!lTIOB:
PROGR1! IU!BER 1481118818
PROGB1! BU!BER
EXTEBSI~I
DISTRIBUTIOI !EDIU!
TYPE
CODB
B1SIC
none
DTR*
OPTIOB1L
none
none
USER VOLUIE
REQUIRE!EIT
none
88
none
!IBIIIU! SYSTEK BEQUIRE!IITS - 1481 4K, tvo tape units,
1482. 1483, column binary, sense svitches, and location
3981 is the last core position used.
BISIC PBOGRAII PICKAGE
DOCUnlT1TIOI - Write-up.
!lCHIIE BE1D1BLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOI1L PRCGBI! P1CKlGE - lone.
1!!!1=1..h!~
BUSIC-BUSIC SUULlTIOB ill! ! .1!!..1
lUTHO!! :
OBDERIBG IIPORII1TIOB:
CIBECT TlCHBIC1L IIQUIRIES TO:
B. J. Peskin
The Bi tre Corporation
Eox 288
Bedford, !assachu5etts
DESCRIPTIOB - BUSIC is a 1481 program which demonstrates
a technique for producing music on the 1483 Printer. The
distributed deck is set up to play Ravel's Bolero. This
write-up describes the procedures by which any desired
lIusic may be produced.
none
C1RDS
none
none
AUT~ORS:
ElSIC
none
DTR*
none
none
none
none
B.J. Hoynes
.*.
IIIHI!UII SYSTEII Rl!QUIREI'IEBTS - 1481 4K, one tape unit, 1482
Card Reader, 1483 Printer, colulln binary, advanced
programming and sense switches. The prograll uses the block
of storage frail 333 to 1874 plus 1681 locations for a
record area.
B1SIC PROGR1! P1CK1GE
DOCUIIEBTlTIOIi - Write-up.
!lCHIBE READ1BLE - lppropriate material delivered.
1481-13.1.889
---aGCP
REPRODUCE, GUIG-PUN£!!.L ~.!!!1.L ~
=
OPTIONAL PReGBAII PICKAGE - Bone.
ORDERING IBPOR!lTION:
E. J. !anring
&IRECT TECHNICAL IIQUIRIES TO:
B. J. !anring
8621 Georgia Avenue
Silver Spring, !aryland
PROGR11I BU!BER 1481131826
PBOGR1!! NUIIEER
EXTENSION
DESCRIPTION - To reproduce cards, performing operations
which would otherwise entail wiring a separate reproducer
board, to list cards where a reformating of the card image
is desired, and to serially DUllber cards and/or lines on
a page.
BIBIIIUII SYSTE! REQUIREIIEBTS - 4K 1481, 1482, 1483 1I0del
2, Sense Switches B-D, Advanced Progra •• ing feature, HighLow-Egual Compare.
B1SIC PROGB11I P1CKlGE
toCUIIEBT1TIOB - Write-up on lIicrofiche only.
!lCHIBE RE1D1BLE - Bone.
PROGRl! BUIIBBR 1481131889
DISTRIBUTION IIEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
B1SIC
none
DTR*
OPTION1L
none
none
88
USER VOLU!E
BEQUIREIIEIT
none
none
1481-13.1.827
DELETE-~ll.§! ~Q!!
lUTHOR:
Ilm
SB1R~ ll~!ll
I.E. Blossom
DIRECT TECHBIC1L IBCUIRIES TO:
A.E. Blossom
IB! Corporation
IC 115 Dept. 649 115
1133 Westchester lvenue
White Plains, Nev York 18684
.*.
Indicate "E I 1" in columns 1-3 and the Program Bumber
in columns 4-13 on the IBII Program Order Forll.
A.E. Blossom
THE SRI!! !.lBRlRY
I.E. Blossom
PROGRIII!ING SYSTE!S - SPS lssembled with lutocoder.
USER VOLUBE
BEQUIREIIENT
CPTIONAL
CRDEHIlIG IBPOR!1TIOI:
none
DESCRIPTION - TO load source and object program card decks,
submitted through the SHIRE organization on magnetic tape
in blocked format.
PROGB1B NU!BER 1481118812
DISTRIBUTIOB BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
none
15
.*.
OPTIONAL !'BOGRI! PlCK1GE - Bone.
PROGBI! IU!BER
EI7ENSION
USER VOLUIIE
REQUIRE!EIT
DIRECT TECHIIC1L IICUIRIES TO:
A.E. BlOSSOm
IB! corporation
IC 115 Dept. 649 AAS
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, lew York 18684
B1SIC PROGB1! PICKAGE
COCU!EITATION - Write-up.
!ACHINE REI DIBLE - Appropriate material delivered.
.*.
DESCRIPTION - Permits users of the SHIRE library tapes to
maintain card decks on these tapes in a current status. The
delete and merge methed used is straight forward and can be
accomplished with a one-phase program on a 1481 Tape System.
The only special feature used is colu.n binary. This
prograll is a three tape operation. Unit 1 contains the
master reel, unit 2 is the change tape, and unit 3 is the
output. The program does not rewind tapes, therefore,
the change tape can contain more than one file. Each file
is devoted to particular library tape. Is written, this
program viII not add new programs, i.e., if the program
does not exist on the master tape (Unit 1), then it cannot
be placed on the change tape (Unit 2). Only a direct
swap is valid.
R. Hoynes
DIRECT TECHBICAL IBQUIBIES TO:
A. E. Blossom
IB! Corporation
IC 115 Dept. 649 115
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, Bev York 18684
*.*
BASIC
OPTIOI1L
~~ ~Q!!
BIBI!U! SYSTE! BEQUIBB!EBTS - BUSIC viII load and operate
in 14815 of any size. The object machine, however, must
have sense Svitches and ldvanced Progra •• ing.
lUTHOBS:
DISTRIBUTIOI !EDIU!
TYPE
CODE
1481-13.1.826
PROGB1!BING SYSTE!S - Written in Autocoder.
IUTHOR:
PROGR11I IUKBER
EXTEISIOI
!. J. Peskin
CBDERING INPORBITION:
PROGR1! BUIIBER 1481131825
CO!PUT~.!!
•**
PROGR11IIIING SYSTE!S - lutocoder •
COBTRIBUTED PROGRllIs
141111
1481
IIIBIIIUII sYSTEII BEQOIBBIIEBTs - 1481 4K, 1482, three (3) tape
units, and coluan binary.
BASIC PBOGBA! PACKAGE
DOCUIlI!BTA'.rXOB - write-:up.
IIACBIBE BBADABLB - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIOBAL PBOGBA! PACKAGB - Bone.
OBDERIIG IIFOBIIATIOB:
PROGIA! BUIlB!R 148113111127
PBOGBAII BU!B!R
EX'lEBsIOB
DIs'lBIBUTlOB !EDIUII
TUE
CODB
BASIC
none
D'lR*
OPTIOIIAL
none
none
141111-13.1.828
TAPE-TO-CABD 12! 'lB!
AUTBORs:
UsBB VOLU!B
BEQUIBE!!BT
none
88
none
DBsCBIPTXOI - 'lhis prograa writes aagnetic tape with SHARE
Catalog, order and prograa decks. together with 1481
retrieval. routines. 'lhe created tape contains an entire
SHAR! distribution of card aaterial and is duplicated to
saall 288 foot reel.s of aagnetic tape cal.led a D'lRdistribution tape reel. The distribution tape reel (DTR)
was the principle reason for writing this package of
prograas. Together. they provide a convenient and efficient
aeans of disseainating card distribution aaterial to sHAR!
aeabers. The DTR is a 288 foot reel. of aagnetic tape used
as a.distribution aediua. lIagnetic tape is written with
141111 core l.oads and data cards to create a 141111 tape
loadabl.e retrieval. systea with five job options - (1) List
and punch catalog and order cards.
(2) List and punch
catalog cards.
(3) List and punch order cards.
(4) Tape
to card retrieval for prograa card decks.
(5) Selective
updation for SHAR! Library tapes.
!lBIIIUII SYS'lE1I B!QUIBI!II!JTs - A 4K 1481 with three (3)
units, sense switches, 1482, 1483, coluan binary. advanced
prograaaing, and HI-LO-I!Q.
~!!]J 11~
A.E. Bl.os50a
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGI!
DOCUIIBNTATION - write-up.
IIACHINI! BBADABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
R.oJ. Hoynes
DIRECT TECHBICAL lBQUXBIBs TO:
A.E. Blossoa
IB! corporation
IC 115 westchester Avenue
White Pl.ains, Bew York 18684
***
OPTIOBAL PROGBAII PACKAG! - None.
OBDBBIBG IBFORIIlTIOI:
A*
DEsCRIPTIOB - To retrieve ,rograa card decks froa the SHARE
Prograa Library tapes. Designed for use with SHARE Prograa
Library tape only.
IIIBIIIUII sYsTE! RBQUIREIIEBTs - 1481 4K, one tape unit. 1482,
coluan binary feature. 1483 Printer - used only for aessages
to .the operator.
DIsTRIBUTXOIi IIBDIUII
TYPI!
COD!
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTIOIIAL
none
none
1481131828
PROGRlII NUIIB!R
BI'lElisIOB
DISTRIBUTION IIBDIUII
TYPE
CODB
EAsIC
none
DTR*
OPTIONAL
none
none
Usl!B VOLUIlI!
BEQUIREII!IIT
none
88
=
.QPEB~
USER VOLUIIE
BEQOIBBII!NT
none
88
none
lli!!!!!§ .Q! TIl! 1481
sy Berlin
DIRECT TBCHIIICAL IIQUIBIEs TO:
sy Berlin
Research Analysis Corp.
6935 Arlington Road
Bethesda 14, lIaryl.and
OPTIOBAL l'BOGRlII PACKAGE - None.
IBFOBIIlTIOB:
1481-13.4.882
OPTBAI:!
IUTHOR:
BASIC PROGRAII PACKAGE
DOCU!EBTATIOB - Write-up.
IIACBIII! READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
PBOGBAII IIUIlBEB 1481131832
PHOGBAII BUIIBEB
EITBISION
***
II
ORDERII~
PAGB 859
COBTlBUED PROII PlXOR COLUIIB
COBTIBUED PBOII PBIOB PAG!
none
Dl!sCRXPTXOB - This prograa thru a randoa selection of 6
subroutines, puts the operator thru aost situations which
are prograaaable. It atteapts to aake the operator alert
on the peripheral gear and tests his knowledge of bit configurations on the console. It is our belief that a good
foundation on this coaputer will be advantageous and
expedite training on larger coaputers where required.
PROGBABIIIIIG sYsTl!lIs - written in Autocoder.
IIIIIIIIU! sYSTEII BEQUIBEIIBJTs - 8K 1481 with Indexing. Sense
Switch B and two tape drives.
AUTHORS:
A.E. Bl.ossoa
B.J. Boynes
BASIC PBOGBAII PACKAGE
DOCOIIElTATION - Write-up.
IIACBIIiE BEADABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
DIRECT TJ!CBBICAL IBQUIRIBs '10:
A.l. Blossoa
IBII corporation
XC 115 Dept. 649 AAs
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains. Bew York 18684
***
qPTIOBAL PBOGBAII PACKAGE - lone.
ORDBRIIiG IIFORIIATIOII:
DBsCBIPTION - Provide users of the sBABI! Prograa Library
Tapes with a listing and/or the order cards preceding each
deck on the tape. Designed for use with sBARB Prograa
Library Tapes only.
PBOGBlll BUIIBER 141111134882
PBOGBAII IUIIBBR
EITENSION
DIsTRIBUTIOB IIEDIOII
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
CUDS
OPTIOlilL
none
none
.**
B
USER VOLUBE
REQUIREII!NT
15
none
none
IIIBIIIUII SYS'l!1I RBQOIBI!III!BTS - 1481 4K, one tape unit. 141113
printer, 1482 Card Punch. coluan binary.
1481-14.8.8112
illlllLXZBD lLOT !!.Q§!!l!
BASIC PBOGBAII PACKAGE
DOCOIIl!B'llTIOB - Write-up.
!ACBIB! BBADABLB - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
AUTHORS:
OP'lIOIiAL PBOGBAII PACKAGB - 1I0ne.
ORDBRIBG IBl'ORIIlTIOB:
PlOGRlII BUIlBER 148113111129
PBOGUII IIUIIBEB
BITElsIOB
DIsTBII!UTIOB IIBDIUII
TYPE
CODB
BASIC
none
D'lB*
OPTIOIIAL
none
none
1911-13. 1.832
ll~~2!
AUTHOB:
nf! !ll!
FOB sHABE
8111
usn VOLUIIB
BlQUXBEIIUT
none
none
H. W. Van less
R. D. Waring
DIBECT TECHBICAL IBQUIRIEs TO:
H. W. Van less
IBII Corporation
1212 s. W. 6th Avenue
portl.and. oregon
DEsCRIPTIOI - The 1481 Generalized Plot prograa has been
written to take data froa cards. and prepare a graphic
representation of that data. It pl.ots to linear scales
for both axes with dependent variable (Y-axis) being plotted
parallel to the print chain of the 1483. Up to five pieces
of data .ay be plotted on one run and can be taken ~roa
nuaerous configurations of data on the card. Control cards
are prepared for the prograa .to indicate scales. origin
values. increaents data field locations on the card, and
heading inferaation.
A.l. Blossoa
DIRBCT TlCHIICIL IIQUIBIBS '10:
A. E. Bl.0850a
IBII Corporation
IC 115 Dept. 649 US
1133 Westchester Ave.
White Plains. lew York 18684
PBOGBAIIIIIIIG SYSTE8s - The prograa is written in sPs. and
utilizes the Divide subroutine.
8IIIIIUII sYsTB! BEQUIBElliBTs - A basic 1481 with 488111
positions of core storage and 132 print positions on the
1483 is required. Provision ha13 been aade for plotting
at 18 l.ines to the inch if this special feature is
ayailable. prograa requireaents- Phase 1 uses 38 2q
COITRIBUTED PROGRABS
P1GE 868
11181
1481
COBTINUED PRO! PRIOR COLUBB
COBTIBUED FROB PUOR P1GE
Jacksonville, Plorida
locations: Phase 2 uses 3916 locations.
B1SIC PROGR1B P1CK1GE
DOCUBEBT1TION - Write-u,.
B1CHIN! R!lD1BLE - lppropriate .aterial delivered.
OPTION1L PROGR1B P1CK1GE
DOCUIIElIIT1TION - Bone.
B1CHIB! RE1D1BLE - lppropriate .aterial delivered.
ORDERING IBPORB1TION:
PROGR1B BUBBER 11181148882
PROGRl! NUBBER
EXTENSIOII
B1SIC
OPTIOHlL
DISTRIBUTIOII BEDIOII
TIPE
CODE
--------------
------------------cnDS
15
none
C1RDS
15
none
USER VOLUBE
R!QUIREIIEBT
-----------
none
none
PROGR1IIBING SISTEBS - utilizes Autocoder.
IIIBIBU! SYSTEB REQUIREBENTS - 11181 with 11K High-Low-Equal
co.pare and Advanced Progra •• ing.
BASIC PROGRAB P1CK1GE
DOCUlIENT1TION - Write-up.
B1CHIBE RE1DABLE - lppropriate .aterial delivered.
1481-111.8.lIlJII
----FOURTEEl! ! QH QFPSE! REPRODUCING UD GUGP!!!£!!lli Q!!
OPTIONAL PROGRl! P1CK1GE - None.
UllY!Q
lUTHOR:
DESCRIPTION - This subroutine will convert na.es that are
last na.e first or last na.e last in a free for.a t to -any
configuration in a fixed format. The user is given the
addresses of the areas which contain the first name, first
initial, .iddle initial, last name, and suffix. 111 output
is left justified in the respective areas. The subroutine
will acco •• odate eight of the .ore co ••on prefixes to last
na.es and fourteen of the .ore co ••on suffixes. The option
exists to place the suffix one position to the right of
the last na.e. The subroutine is easily .odifiable to
insert any extra suffixes or prefixes which are desired.
ORDERING INPORB1TIOB:
1. H. Toreson
DIRECT TECHBIC1L INQUIRIES TO:
1. H. Toreson
lerojet Generai corporation
Ni.bus, California
DESCRIPTION - To provide a generalized program for the
following functions, Straight 88-88 offset reproducing,
straight or offset reproducing with gang punching, producing
predetermined quantities from single .asters. The progra.,
as written, utilizes Bodulus 16 artth.etic for address
modification. Bodels with onli 11,888 positions of storage
will have to make several program changes, explained in
the write-up, to satisfy the require.ents of Bodulus II
arith.etic. The program will not acco •• odate processing
involving selection or interspersing.
PROGR1B BUBBER '1181148819
PROGRlB NUBBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
B1SIC
none
DTR*
OPTION1L
none
Done
11181-14.8.824
£Qll 1lli::!!!=lli llSTElIS ng
!! COBP1TIBILITY lIOD]
lUTHOR:
!Q
USER VOLUlIE
REQUIREBENT
none
88
none
nE! !!!!!! !ill !Q
!1!
368/2311
J. A. Winger
DIRECT TECHNIC1L IBeUIRIES TO:
J. 1. Winger
IBB Corporation
1211 South Harrison Street
Fort Wayne, Indiana
PROGR1IIBIlIIG SISTEBS - written in lutocoder.
BIBIBU! SYSTEB REQUIREBENTS - 11888-16,888 position core
storage. High-Low-Equal Co.pare, Sense switches.
B1SIC PROGR1B P1CK1GE
DOCUBENTATIOB - Write-up on Bicrofiche only.
B1CHIBE REI DIBLE - Bone.
Indicate "B B 1" in columns 1-3 and the program lIu.ber
in columns 11-13 on the IBB program Order Porm.
DESCRIPTIOB - This progra. will copy a '"81-1U-888 Autocoder
syste.s pack to tape in odd parity on a '11118 or 11181, and
by changing sense switch settings, will copy tape to disk
on either 11188 series or any 368 equipped with
co.patability. Records are read and written on disk in
the track sector for.at. BOVE .ode records are written
onto tape without modification. L01D mode records are
written onto tape in BOVE mode with an additional record
which indicates word .ark locations. Because the syste.s
pack contains word-separator characters, current IBB utility
progra.s will not work. There are many different
combinations of information on a 11181-1U-888 syste.s pack;
therefore. the author has made the program general enough
to handle any situation.
AUTHOR:
PROGR1BlIIBG SYSTEBS - 1118'-lU-888 lutocoder and 14118-108'8 IOCS.
ORDERING INPORB1TION:
PROGR1! BUBBER 111811488811
P. B. Edwards
DIRECT TECHlIIIClL IlIIQUIBIES TO:
F. B. Edwards
IBB Corporation
215 West State Street
Trenton, lIew Jersey
BIBIlIUB SISTEB REQUIREBENTS - Program requires 8K, ldvanced
progra •• ing, Sense switches, 128 print positions, 1 disk
and 1 tape. Direct Seek is used if available.
DESCRIPTION - 1 subroutine which converts numerical values
of dollars and cents to the traditional spelled-out check
form. Values up to and including $9999.99 can be converted.
PROGl1lBBIIIG SISTEBS - Subroutine is written in 1481
Autocoder and could be included in the syste.s tape library
as a closed subroutine.
BINI BUB SISTEB REQUIREBENTS - The subroutine requires
11181 with ldvanced progra.ming and High-Low-Equal co.pare.
The program utilizes 735 positions of core storage
(sta tements) •
B1SIC PROGR1B P1CK1GE
DOCUBEBT1TION - Write-up.
BACHIBE READABLE - lppropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAB P1CK1GE - None.
ORDERING IBPORlI1TIOB:
PROGRAlI NUBBER 111811QS8211
PROGR1B BUlIBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION lIEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
OPTION1L
none
none
88
USER VOLU!!E
REQUIREBENT
none
none
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCUBENT1TIOII - Write-up.
B1CHIIIE READ1BLE - lppropriate material delivered.
'"81-14,S.825
TALLY lBALYSIS
OPTIOB1L FROGRAB PACK1GE - Bone.
ORDERIBG INPCRBATICII:
lUTHOR:
PROGR11I IIUBBER 111811118888
PROGRAB NUBBER
EXTENSION
DISTRIBUTION BEDIUB
TIPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
CPTION1L
none
none
88
USER VOLUBE
REQUIREBENT
none
II. P. Lynds
DIRECT TECHBIClL IlIIQUIRIES TO:
B. P. Lynds
IBB Corporation
1187 Byra Street
ABD SCBEDULIBG
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
llice D. Peters
IBlI Corporation
158 Grand Street
White Plains, Bew York
none
---------AUTHOR:
!~!'§!M!!Q!
llice D. Peters
DESCRIPTION - Tally, lnalysis, Registration, and Scheduling
(TARS - 1481). The progra.s produce aids to master schedule
building (Tally and Conflict Batrix) and, using a .aster
schedule prepared by the school, process student course
requests to create student schedules and an updated master
schedule.
PROGR1IIBING SYSTEBS - written in Autocoder.
5IBIBUB SYSTER REQUIRElIEBTS - Designed for an 8K, 1 disk,
1118' syste ••
COBTRIBUTED PBOGUItS
1448
1481
PROGRAB BUBBER
EITJ!BSIOB
BASIC FRCGRAB PACKAGE
DOCUBEBTATIOB - Write-up.
IIACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered.
--------------
BASIC
OPTIOBAL PROGBAB PACKAGE
DOCUBEBTlTIOB - Bone.
BACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered.
ORDERIBG IB.ORBATIOB:
none
OPTIONAL
none
1448-81.4.881
DISTRIBUTIOB BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
USER VOLUn
REQUIREBEBT
!.!Y!.Q
= UB!!Q1!
AUTHOR:
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
CPTIOHAL
none
DTR*
none
AUTHOR.:
T. J. Vyskocil
DIRECT TECHBICAL IBQUIRIES TO:
T.J. Vyskocil
IBB Corporation
11141 Georgia AVe.
Wheaton, Baryland 28982
B
***
DESCRIPTIOB - Socrates provides an in-house systea for
scheduling students into classes of grades five through
fourteen. The syste. schedules periods zero through twentynine for two regular se.esters. Features include ·ability
grouping, teacher selection, grade range selection, sex
selection, location selection, alternate course requests,
study hall assign.ents, course substitution, and .axi.u.
semester and class balancing consistent with .ini.u.
rejects. Includes a co.plete series of progra.s to si.plify
data collection, corrections, scheduling and analysis. File
• aintenance prograas permit individual or aass changes.
Output reports include verification listings, si.ple tally,
conflict .atrix, reject analysis, roo. and teacher
utilization, student schedules and class lists.
PROGRABBIBG SYSTEBS - Written in 1481-AU-888.
BIBI!!U!! SYSTEB REQUIREftEBTS - 12K storage, 14B1/48/68 with
bit test, high-low-equal co.pare, advanced progra ••ing, two
1311 Disk Drives, and any I/O configuration.
BASIC PROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCUftEBTATIOB - Write-up.
BACHIBE READABLE - Source code and sa. pIe proble ••
DTR*
88
DTR*
B8
none
none
DISTBIBUTIOH BEDIU!!
CODE
TYPE
ElSIC
none
BT
BT
OPTIOBAL
none
--------------
------------------1/556
1/8B8
22
24
OSER VOLUBE
REQUIREBEBT
B1
B1
none
none
1448-81.8.881
-----PACE
PRE-ASSEBBLY CHECK !!!! IDlll ~
=
AUTHOR:
DIRECT TECBBICAL INQUIRIES TO:
B. B. Awerka.p
IBB Corp.
23 Hitchcock lIay
Santa Barbara, Calif.
mg UPU'r/OUTPUT
~~
J. W. Weaver
DIRECT TECHBICAL IBQUIRIES TO:
J.W. Weaver
Gateway Data syste.s
5BB Bo. 1 Gateway Center
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15222
DESCRIPTIOB - An Autocoder Library macro which handles
1311 Disk I/O functions and error routines. It can handle
cyl. overflow and use Direct Seek, Scan Disk, and Track
Record, if available, on up to five drives. The subroutine
is generative, providing only the routines called for.
It is intended to replace IOCS rando. giving the user
greater ease of progra •• ing and flexibility. The routine
was patterned after the PAL IIholesale Grocery .acro UFPIO
to include special features, Cylinder ·Overflow, Sa.e.
Cylinder Test, and IOCS Type Coded Halt. The routine does
not do any label checking. The disk control field .ust
be set by the user and is restored after the operation.
The SCAB routine can scan 999 sectors in one operation.
Storage require.ents - fro. 369 pos. to 841 depending on
features used.
UBIBUB SYSTEB R1!QUlREBEBTS - 4K-1'448 1442-Bodel 1 1443
Bodel 1, one 1311 Disk Drive Indexing and Store Address
RRegister special feature.
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCUBEBTATIOB - Write-up on Bicrofiche only •
BACHIBE BEAD ABLE - Bone.
OBDERIBG IBFORftA'rIOB:
PROG·UB BUItBER 144B814881
Indicate "B B 1" in coluans 1-3 and the Progra. BUllber
in colu.ns 4-13 on the IBB Prograa Order For ••
144B-81.6.881
SORT ~ DIS! RESIDEBT
IUTHOR:
PROGRU BUBBEB 1482183815
PROGRAB BU!!BER
EITEHSIOB
Richard S. Heiser
DESCRIPTIOR - A .odified SORT 54 is resident on 1311 Disk
Storage. The SORT is stored in the load .ode in a selfloading for.at. It required 154B consecutive sectors on
any drive, and can be file-protected. The prograa loader
resides in th highest 4K of core. progra. loading is
acco.plished in about 15 seconds. The SORT is a tailored
version of· SORT 5 for disk-to-disk sorting without disk
label checking. This i.proves perfor.ance 28 to 3B percent.
BIHI!!O!! SYSTEB REQOIREBEBTS - Coapatible with 1441
Controller. 12K .e.ory, 1311 Disk Drive, Direct Seek,
console typewriter, Sense switches.
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCU!!EHTATIOB - IIrite-up.
!!ACHIBE READABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered.
OPTIOHAL PBOGRA!! PACKAGE - Rone.
93195
DESCRIPTIOB - PACE brings to the 1448 user an efficient
and .eaningful diagnostic prograa. It will check and edit
1448 Autocoder and Autocoder/IOCS source progra.s by
detecting underfined labels, format and paraaeter errors,
coding errors and keypunch errors. The Frinted output
provides a label table in alphabetical order followed by
a listing of the source progra. with errors by significant
special characters. An edit is also perfor.ed on DIOCS
and DT. EBTRIES FOR ACCEPTABILITY ABD SPELLIBG. There
are three checks of Autocoder state.ents pertaining to
labels, operation codes and operands. The checking results
are equal to an Autocoder Asse.bly.
ORDERIBG IH.ORBATICN:
PROGRAB BUBBER 1448B168B1
PROGRA!! HUBBER
EXTEHSIOR
DISTRIBOTION !!EDIOB
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR*
none
none
none
none
144B-'2.3.IB1
VARIABLE Q!!! llRllQ1lUCER !ill! 144B/1311
FBOGRABBIBG SYSTEBS - written in Autocoder.
AUTHOR:
DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO:
John F. Cole
IBB Corporation
2911 Cedar springs Road
Dallas, Texas 15219
BASIC PROGBA!! PACKAGE
DOCO!!EBTATIOB - IIrite-up.
IUCHIBE READABLE - Object code.
OPTIOBAI FROGRA!! PACKAGE
DOCOBEBTATIOH - Bone.
!!ACHIRE READABLE - Source code.
PROGRAI! HU!!BER 1448818881
USER VOLUBE
RBQUIREItJ!BT
OPTIOHAL
BIBIBU!! SYST!!! BEQUIRE!!EBTS - 1448 4K, one 1311 and Indexing
and Store Address Register. Printed output options are
available with Sense switches.
ORDERIRG INFORUTIOR:
USER VOLUItE
REQUIREBEBT
-----------
DIRECT TECHBICAL UCUIRIES TO:
Richard S. Heiser
IB!! Corporation
69B8 Fannin
Houston, Texas 11825
OPTIOBAL PROGRAB PACKAGE - Bone.
ORDEBUG IBFOR!!ATIOB:
DISTRIBUTIOB BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
-------------------
PROGRAB HUBBER 14£114B825
PROGUB BUBBER
EXTEBSIOB
***
PAGE 861
COBUBUED .ROB PRIOR COLUn
COBTIBUED .ROB PRIOR PAGE
John F. Cole
DESCRIPTIOB - A Load-and-Go control card oriented program
for reproducing cards on a 1448 disk syste. which has only
one card read-punch. Card i.ages are first written on
disk, then read fro. disk and punched into blank cards.
Siaple control card provision allows for relocating fields,
o.itting fields, and/or eaitting characters. Optional
print control card provides printed analysis of control
COlorRIBUTED PROGBAIIS
PAGE 862
1448
14118
COBTIBUED PReB PBIOB PIGE
COBTIIOED PROB PRIOR COLUBB
cards, listing input deck and/or listing output deck.
Deck listings inclued card counts and coluan-nuaber
headings.
PROGRIBBIBG SYSTEBS - Source language is lutocoder.
BIBIBUB SYSTEB REQUBIEBEITS - One IBB 1442 Card Read-Punch.
One IBB 1443 Printer. If the reproducing phases are desired
the object prograa also requires one IBB 1311 Disk storage
Drive.
BISIC PBOGHIB PICKIGE
DOCUBEBTITIOB - Write-up.
BICHIBE REI DIBLE - Ippropriate aaterial delivered.
BISIC PROGRIB PICKIGE
DOCUBEITITIOI - Write-up on Bicrofiche only.
BICHIBE REIDIBLE - lone.
OPTIOBIL PHOGRIB PICKIGE - lone.
ORDERIIG IIPORBITIOI:
PROGRIB lUBBER 1448823881
ORDEBIIG IJPOBBITIOII:
PROGRIB lUBBER
EXTEBSIOI
DISTRIBUTIOR BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
USER YOLUBE
REQUIRBBENT
BISIC
none
DTR·
none
CPTIOBIL
none
none
none
PROGRl! IIUIIBER 1448831881
Indicate nB N 1" in coluans 1-3 and the program luaber
in coluans 4-13 on the IBB Program Order Pora.
1448-18.1.881
SIIIDll~
lUTHORS:
lUTHOR:
Br. B. Sharer
Br. R. Grottke
DIRECT TECHIICIL IlgUIRIES TO:
Br. R. Sharer
lrthur Indersen and Co.
69 W. Washington st.
Chicago, Ill.
68682
J. G. 0 Reilly
DIRECT TECBNICIL IBgUIRIES TO:
J. G. 0 Reilly
155 Honey Lane
Walthaa Ibbey, Essex
England
DESCRITPIOI - This prograa lists cards and branches to
channel one on sensing channel twelve. storage requireaents
are 181 positions.
DESCRIPTIOI - This systea prepares aanageaent reports
containing cost, sales distribution and efficiency
inforaation of retail aeat departaents in a super.arket
chain. The systea also prepares reports for purchasing
and profit planning. There are about 39 object decks in
the syste ••
PROGRIBBIIG SYSTEBS - Written in lutocoder.
BIJI!UB SYS'rl!B REQUIRE!l!ITS - 1"448 with 1443 and 1442/1482.
BIIIIIOII SYSTEB REQUIREIIEITS - 8K 1448, 1442, 1443 or 1483/
128 print positions, console typewriter, 2-23115, Idvanced
prograaaing features; no lIul tiply-Di vide.
BISIC PBOGBAII PICKAGE
COCUBEBTITIOB - Write-up on Bicrofiche only.
BICHIIE BEl DIBLE - Bone.
ORDERIIG IBPORBITICB:
BISIC PROGBIB PICKAGE
DOCUBEITITIOI - Write-up oil Bicrofiche only.
BICHIIE REIDIBLE - Bone.
PROGRIB lUBBER 1448823882
Indicate "B B 1" in columns 1-3 and the Prograa Bumber
in coluans 4-13 on the IBB Prograa Order Pora.
OBDERIIG IBPORIIITIOB:
PROGR11I BUIIBER 1448181881
Indicate "B B 1" in coluans 1-3 and the Program Bumber
in coluans 4-13 on the IBB Program Order Por ••
.!!
lUTHOR:
W. C. Worthington
1448-18.2.882
1248/1.!l!U! RBOOP Ql DEPOS!! IBD 9SH LETTER ll.B.llll!.!i
DIRECT Tl!CBBICIL I1QUIlIIES TO:
W. C. Worthington
IBB Corporation
188 South Bain Street
Providence, R. I. 82983
lUTHOR:
DESCRIPTIOI - This prograa gives a core duap for 4K, 8K,
12K or 16K 1448 systeas. It was designed because aost
of the existing aemory duaps destroyed a part, or parts,
of storage as they were loaded. This prograa uses only
the first eighty initially and prints all reaaining
positions of storage. Word marks are printed as "ones·
on the line following each data bank of storage. Group
aarks are printed as GiS in the data line and W or B in
the word aark line depending on the presence or absence
of an associated word aark. There are two decks available
- a 4K deck and one for 8K and larger systeas.
EISIC PBOGRIB PICKIGE
DocuUlorlTIOIl - Write-up.
BICHIIE REIDIBLB - Ippropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIOIIL PROGR!! PICKIGE - None.
PROGRIB lUBBER 1448827884
PBOGBlB BOBBER
EXTEBSIOI
DISTBIBUTIOB BEDIUII
TYPE
CODE
BISIC
none
DTR.
OPTIOBIL
none
none
88
lUTHOR:
USER YOLUBE
REQUIREBl!BT
none
none
1!!ft=83.1 .881
REPRODUCE GIBG POle.!! SI!ULITOR
J. L. Brooks
DIRECT TECHNICAL I1gUIRIES TO:
J. L. Brooks
IBII Corp.
618 S. Bichigan Ive.
Chicago, Ill.
DESCBIPTIOB - Deposits, checks, cash slips, control slips
and substitute docuaents are entered into the 1412 or 12411.
In in-proof journal is prepared, a priaary distribution
of the docu.ents is perforaed, and good data recorded in
disk storage. The data recorded in disk storage is then
read and cash letters for kill-pockets prepared. There
are 1944 source stateaents.
PROGRIBBIBG SYSTEIIS - For correct cOBpilation of the source
programs IBB 1448-1U-888 lutocoder must be used.
PROGBIBBIIG SYSTEB - To facilitate the loading of the
prograa and the conservation of core used, the prograa
has been written in self-loading, machine language.
ORDERIIG I.PORBITIOI:
.!!!
.!!!
IIIBIIIOB SYSTEB REQUIRl!BEBTS - 1448 - 1 1441-14 8K CPU with
no. 4631 Index Registers and store Registers ••• No. 5561
Printer Ittachaent ••• Bo. 3321 Disk Storage Control •••
BO. 7888 Serial I/O Idapter ••• Bo. 2268 Console Ittachment.
I 1442-1 or 2 Card Read Punch with Bo. 1632 Card Bead Punch
Idapter. 1 1443-2 Printer with BQ.~ 5567 Printer control •••
Bo. 5559 Print Positions, 24 additional ••• lIlo. 5585 Print
storage ••• Bo. 6481 Selective Character Set ••• 1 1447-1
Console with lIlo. 7688 Sense Switches ••• 1 1412 lIagnetic
Character Beader with 1311-1 Disk Storage Drive... 13112 Disk Storage Drive.
IIIl1lIIIO!l SYSTEB BEQUIREBEITS - 1248 - 1 1241 14 8K CPU with
10.
4631 Index and Store REgisters ••• Bo. 5561 Printer
Ittachaent...
Bo. 3321 Disk Storage Control ••• Bo. 2268
Console Ittach.ent. 1 1442 1 or 2 Card Read Punch with
Bo. 1632 Card Read Punch Idapter. 1 1443 2 Printer with
Bo. 5567 Printer Control ••• Bo. 5559 Print positions
Idditional 24 ••• 10. 5585 Print storage... Bo. 6481
Selective Character Set. 1 1447-1 Console with Bo. 7658
Sense Switches. I 1311-1 Disk Storage Drive 1311-2 Disk
storage Drive.
Dennis P. Lee
DIRECT TECHBICIL IIQUIRIES TO:
Dennis P. Lee
C/O Coaaodi ty Service Co.
7-9, Harbour Street
Kingston, Jaaaica
BISIC PROGBIB PACKIGl!
DOCUBEBTITIOI - Write-up.
1I1CHIIE REIDIBLE - Ippropriate aaterial delivered.
(Ja.) ltd.
OPTIOBIL PROGR11I PICKIGE - lone.
ORDBRING IBPORBITIOB:
DESCRIPTIOB - This prograa ahs been desi9ned to perf ora
any/all of the functions of an IBB 519 without prograaaing
effort on the users part. The systea on which the object
prograa is to be run aust have at least 4888 positions
of core storage with no special features.
BISIC
PROGRIB IUIIBER 1448182882
PROGH11I BUBBER
EXTEISIOB
DISTRIBUTIOB BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
none
DTR·
USER VOLOIIE
REQOlREBEBT
none
COITRIBUTED PROGRIBS
1qq8
1q411
OFTIOIAL
none
none
none
IBSULLBEB! .!&!! ICCOUB'UIG
Br. Ernest Wong
DIRECT TECHIICAL IIQUIRIES TO:
Br. Ernest Wong
IBB corp.
421 Bontgo.ery St.
San Francisco. Calif.
9418/1
tESCRIPTIOI - The co.plete install.ent lean accounting
~~! ;B:a;!~11 t~a::d!;~c:!!~:g I:;;:t~:n W:~h a~~~:p!!~~l:e o~f
15 progra. runs. The runs are in 3 .ain categories. and
consist of new loan. daily. and periodic processing. The
handling of new loans is done is 4 runs which edit and
convert fro. card to file. print a new lcan journal. print
an alphabetic reference card. and produce coupons and
covers. Daily processing involves .aster file .aintenance.
batcb proof. posting to .aster and dealer files. and report
output. Periodic (weekly and .onthly) runs are .ade on
dealer file .aintenance. and print-out of delinquency
notices. trial balance. and weekly and .onthly reports.
Interest rebates are co.puted by the 78ths .ethod and
accrual of unearned inco.e is done by the straight line
• ethod.
PROGRIBBING SYSTEBS - Written in 1441 Autocoder with disk
IOCS.
BIIIBUB SYSTEB REQUIRE BElTS - Requires 8I. Indexing and
store lddress Register feature, 1442, 1443 with 1qq print
positions. Sense Switches. and 2 - 1311 Disk Drives. There
are 91167 source state.ents.
BISIC PROGRIB PICKIGB
DOCUBERT ATION - lone
BACHIIiE REIDABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered.
OPTIOBlL PROGR-lB PACKAGE
DOCUBEITATIOIi - lone.
BlCHIIiE READIBLE - Source code.
ORDERIIiG IIFORBATION:
PROGRAB lUBBER 14481121113
nOGUB IUBBfB
EXTBBSIOI
DISTRIBUTIOI BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
BASIC
none
DTR·
II
none
OPTIORAL
none
DTR.
II
none
1441-11.5.885
nOPEBTY ACCOOIlTIBG
AUTHOR:
~
USER VOLUBB
BEQUIREBUT
FOR ,!!Q.gI!ll
Br. D. R. Statha.
DIRECT nCBIIIClL IBQUIRIES TO:
Br. D. R. Statha.
1615 I. 25th st.
Bir.ingha., Ala.
35234
DESCRIPTIOR - To depreciate and list all property equip.ent
.onthly, while providing for deletions and additions to
the file and checking and handling separately ite.s that
would over depreciate.
PROGRABBIIG SYSTEBS - Progra •• ed using Autocoder and IOCS.
BIIlIBUB SYSTEB REQUIREBEIiTS - qK-1441 with Indexing and
Store Register. a 1442 Card Read Punch, a 1443 Printer,
2-1311 Disk Drives, a 1447 Console.
BISIC PROGRAB PICKAGE
DOCUBEBTATIOIi :- Write-up.
BACHII! REAIABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered.
OPTIOIAL FROGRAB PACKAG! - lone.
ORDBRIIG IIPORBATIOI:
PROGRAB lUBBER 14q81151185
PROGRIB RUBBER
EXTEISIOI
DISTRIBUTIOI BEDIUB
TYPE
CODE
ElSIC
none
DTR·
CPTICIAL
none
none
USER VOLUBE
REQUIREB!IT
18
J. D. CalIon
Patricia Roche
J. witt
R. L. Fritch
DIRECT TECHIilCAL IRQUIRIES TO:
J. D. CalIon
IBB corporation
3424 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, California
none
none
1!!!8-12.3.ln
!,ABOR IBD BATERIlL PROGRlB
AUTHORS:
an extension of the 1448 Bill of Baterial Processor.
includes -
It
• Loading and .aintenance of inventory and product
structure records.
• Loading and .aintenance of work center and routing
records.
Gross to net ti.e series planning report with require.ents offset by lead ti.e.
• Gross work center loading by ti.e period.
• Retrieval reports (explosion and i.plosions).
• Calculation and laintenance of low level codes.
1!11l1J-1j.sblli
IUTHOR:
PIGE 1163
COBTINUBD FROB PRIOR COLUBI
COITIIUED FROB PRIOR PIGE
9111115
DESCRIFTIOR - This is a de.onstration progra. which is
This progra. offers .anufacturing co.panies an excellent
base for developing .echanized production control progra.s.
By taking advantage of these standardized routines the
user can benefit fro. earlier i.ple.entation as well as
.ini.ization of planning and progra •• ing expenses. The
package.akes eight progra.s available to the user, which
enable hi. to load and .aintain his part nUlber and .achine
group laster files with rando. indexes to these files.
PROGRABBIIG SYSTEBS - Written in lutocoder.
BIIIBUB SYSTEB REQUIREBEBTS - 8K 1448 CPU ••• 1442 Card
Read Punch ••• 1443 Printer, 128 print position ••• 1447
Bodel 2 Console with Sense Switches ••• (2) 1311 Disk
Drives ••• Indexing and Store Address Register feature.
BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE
DOCUBEBTATIOI - write-up •
BACHIRE RBADABLE - Appropriate .aterial delivered.
OPTIORJ.L PROGRJ.B PACKAGE
DOCUBEITATIOR - lone.
BACHIRE READABLE - Source code.
ORDERIIG IIFORBATIOB:
PROGRAB IOBBBR 1q411123182
usn VOLUBE
REQUIBEBERT
PROGRAB BUBBER
EXTBBSIOB
DISTRIBUTIOR BEDIUB
CODE
TYPE
BASIC
none
DTR·
lIS
none
OPTIONIL
none
DTR·
.,,'
none
IBM
(!)
Technical Nawsletter
Fie Number
1401/1440-20
Re: Order No.
GC20-1601-10
This Newsletter No. GN20-0013-22
Date
December 1971
Previous Newsletter Nos.
GN20-0013-21
CATALOG OF PROGRAMS FOR IBM 1240, 1401, 1420, 1440,1450 and 1460
DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS - December 1971 Supplement
© IBM Corp. 1970
This publication is a Supplement to the "Catalog of Programs for IBM 1240, 1401, 1420,
1440 and 1460 Data Processing Systemsn , GC20-1601-10.
Complete instructions for using the KWIC Index and for ordering programs are included in the
Catalog. Programs will not be supplied by authors and should not be requested from them.
List of Program Deletions
These programs will be deleted because of low usage
IBM Corporation, Program In/ormation Department, 40 Saw Mill River, Hawthorne, N. Y. 10532
Printed in U.S.A.
GN20-0013-22
PLANNED DELETIONS
The following list of Type I programs will be d~leted by
the Program Information Department on March 31, 1972,
because of low usage. Until that date, orders for these
programs "vill he acceptec'! hy the Program Infornation
Department.
1401-AT-017
1401-10-012
CARD SYSTEr-1 ERROR - DET:F'CTION AIDS
COl1MUNICATIONS IOCS (1026/DOC) FOR THE
1401-LM-011
1401-RG-033
1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAM FOR IBM BASIC
OPF.~TING SYSTFr1/360 DISK SORT/MERGE PROGRAM
(16K)
.
1401/1460 -1026 OPEPATING SYSTEM C01.fPUTER
ASSISTED INSTRUCTION
REPORtt' PROGRMI GENERATOR 2K
1410-PR-155
1410/7010' OPERATING
1401/14~O
140 1-0S-09 2
SYS~F.M
.....
§
The following lis t of Type II Applications Prograrns~"'ill
be deleted by the Program Information Department on
March 31, 1972, because of low usaqe. Until that date,
orders for these programs \vill be accepted hy the PrograJ'l'l
Information Department.
o
!
a"n
I:;
c
en
-<
1401-CN-03X
1401-CO-13X
140 1-CR-01 X
1401-DW-03X
1-401-EX-01X
140 1-IF-01 X
1401-IF-02X
1401-IF-03X
1401-IF-05X
1401-SE-05X
AUTOPROPS II NmmRICAI, CONTROL PROGRAM
1400-1311 LINEAR PROGRru1MING
SELECTIVF DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION SYSTEH
1311 WHOLFSALE IMPACT
ENGINEERING SCHEDULING SYSTEM
AUTO RATING FOR FIRE AND CASUALTIES C011PANIES
GENERAL DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM
GENERAL DISTRIBUTION PROGRN1 FOR A TAPE 1401
HOMEOWNER RATING PROGRAH
DECISIO?-T LOGIC TRANSLATOR PROGRM1
1440-DR-02X
1440-DW-01X
1440-DW-04X
1440-FB-03X
1440-FB-05X
1 440-FB-0 7X
1440-ME-02X
1440-l<1X-02X
1440-UH-02X
RETAIL ACCOtmTS RECEIVABLE
CHAnT A~m WHOLFSAJ,F, BILLING
1311 WHOLESALE IMPACT
DEMAND DEPOS IT ACCOt1!'-lT
SAVINGS ACCOUNTnTG
ON-LINF SAVINGS ACCOTTNTING
1440/1311 BILL OF UATFRIAIJ PROCESSOR
PROJECT cm~TRorJ SYSTEM
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FOR HOSPITALS
1450-FB-20X
MICR ENTRY PROGRAM SUPPORTS 1450 BANK DATA
PROCESSING SYSTEM
International Buslne.. Machin.. Corporation
Data Proceulng DIY.lon
1133 W...ch....r Avenu., White Plains, New York 10804
(U.S.A. only)
IBM World Trad. Corpordon
821 United Nation. Plaza, N•• York, New York 10017
(lnternalionaO
i;
3en
o
I3
0"
CD
~
cD
.....
.....
READERIS COMMENT FORM
Catalog of Programs for IBM 1240, 1401, 1420
GC20-1601-10
1440 and 1450-1460 Data Processing Systems
January 1971
Please comment on the usefulness and readability of this publication, suggest additions and
deletions, and list specific errors and omissions (give page numbers). All comments and suggestions become the property of ffiM. If you wish a reply, be sure to include your name and address.
COMMENTS
fold
fold
fold
fold
• Thank you for your cooperation. No postage necessary if mailed in the U.S.A.
FOLD ON TWO LINES, STAPLE AND MAIL.
GC20-1601-10
YOUR COMMENTS PLEASE •••
Your comments on the other side of this form will help us improve future editions of this publication. Each reply will be carefully reviewed by the persons responsible for writing and publishing this material.
Please note that requests for copies of publications and for assistance in utilizing your mM
system should be directed to your IBM representative or the IBM branch office serving your
locality.
fold
fold
......................................................................................................................
FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 62
HAWTHORNE, N. Y.
BUSINESS
REPLY
MAIL
NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES
I
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY .•.
I BM Corporation
40 Saw Mill River Road
Hawthorne, New York 10532
Attention: Program Information Department, Catalog of Programs
..................................................................................................................... :
fold
International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
112 East Post Road, White Plains, N.Y.I06ot
[USA Only]
IBM World Trade Corporation
821 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017
[International]
fold
GC20-1601-10
-
o
International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
112 East Post Road, White Plains, New York 10601
(USA only)
U3M World Trade Corporation
821 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017
(International)
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.13 Paper Capture Plug-in Modify Date : 2009:09:01 14:48:28-07:00 Create Date : 2009:09:01 14:48:28-07:00 Metadata Date : 2009:09:01 14:48:28-07:00 Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:4fea366b-0844-4cbf-8698-4d686c446278 Instance ID : uuid:503728a2-6e1c-4fff-8ac3-b56b3887a178 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 86EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools